Regulation 2023

Program Structure

Diploma in Computer Engineering

Program Outcomes (PO’s)

POs are statements that describe what students are expected to know and
be able to do upon graduating from the program. These relate to the skills,
knowledge, analytical ability, attitude, and behaviour that students acquire
through the program.

The POs essentially indicate what the students can do from subject-wise
knowledge acquired by them during the program. As such, POs define the
professional profile of an engineering diploma graduate.

NBA has defined the following seven POs for an Engineering diploma
graduate:

PO1: Basic and Discipline-specific knowledge: Apply knowledge of basic

mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals and an engineering
specialization to solve the engineering problems.

PO2: Problem analysis: Identify and analyze well-defined engineering

problems using codified standard methods.

PO3: Design/ development of solutions: Design solutions for well-defined

technical problems and assist with the design of systems components or
processes to meet specified needs.

PO4: Engineering Tools, Experimentation, and Testing: Apply modern

engineering tools and appropriate technique to conduct standard tests and
measurements.

PO5: Engineering practices for society, sustainability and environment:

Apply appropriate technology in the context of society, sustainability,
environment and ethical practices.

PO6: Project Management: Use engineering management principles

individually, as a team member or as a leader to manage projects and
effectively communicate about well-defined engineering activities.

PO7: Life-long learning: Ability to analyze individual needs and engage in

updating in the context of technological changes.
Credit Distribution
Semester No of Courses Periods Credits

Semester I 9 640 20

Semester II 9 625 20

Semester III 8 640 20

Semester IV 7 640 22

Semester V 8 625 20

Semester VI 3 660 18

Total Credits 120

ii
Semester III
# Course Course Type Code Course Title L-T-P Period Credit End Exam
Category
1 Program Core Theory 1052233110 Digital Logic Design 3-0-0 45 3 Theory
2 Program Core Practicum 1052233230 RDBMS 3-0-2 75 4 Theory
3 Program Core Practical/Lab 1052233320 Digital Logic Design Lab 0-0-4 60 2 Practical
4 Program Core Practicum 1052233440 C Programming 1-0-4 75 3 Practical
5 Program Core Practicum 1052233540 Web Designing 1-0-4 75 3 Practical
6 Program Core Practicum 1052233640 Operating Systems 1-0-2 45 2 Practical
7 Open Elective Advanced Skill Certification 1052233760 Advanced Skills 1-0-3 60 2 NA
Certification - 3
8 Humanities Integrated Learning 1052233880 Growth Lab 0-0-2 30 0 NA
&Social Experience
Science
9 Audit Course Integrated Learning 1052233881- Induction Program II - 16 0 -
Experience
10 Audit Course Integrated Learning -1052233882- I&E/ Club Activity/ - 15 0 -
Experience Community Initiatives
11 Audit Course Integrated Learning 1052233883 Shop floor Immersion - 8 0 -
Experience
12 Audit Course Integrated Learning -1052233884 Student-Led Initiative - 23 0 -
Experience
13 Audit Course Integrated Learning -1052233885- Emerging Technology - 8 0 -
Experience Seminars
14 Audit Course Integrated Learning 1052233886- Health & Wellness - 30 1 -
Experience
Test & Revisions 60
Library 15
Total Periods 640 20

iii
Semester IV
# Course Course Type Code Course Title L-T-P Period Credit End Exam
Category
1 Program Core Theory 1052234110 Computer Networks and 3-0-0 45 3 Theory
Security
2 Program Core Practicum 1052234230 Data Structures Using 3-0-2 75 4 Theory
Python
3 Program Core Practicum 1052234340 Java Programming 2-0-4 90 4 Practical
4 Program Core Practicum 1052234440 Python Programming 1-0-4 75 3 Practical
5 Program Core Practicum 1052234540 E-Publishing Tools 1-0-4 75 3 Practical
6 Program Core Project 1052234640 Scripting Languages 0-0-6 90 3 Practical
7 Open Elective Advanced Skill Certification 1052234760 Advanced Skills 1-0-3 60 2 NA
Certification - 4
8 Audit Course Integrated Learning -1052234882- I&E/ Club Activity/ 15 0
Experience Community Initiatives
9 Audit Course Integrated Learning 1052234883 Shop floor Immersion - 08 0 -
Experience
10 Audit Course Integrated Learning -1052234884 Student-Led Initiative - 16 0 -
Experience
11 Audit Course Integrated Learning -1052234885- Emerging Technology - 08 0 -
Experience Seminars
12 Audit Course Integrated Learning 1052234886- Health & Wellness - 15 0 -
Experience
13 Audit Course Integrated Learning -1052234887- Special Interest Groups - 08 0 -
Experience (Placement Training)
Test and Revisions 45
Library 15
Total Periods 640 22

iv
Semester V
# Course Course Type Code Course Title L-T-P Period Credit End Exam
Category
1 Program Core Practicum 1052235130 Cloud Computing 2-0-2 60 3 Theory
2 Program Elective Theory Elective-1 3-0-0 45 3 Theory
3 Program Core Practical/Lab 1052235320 Internet of Things & 0-0-4 60 2 Practical
Digital Twins
4 Program Core Practicum 1052235440 Computer Hardware and 1-0-4 75 3 Practical
Networking
5 Program Elective Practicum Elective-2 1-0-4 75 3 Practical
6 Humanities & Practicum 1052235654 Innovation and Startup 1-0-2 45 2 Project
Social Science
7 Project / Project/Internship 1052235773 Industrial Training * - 2 Project
Internship [Summer Vacation - 90 Hours]
8 Open Elective Advanced Skill Certification 1052235860 Advanced Skills 1-0-3 60 2 NA
Certification - 5
9 Audit Course Integrated Learning -1052234882- I&E/ Club Activity/ 15 0
Experience Community Initiatives
10 Audit Course Integrated Learning 1052234883 Shop floor Immersion - 8 0 -
Experience
11 Audit Course Integrated Learning -1052234884 Student-Led Initiative - 24 0 -
Experience
12 Audit Course Integrated Learning -1052234885- Emerging Technology - 8 0 -
Experience Seminars
13 Audit Course Integrated Learning 1052234886 Health & Wellness - 30 0 -
Experience
14 Audit Course Integrated Learning 1052234887 Special Interest Groups - 30 0 -
Experience
Test and Revisions 75
Library 15
Total Periods 625 20

v
Elective 1

L-T-P Period Credit End

# Course Category Course Type Course Code Course Exam
Title
1 Program Elective Theory 1052235211 Machine Learning 3-0-0 45 3 Theory

2 Program Elective Theory 1052235212 Data Warehousing and Data 3-0-0 45 3 Theory
Mining
3 Program Elective Theory 1052235213 Ethical Hacking 3-0-0 45 3 Theory

4 Program Elective Theory 1052235214 Agile Product Development 3-0-0 45 3 Theory

5 Program Elective Theory 1052235215 Artificial Intelligence 3-0-0 45 3 Theory

Elective 2

L-T-P Period Credit End

# Course Category Course Type Course Code Course Exam
Title
1 Program Elective Practicum 1052235541 Data Analytics 1-0-4 75 3 Practical

2 Program Elective Practicum 1052235542 Mobile Computing 1-0-4 75 3 Practical

3 Program Elective Practicum 1052235543 Component Based 1-0-4 75 3 Practical

Technologies
4 Program Elective Practicum 1052235544 Multimedia Systems 1-0-4 75 3 Practical

5 Program Elective Practicum 1052235545 Full Stack Developer 1-0-4 75 3 Practical

6 Program Elective Practicum 1052235546 Robotic Process Automation 1-0-4 75 3 Practical

vi
Semester VI

# Course Category Course Type Course Title L-T-P Period Credit End Exam
1 Open Elective Theory Electives-3 (Pathway) 3-0-0 45 3 Theory

2 Open Elective Practicum Elective-4 (Specialisation) 1-0-4 75 3 Practical

3 Project / Internship Project / Internship In-house Project / Internship / - 540 12 Project
Fellowship
Total Periods 660 18

Elective 3 (Pathway)

L-T-P Period Credit End Exam

# Course Category Course Type Course Code Course Title
1 Elective | Higher Theory 6000236111 Advanced Engineering 3-0-0 45 3 Theory
Education Mathematics
2 Elective | Theory 6000236112 Entrepreneurship 3-0-0 45 3 Theory
Entrepreneurship
3 Elective | Technocrats Theory 6000236113 Project Management 3-0-0 45 3 Theory
4 Elective | Technocrats Theory 6000236114 Finance Fundamentals 3-0-0 45 3 Theory

5 Elective | Theory 1052236115 5G Technology 3-0-0 45 3 Theory

Technologists
6 Elective | Theory 1052236116 DevOps 3-0-0 45 3 Theory
Technologists

vii
Elective 4 (Specialisation)

L-T-P Period Credit End Exam

# Course Category Course Type Course Code Course Title

1 Elective Practicum 1052236241 Data Science 1-0-4 75 3 Practical

2 Elective Practicum 1052236242 Cloud Platform 1-0-4 75 3 Practical

3 Elective Practicum 1052236243 Data Visualization 1-0-4 75 3 Practical

4 Elective Practicum 1052236244 Advance DBMS 1-0-4 75 3 Practical

5 Elective Practicum 1052236245 Mobile Application 1-0-4 75 3 Practical

Development
6 Elective Practicum 1052236246 UI & UX Design 1-0-4 75 3 Practical

Project / Internship

L-T-P Period Credit End Exam

# Course Category Course Type Course Code Course Title

1 Project / Internship Project / 1052236351 Internship - 540 12 Project

Internship
2 Project / Internship Project / 1052236353 Fellowship - 540 12 Project
Internship
3 Project / Internship Project / 1052236374 In-house Project - 540 12 Project
Internship

viii
DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

SEMESTER 3

1
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052233110 L T P C
DIGITAL LOGIC DESIGN
Theory 3 0 0 3

Introduction:
This subject introduces students to the fundamental concepts and techniques for
designing and analysing digital circuits, laying the groundwork for understanding and
creating digital technologies.
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to enable the students to
 Provide comprehensive understanding of digital systems and their fundamental
components, applications.
 Simplify and optimize digital logic circuits while gaining practical insights into its
applications through Boolean algebra.
 Learn how to design sequential logic circuits using various components and
techniques.
 Learn about digital sensor interfaces and their role in digital systems.
 Understand the principles and operation of various Analog-to-Digital Converters
(ADC) and Digital-to-Analog Converters (DAC).
 Gain knowledge of different types of memory and their characteristics.
 Understand Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and their applications in digital
system design.
 Analyze the societal impact of Digital Integrated Circuits (ICs) and their role in
various industries and technologies.
This initial course offers students a gateway into the realm of digital electronics.
Course Outcomes:
On successful completion of this course, the student will be able to
CO1: Understanding digital systems fundamentals comprehensively.
CO2: Explore Boolean algebra fundamentals and practical applications.
CO3: Utilize sequential logic principles to create designs.
CO4: Design digital sensor interfaces and ADC/DAC converters.
CO5: Analyse memory and PLDs.
Pre-requisites: Nil

2
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

CO/PO Mapping:
CO / PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 2 2 2 1 - - 1

CO2 2 2 2 2 - - 1

CO3 2 2 2 2 - - 1

CO4 2 2 2 1 - - 1

CO5 2 2 2 2 1 1 1
Legend: 3-High Correlation, 2-Medium Correlation, 1-Low Correlation
Instructional Strategy:
Real-world Applications: Integrate real-world examples and applications of digital logic
design, such as binary arithmetic in computer architecture, digital communication systems,
and control systems. Showing practical applications helps students understand the
relevance of the subject.
Interactive Lectures: Conduct interactive lectures with demonstrations, multimedia
presentations, and interactive whiteboards to illustrate abstract concepts effectively.
Encourage student participation through discussions, questions, and problem-solving
exercises.
Case Studies: Present case studies of real-world digital systems, highlighting design
challenges, solutions, and outcomes.
Use of Visual Aids: Utilize visual aids such as diagrams, charts, and animations to clarify
complex concepts like Boolean algebra, logic gates, and sequential logic circuits. Visual
representations help reinforce learning and improve comprehension.
Flipped Classroom Approach: Implement a flipped classroom model where students review
lecture materials and resources independently before class and use class time for hands-on
activities, problem-solving, and discussions. This approach encourages active learning .
Formative Assessment: Use formative assessment techniques such as quizzes, concept
mapping, and in-class exercises to gauge student understanding and provide timely
feedback. Adjust teaching strategies based on assessment results to address areas of
difficulty.
Self-directed Learning Resources: Provide self-directed learning resources such as
textbooks, online tutorials, and supplementary materials to accommodate diverse learning
styles and allow students to explore topics at their own pace.

3
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

Assessment Methodology:

Continuous Assessment (40 marks) End Semester

Examination
CA1 CA2 CA3 CA4
(60 marks)
Quiz
Written test
Written test MCQ Model Written
Mode (Another Two
(Two units) (Online / Examination Examination
units)
Offline)
Duration 2 Periods 2 Periods 1 Hour 3 Hours 3 Hours

Exam Marks 50 50 60 100 100

Converted
15 15 5 20 60
to
Marks 15 5 20 60
Tentative
6th Week 12th Week 13-14th Week 16th Week
Schedule

CA1 and CA2: Assessment written test should be conducted for 50 Marks for two units. The
marks scored will be converted to 15 Marks. Best of one will be considered for the internal
assessment of 15 Marks.
CA1and CA2 Assessment test should be conducted for two units as below.
PART A: (5 X 10 Marks = 50 Marks).
Eight questions will be asked, students should write five questions. Each unit four questions
can be asked. Each question may have subdivisions. Maximum two subdivisions shall be
permitted.
CA3: 60 MCQ can be asked by covering the entire portion. It may be conducted by Online /
Offline. The marks scored should be converted to 5 marks for the internal assessment.
CA4: Model examination should be conducted as per the end semester question pattern.
The marks should be converted to 15 marks for the internal assessment.
Question Pattern: Model Examination and End Semester Examination
Answer ten questions by selecting two questions from each unit. Each question carries 10
marks each. (5 X 20 Marks = 100 Marks)
Four questions will be asked from every unit, students should write any two questions. The
question may have two subdivisions only.

4
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052233110 L T P C
DIGITAL LOGIC DESIGN
Theory 3 0 0 3

Unit I Foundations of Digital Logic

Introduction: digital systems and their importance, Number systems: binary, octal,
hexadecimal number, binary arithmetic: 1’s and 2’s complements arithmetic, binary
conversion, binary code standards: ASCII, BCD. Logic Gates: AND, OR, NOT, NAND, 9
NOR and Ex-OR operations and logic diagram, realization of gates using universal
gates

Unit II Combinational Logic Design

Basic concepts of Boolean algebra: Laws, theorems, De-Morgan’s theorem, Standard
representation of logic functions, K-map representation (upto 3 variable),
simplification of logic functions using K-map. Applications: Adders, Subtractors, 9
digital comparator, Multiplexer(MUX)/ data selector, De-Multiplexer(D-MUX)/decoder,
priority encoder.

Unit III Sequential Logic Design

Flip Flops: SR – JK and D type flip flop, concept of Edge Triggering, applications of
flip flops. Registers: shift registers, serial to parallel converter, parallel to serial
9
converter. Counters: Asynchronous up counters, Synchronous down counters,
Decade counter.

Unit IV Digital Interfacing , ADC and DAC

Digital Interfacing: Introduction, sensors and their types, TTL and CMOS interface -
switch, LED, relay, motor and solenoid.
9
A/D converters: successive approximation A/D converter, dual slope A/D converter,
D/A converters: weighted resistor/converter, R-2RLadder D/A converter.

Unit V Memories, Programmable Logic Devices

5
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

Memory: Definition- i) memory read ii) memory write iii) access time iv) memory
capacity v) address lines vi) word length, Different types of ROM & RAM, Memory
accessing, processing, hierarchy and management, difference between Flash ROM 9
and NVRAM, operation of pen drive, SD card and solid state hard disk. PLDs:
Difference between fixed logic and programmable logic, PLA architecture

TOTAL PERIODS 45

Suggested List of Students Activity:

The following student activities or similar activities can be assigned
1. Collect the information about the different types of display devices used in digital circuits
and carry out a seminar.
2. Prepare a note on E-waste and disposal of PCBs and ICs, carry out a seminar.
3. Organize a series of problem-solving sessions where students work on Boolean algebra
problems and logic circuit design tasks. Evaluate students based on their ability to
manipulate Boolean expressions, simplify logic circuits, and design practical solutions.
Assess their problem-solving skills, logical reasoning, and the correctness of their
solutions
4. Provide industrial sensor datasheets or specifications for commonly used sensors in
manufacturing processes (e.g., temperature sensors, pressure sensors, proximity
sensors).
5. Ask students to design and implement digital sensor interfaces or ADC/DAC circuits to
interface with these sensors and provide digital or analog measurements.
6. Provide specifications or requirements for industrial control tasks, such as sequence
control, timing control, or data processing tasks. Ask students to design, simulate, and
implement the sequential logic circuits using PLC programming software or
microcontroller platforms commonly used in industrial automation.
7. Assign a group project where diploma students analyse the memory technologies,
programmable logic devices (PLDs), and their societal impact in industrial applications.
Focus on memory technologies commonly used in industrial control systems (e.g.,
EEPROM, flash memory) and PLDs used for logic control and customization in industrial
automation.

6
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

Execution Notes:
 Maximum of 3 students in each batch for student activity
 Above activities may be distributed among different batches; Any one activity among
1 to 5 or any similar activities per batch may be assigned by the teacher based on
interest of the students.
Textbook for Reference:
1. M. M. Mano ,"Digital logic and Computer design", , Pearson Education India, 2016.
2. Wakerly, John ”Digital Design Principles and Practices” 5/e, Pearson Education 2018.
3. Sarah Harris and David Harris ,“Digital Design and Computer Architecture: ARM Edition, ,
2015.
4. A. Kumar, "Fundamentals of Digital Circuits", Prentice Hall India, 2016
Website links for reference:
https://nptel.ac.in/
https://www.nptelvideos.com/course.php?id=562
http://www.vlab.co.in

7
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052233230 L T P C
RDBMS
Practicum 3 0 2 4

Introduction
All modern database management systems like SQL, MS SQL Server, IBM DB2,
ORACLE, My-SQL, and Microsoft Access are based on RDBMS. It is called Relational
Database Management System (RDBMS) because it is based on the relational model
introduced by E.F. Codd. A relational database is the most commonly used database. Due to
a collection of an organized set of tables, data can be accessed easily in RDBMS.
Course Objectives
The objective of this course is to enable the student to
 To know the fundamentals of DBMS
 To share of data and speedy forming of new applications, restrict repetition or
redundancy of data
 To avoid data inconsistencies providing better integrity
 To familiarize all the possible operations of data in the database
 To familiarize programming skills for all the operations in database
Course Outcomes
After successful completion of this course, the students should be able to
CO1: Describe fundamentals of DBMS, installation and working with admin.
CO2: Apply SQL commands to create, insert, retrieve, update, delete data from the
Relational databases.
CO3: Describe MySQL programming constructs, control statements and subprograms.
CO4: Describe how to Tune MySQL performance.
CO5: Apply cursors, triggers and Exception handling concepts.
Pre-requisites: Nil

8
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

CO/PO Mapping

CO / PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 3 2 2 3 2 --- ---

CO2 3 2 3 2 3 --- ---

CO3 2 3 2 2 2 --- ---

CO4 2 2 3 3 3 --- ---

CO5 3 3 3 2 2 --- ---

Legend: 3-High Correlation, 2-Medium Correlation, 1-Low Correlation

Instructional Strategy
 Engage and Motivate: Instructors should actively engage students to boost their
learning confidence.
 Real-World Relevance: Incorporate relatable, real-life examples and engineering
applications to help students understand and appreciate course concepts.
 Interactive Learning: Utilize demonstrations and plan interactive student activities for
an engaging learning experience.
 Application-Based Learning: Employ a theory-demonstrate-practice-activity strategy
throughout the course to ensure outcome-driven learning and employability.
 Encourage Critical Analysis: Foster an environment where students can honestly
assess experiment outcomes and analyze potential sources of error in case of
discrepancies.

9
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

Assessment Methodology
Continuous Assessment (40 marks) End
Semester
CA1 CA2 CA3 CA4 Examination
(60 marks)
Written
Written Test Written Test Written Test
Examination
Theory Theory Practical Test (Complete
Mode (Complete
(Any Two (Another Two (All Exercises) Theory
Theory
Units) Units) Portions)
Portions)
Duration 2 2 3 3 Hours 3 Hours

Exam Marks 50 50 100 100 100

Converted
10 10 15 15 60
to
Marks 10 15 15 60
Tentative
6th Week 12th Week 15th Week 16th Week
Schedule
Note:
 CA1 and CA2: Assessment written test should be conducted for 50 Marks. The marks
scored will be converted to 10 Marks for each test. Best of one will be considered for the
internal assessment of 10 Marks.
CA1 and CA2, Assessment written test should be conducted for two units as below.
PART A: (5 X 10 Marks = 50 Marks).
Eight questions will be asked, students should write Five questions.
Each unit Four questions can be asked. Each question may have subdivisions.
Maximum two subdivisions shall be permitted.
● CA 3: All the exercises/experiments should be completed and kept for the practical test.
The students shall be permitted to select any one by lot for the test. The practical test
should be conducted as per the scheme of evaluation as below. The marks awarded
will be converted to 15 Marks for the internal mark.
Practical documents should be maintained for every exercise / experiment immediately
after completion of the practice. The practical document should be submitted for the
practical test. Each exercise/experiment should be evaluated for 10 Marks. The total
marks awarded should be converted to 30 Marks for the practical test as per the
scheme of evaluation as below.

10
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

The details of the documents to be prepared as per the instruction below.

The exercise should be completed on the day of practice. The same shall be
evaluated for 10 marks on the day or the next day of practice before commencement
of next exercise. The detailed date of the practices and its evaluations should be
maintained in the log book and should be submitted for the verification

SCHEME OF EVALUATION - Practical Test

Sl.No. Description Marks
A Aim (05) ,Program (30) 35
B Execution 20
C Output 10
D Practical document (All Practicals) 30
E Viva Voce 05
Total 100
CA4: Model examination should be conducted for complete theory portions as per the end
semester question pattern. The marks awarded should be converted to 15 marks for the
internal assessment.
Question Pattern: Model Examination and End Semester Examination- Theory Exam
Answer ten questions by selecting two questions from each unit. Each question carries 10
marks each. (5 X 20 Marks = 100 Marks)
Four questions will be asked from every unit, students should write any two questions. The
question may have two subdivisions only.

11
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052233230 L T P C
RDBMS
Practicum 3 0 2 4

Unit I RELATIONAL DATA MODEL & MYSQL ADMINISTRATION

Relational Data Model
Introduction to database concepts- CODD’s Rules – Components of DBMS –
Table Structure – Keys : types of Keys – Data Constraints and types of
Constraints -difference between SQL and MySQL
MySQL Installation 9
Install ,configure and test MySQL server on Microsoft Windows
Working with MySQL Admin
Creating , selecting and describing database – show command – backing up
databases
Ex No 1: Install, configure and connect to MySQL server and MySQL workbench
in Windows 6
Ex No 2: Write a query to create a database, show and backing up databases
Unit II INTERACTIVE MYSQL
Introduction to MYSQL
MySQL data types – Data Definition Commands – Data Manipulation Commands
– Data Retrieval Commands
MySQL operators and Expressions
9
Types of operators – Arithmetic, Comparison and Logical Operators – Pattern
Matching- Import and Export Data
Built – in Functions
Single Row functions – Aggregate functions – conversion functions
Ex No 3: create a database named ‘college’ and create a table for student and
employee with the fields as you like.
6
Ex No 4: create a table ‘student’ with marks field for 10 students. Apply built in
functions to do calculations.

Unit III FLOW CONTROL IN MYSQL

Flow Control
IF(), IF NULL(),CASE ,LOOP,LEAVE ,ITERATE , REPEAT,WHILE 9
Querying the table

12
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

Selecting rows using where, order by, group by and Having clauses-Sub-queries-
correlated sub-queries
Views
Introduction – Advantages of views – creating , updating and deleting views
Ex No 5: create a table ‘bank’ and apply flow control statements to do some
transactions
6
Ex No 6: create a table ‘ library’ with proper fields and create another table ‘
library1’ and insert rows from library using views
UNIT IV MYSQL PERORMANCE TUNING
Indexes and Sequences
Index Types – simple and compound – Sequences : creating , altering and
dropping sequences
Joins & Unions
Joins- definition-types of joins : natural join,inner join,self join,outer join. Union 9
types : union , Union All, Union Distinct- order by and limit handling
User and transaction management
Creating – deleting – renaming users grant and and revoke commands –
transaction command : commit , rollback and save points.
Ex No 7: create a table named ‘student’ with sequences
Ex No 8: create any two tables with common column name and perform join 6
and union
UNIT V STORED PROGRAM CONCEPTS & DEVELOPMENT
MySQL Procedures & Functions
Creating –executing and deleting stored procedures – creating – executing and
deleting stored functions -advantages 9
MySQL Trigger & Cursor
Use of trigger – creating trigger – types of triggers Cursor: creation and deletion
Ex No 9 : Create a stored procedure to get employee details from employee
table 6
Ex No 10: Create a program for trigger and cursor
TOTAL HOURS 75

13
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

Textbook for Reference:

 Adam Aspin, Querying MySQL: Make your MySQL database analytics accessible with
SQL operations, data extraction, and custom queries, 1st Edition, BPB Publication
,2022
 Vikram Vaswani, MySQL: The Complete Reference (Osborne Complete Reference
Series), 1st edition, McGraw Hill Education,2017
 George Reese, MySQL Pocket Reference, 2nd Edition, O'Reilly Media 2007
 Baron Schwartz, Peter Zaitsev, et al. ,High Performance MySQL: Optimization,
Backups, Replication, Third Edition, O'Reilly Media,2012
Website links for reference:
 https://www.w3schools.com/mysql/
 https://www.mysqltutorial.org/
 https://www.javatpoint.com/mysql-tutorial
 https://www.guru99.com/mysql-tutorial.html

Suggested List of Students Activity

 Presentation/Seminars by students on any recent technological developments based
on the course.
 Periodic class/online quizzes conducted based on the course.
 Blended learning activities to explore the recent trends and developments in the field.
Equipment / Facilities required to conduct the Practical Portion
1. Hardware Requirement:
 Desktop Computers / Laptop
 Printer
2. Software Requirement:
 Windows / Linux Operating System
 https://dev.mysql.com/downloads/installer/

14
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052233320 L T P C
DIGITAL LOGIC DESIGN LAB
PRACTICAL 0 0 4 2

Rationale
This course emphasizes practical application alongside theoretical knowledge,
covering digital logic devices and circuits, hands-on experiments, understanding IC
specifications, and application through simulation exercises and mini-projects, fostering
critical thinking and problem-solving abilities.
Course Objectives
The objective of this course is to
1. To familiarize students with digital logic devices and circuits about logic gates
2. To enable students to understand the concepts on decoder and encoder.
3. To provide hands-on experience about the flip flops
4. To introduce students to understand about counters.
5. To develop students' skills in designing and troubleshooting digital circuits through
simulation and practical experimentation.
Course Outcomes
After successful completion of this course, the students should be able to
CO1: Test the truth tables of logic gates. Build combinational logic circuits and validate
their truth tables
CO2: Construct sequential logic circuits and verify their truth tables.
CO3: Construct and verify the truth tables of multiplexer/demuliplexer
CO4: Construct and verify the truth tables of decoder/encoder
CO5: Simulate digital logic circuits using any tool.
Pre-requisites
 Students should have knowledge of basic logic gate operations, Boolean algebra, and
digital circuit design principles.

15
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

CO/PO Mapping

CO / PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 2 2 2 2 - - 1

CO2 2 2 1 2 - - 1

CO3 2 2 1 2 - - 1

CO4 2 2 2 2 1 1 1

CO5 2 2 2 2 1 1 1

Legend: 3-High Correlation, 2-Medium Correlation, 1-Low Correlation

Instructional Strategy
● It is advised that teachers make the learning experience more engaging by
introducing innovative and interesting ways of teaching. The teachers need to expose
the students to material in multiple modes help them learn it faster and retain it
longer.
● Use of Visual Aids: Utilize visual aids such as diagrams, charts, and animations to
clarify complex concepts like Boolean algebra, logic gates, and sequential logic
circuits. Visual representations help reinforce learning and improve comprehension.
● Hands-on Labs and Simulations: Provide hands-on experience with logic gates, flip-
flops, and other digital components through laboratory sessions. Additionally, utilize
digital logic simulation software to allow students to design and simulate circuits,
providing a practical understanding of concepts
● Group Projects: Assign group projects that require students to design and implement
digital circuits to solve specific problems or tasks. This encourages teamwork,
enhances problem-solving skills, and reinforces learning through practical
application.
● Guest Lectures and Industry Visits: Invite guest speakers from industry or academia
to share insights into digital logic design applications, emerging technologies, and
career opportunities. Organize visits to relevant industries or laboratories to expose
students to real-world digital design practices.

16
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

Assessment Methodology
Continuous Assessment (40 marks) End Semester
Examination
CA1 CA2 CA3 CA4 (60 marks)
Mode Practical Test Practical Test Practical Practical
Practical Test
Document Examination
Portion Part A Part B
All Exercises All Exercises All Exercises
Exercises Exercises
Duration 2 Periods 2 Periods Regularly 3 Hours 3 Hours
Each
Exam Marks 50 50 Practical 10 100 100
Marks
Converted to 10 10 10 20 60

Marks 10 10 20 60

Internal Marks 40 60
Tentative
7th Week 14th Week 15th Week 16th Week
Schedule

Note:
● CA1 and CA2: All the exercises/experiments as per the portions mentioned above
should be completed and kept for the practical test. The students shall be permitted
to select any one by lot for the test. The practical test should be conducted as per
the scheme of evaluation as below. The marks awarded will be converted to 10
Marks for each assessment test. Best of one will be considered for the internal
assessment of 10 Marks.
SCHEME OF EVALUATION

PART DESCRIPTION MARKS

1 Aim & Circuit diagram 35

2 Execution and Result 15

TOTAL 50

● CA 3: Practical document should be maintained for every exercise / experiment

immediately after completion of the practice. The same should be evaluated for 10
Marks. The total marks awarded should be converted to 10 Marks for the internal

17
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

assessment. The practical document should be submitted for the Practical Test and
End Semester Examination with a bonafide certificate.
The details of the documents to be prepared as per the instruction below.
The exercise should be completed on the day of practice. The same shall be
evaluated for 10 marks on the day or the next day of practice before commencement
of next exercise. The detailed date of the practices and its evaluations should be
maintained in the log book and should be submitted for the verification.
● CA 4: All the exercises/experiments should be completed and kept for the practical
test. The students shall be permitted to select any one by lot for the test. The
practical test should be conducted as per the scheme of evaluation as below. The
marks awarded should be converted to 15 Marks for the internal assessment.

SCHEME OF EVALUATION
Model Practical Examination and End Semester Examination- Practical Exam

PART DESCRIPTION MARKS

1 Aim (05), Circuit diagram for the experiment from Part-A (30) 35

2 Aim (05), Circuit diagram for the experiment from Part-B (30) 35

3 Execution of any one experiment from Part-A OR Part-B 25

4 Viva voce 05

TOTAL 100

18
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052233320 L T P C
DIGITAL LOGIC DESIGN LAB
Practical 0 0 4 2

Part - A

Ex.No Name of the Experiment

1 Verify the truth tables of any 3 Logic Gates.

2 Construct and verify the truth tables of full adder

3 Construct and verify the truth tables of full subtractor.

30

4 Construct and validate the truth table of demultiplexer

5 Construct and validate the truth table of decoder

Part - B

Ex.No Name of the Experiment

6 Construct and verify the truth tables of 2 bit magnitude comparator.

7 Construct and verify the truth tables of JK flip flop.

8 Construct and verify the performance of decade counter. 30

9 Design 4 bit asynchronous up counter using any simulation tool.

Design 4 bit shift register (SeriaI in Parallel Out ) using any simulation
10
tool.

TOTAL HOURS 60

19
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

Suggested List of Students Activity

Proposed List of Student Activities for Digital Logic Design:
1. Research and present on the evolution of digital display technologies, including LED,
LCD, OLED, and e-paper displays. Discuss their working principles, advantages, and
applications in digital circuits.
2. Investigate and compare the specifications, availability, and costs of two different
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) and Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC) ICs. Analyze
their features and suitability for various applications.
3. Develop a block diagram approach for constructing a digital clock, frequency
counter, or digital voltmeter using digital logic circuits. Estimate the cost of components
required for the project and discuss potential challenges and solutions.
4. Explore the environmental impact of electronic waste (E-waste) and the proper
disposal methods for printed circuit boards (PCBs) and integrated circuits (ICs).
Conduct a seminar to raise awareness about E-waste management practices.
5. Design and simulate the functionality of a simple logic circuit using a modern
software tool such as Logisim, Proteus, or LTspice.
Execution Guidelines:
 Limit each batch to a maximum of three students per activity.
 Assign activity No. 5 (logic circuit simulation) as mandatory for all batches.
 Assign any one activity from Nos. 1 to 5 or propose similar activities based on
student interest and teacher discretion.
Textbook for Reference:
● R. P. Jain, "Modern Digital Electronics", McGraw Hill Education, 2009.
● A. Kumar, "Fundamentals of Digital Circuits", Prentice Hall India, 2016
● Sarah Harris and David Harris, “Digital Design and Computer Architecture: ARM
Edition, 2015.
Website links for reference:
 https://nptel.ac.in/
 http://www.vlab.co.in
Equipment / Facilities required to conduct the Practical Course
Software Requirement:
 Pspice software : https://www.pspice.com/
 LogiSim software : https://logisim.software.informer.com/2.7/
 Xcircuit Software : http://opencircuitdesign.com/xcircuit/

20
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

 Scilab : https://cloud.scilab.in/
 Proprietor Software :
Pspice, Multisim (available student version).
 Ltspice (available freely version).
Hardware Requirement:
● Digital Trainer Kit.
● Logic Gates: Basic logic gate ICs like 7400 (Quad 2-input NAND), 7402 (Quad 2-input
NOR), and 7486 (Quad 2-input XOR).
● Multiplexer/ Demultiplexer , Decoder and Encoder
● Flip flop ICs
● 2-bit magnitude comparator .
● Power Supply (0-30V).
● 5V DC Motor
● Resistors, capacitors, diodes, LEDs.
● Breadboard, power supply, wires, and other necessary components for circuit
construction and testing.

21
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

BOARD PRACTICAL EXAMINATION

PART – A
1. Verify the truth tables of any 3 Logic Gates.
2. Construct and verify the truth tables of full adder
3. Construct and verify the truth tables of full subtractor.
4. Construct and validate the truth table of demultiplexer
5. Construct and validate the truth table of decoder.
PART – B
6. Construct and verify the truth tables of 2 bit magnitude comparator.
7. Construct and verify the truth tables of JK flip flop.
8. Construct and verify the performance of decade counter.
9. Design 4 bit asynchronous up counter using any simulation tool.
10. Design 4 bit shift (Serial in Parallel Out) using any simulation tool.

SCHEME OF VALUATION

Section Description Marks

1 Aim (05), Circuit diagram for the experiment from Part-A (30) 35

2 Aim (05), Circuit diagram for the experiment from Part-B (30) 35

3 Execution of any one experiment from Part-A OR Part-B 25

4 Viva voce 5

TOTAL MARKS 100

22
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052233440 L T P C
C PROGRAMMING
Practicum 1 0 4 3

Introduction

In this course, students will learn the C programming language and its fundamental
concepts. Also, they gain the knowledge to write simple C programs and undertake future
courses that assume some background in computer programming. This course introduces
programming principles using the C language. Students will learn C tokens, variables, data
types, control structures, functions, arrays, pointers, structures and file concepts. Through
hands-on students will develop proficiency in writing structured and efficient C programs to
solve a variety of computational problems.

Course Objectives
The objectives of this course are enabling the students
 To learn problem solving skills.
 To gain knowledge of arrays and strings.
 To understand the concept of functions and their role in modular programming.
 To comprehend the basics of structures and its importance in application
development.
 To recognize the importance of files and its related operations.
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, students will be able
CO1: Demonstrate knowledge on C Programming concepts.
CO2: Develop simple programs in C using basic constructs.
CO3: Design modular C programs with reusable functions to improve code readability
and maintainability.
CO4: Develop applications using structures and unions.
CO5: Apply programming skills to solve numerical problems and real-time problems.
Pre-requisites: Nil

23
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

CO/PO Mapping

CO / PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 3 3 3 3 1 1 1

CO2 3 3 3 3 1 2 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 1 2 1

CO4 3 3 3 3 1 2 2

CO5 3 3 3 3 1 1 2

Legend: 3-High Correlation, 2-Medium Correlation, 1-Low Correlation

Instructional Strategy
 Engage and Motivate: Instructors should actively engage students to boost their
learning confidence.
 Real-World Relevance: Incorporate relatable, real-life examples and engineering
applications to help students understand and appreciate course concepts.
 Interactive Learning: Utilize demonstrations and plan interactive student activities for
an engaging learning experience.
 Application-Based Learning: Employ a theory-demonstrate-practice-activity strategy
throughout the course to ensure outcome-driven learning and employability.
 Encourage Critical Analysis: Foster an environment where students can honestly
assess experiment outcomes and analyze potential sources of error in case of
discrepancies.

24
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

Assessment Methodology
Continuous Assessment (40 marks) End
Semester
CA1 CA2 CA3 CA4 Examination
(60 marks)

Mode Practical Practical Written Test Practical Practical

Test Test Theory Test Examination

Portion PART A PART B

All Units All Exercises All Exercises
Exercises Exercises
Duration 2 Periods 2 Periods 3 Hours 3 Hours 3 hours

Exam Marks 60 60 100 100 100

Converted to
10 10 15 15 60
Marks
Marks 10 15 15
60
Internal Marks 40
Tentative
7th Week 14th Week 15th Week 16th Week
Schedule

Note:
● CA1 and CA2: All the exercises/experiments should be completed as per the
portions above and kept for the practical test. The students shall be permitted to
select any one by lot for the test. The practical test should be conducted as per the
scheme of evaluation as below. The marks awarded shall be converted to 10 Marks
for each assessment test. Best of one will be considered for the internal assessment
of 10 Marks.
Practical documents should be maintained for every exercise / experiment
immediately after completion of the practice. The practical document should be
submitted for the practical test. The same should be evaluated for 10 Marks for each
exercise/experiment. The total marks awarded should be converted to 10 Marks for
the practical test as per the scheme of evaluation as below.
The details of the documents to be prepared as per the instruction below.
The exercise should be completed on the day of practice. The same shall be
evaluated for 10 marks on the day or the next day of practice before commencement

25
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

of next exercise. The detailed date of the practices and its evaluations should be
maintained in the log book and should be submitted for the verification.

SCHEME OF EVALUATION

PART DESCRIPTION MARKS

A Aim (05) , Program (30) 35

B Execution and Output 15

TOTAL 50

C Practical Documents (As per the portions) 10

60
● CA 3: Written Test for complete theory portions should be conducted for 100 Marks
as per the question pattern below. The marks scored will be converted to 15 Marks
for internal assessment.
Question pattern – Written Test Theory
Description Marks
Part – A Answer any ten questions out of twelve.
Each carries three marks. 10 x 3 30
Part – B Answer any seven questions out of ten.
Each carries ten marks 7 x 10 70
TOTAL 100 Marks
● CA 4: All the exercises/experiments should be completed and kept for the practical
test. The students shall be permitted to select any one by lot for the test. The
practical test should be conducted as per the scheme of evaluation below. After
completion of all the exercises the practical test should be conducted as per End
Semester Examination question pattern scheme of evaluation. The marks awarded
should be converted to 15 Marks for the internal assessment.

26
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

SCHEME OF EVALUATION
Model Practical Examination and End Semester Examination - Practical Exam

S. NO ALLOCATION MARKS
1 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – A (30) 35
2 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – B (30) 35
3 Executing any one program (Part A or Part –B) 15
4 Output 10
5 Viva Voce 05
6 Total 100

27
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052233440 L T P C
C PROGRAMMING
Practicum 1 0 4 3

Unit I INTRODUCTION TO C
Overview of C: Basic Structure of C program, Compiling and Executing a C
program. C Basics: Constants, Variable, Operators and Datatypes -Character Set -
C Tokens -Keywords and Identifiers – Declaration and Use of Variables – 3
Managing Input and Output Operations: Formatted and Unformatted Input and
Output statements.
Ex No 1: Write a C program to calculate the simple interest and compound
interest.
12
Ex No 2: Write a C program to find the area of a circle and a rectangle (use
preprocessing directory for defining pi value).
Unit II CONTROL STRUCTURES AND LOOPING
Decision Making and Branching: Simple if Statement - if-else Statement – Nested
if-else Statements - else if ladder – Switch case statement.
3
Looping: While Statement – do..while statement – for loop statement-break and
continue statement- goto statement.

Ex No 3: Write a C program to find the largest of three numbers.

12
Ex No 4: Write a C program to generate all prime numbers from 1 to N.

Unit III ARRAYS AND FUNCTIONS

Arrays: One-dimensional Arrays- Declaration of One-dimensional Arrays -
Initialization of One-dimensional Arrays-Two-dimensional Arrays- Declaration of
Two-dimensional Arrays - Initialization and accessing Two-dimensional Arrays.
User-Defined Functions: Need for Functions -Elements of User Defined Functions
3
–Functions Types – Call by Value-Call by Reference-Passing Arrays to Functions-
Recursion
Ex No 5: Write a C program to demonstrate matrix addition and transpose
12
operations.
Ex No 6: Write a C program to find factorial of a given number using recursion.

UNIT IV STRINGS AND POINTERS

Strings: Declaring and Initializing String Variables –String Built-in Functions. 3

28
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

Pointer: Declaring, Initialization and Accessing a pointer Variable-Pointer

Expressions – Pointer Arithmetic – Pointer to Pointer - Pointer to an Array.

Ex No 7: Write a C program to find the length and reverse a string using pointers.
Ex No 8: Write a C program for implementing linear search using pointer to 12
an array.
UNIT V STRUCTURES AND FILE MANAGEMENT
Structures and Union: Introduction -Defining a Structure -Declaring Structure
Variables – Accessing Structure Members – structure initialization -Array of
Structures-Union. 3
File Management in C: Introduction – File Types- Defining File Modes -Opening
and Closing a File – File Operations.
Ex No 09: Write a C program to collect and print students details like name,
marks, etc. and then calculate total and average mark using structure.
12
Ex No 10: Write a C program to count the number of characters, words and
lines in a file.
TOTAL PERIODS 75
Textbook for Reference:

 Reema Thareja, “Programming in C”, Oxford University Press, Second Edition, 2015.
 Pradip Dey, Manas Ghosh, “Fundamentals of Computing and Programming in C”,
First Edition, Oxford University Press, 2009.
 E.Balaguruswamy, “Programming in ANSI C”, Tata McGraw-Hill, Third Edition
Edition,2012.
Website links for reference:
 https://www.w3schools.com/c/
 https://www.programiz.com/c-programming
 https://www.tutorialspoint.com/cprogramming/index.htm
 https://egyankosh.ac.in/
 https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/106/104/106104128/
Suggested List of Students Activity
 Presentation/Seminars by students on any recent technological developments based
on the course Programming assignments
 Periodic class/online quizzes conducted based on the course.
 Blended learning activities to explore the recent trends and developments in the field.

29
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

Equipment / Facilities required to conduct the Practical Portion

1. Hardware(s) Requirement:
 Desktop / Laptop
 Printer
2. Software(s) Requirement:
 Windows / Linux Operating System
 Code Blocks / Turbo C
BOARD PRACTICAL EXAMINATION
PART – A
1. Write a C program to calculate the simple and compound interest.
2. Write a C program to find the area of a circle and a rectangle (use preprocessing
directory for defining pi value).
3. Write a C program to find the largest of three numbers.
4. Write a C program to generate all prime numbers from 1 to N..
5. Write a C program to find factorial of a given number using recursion.
PART - B
6. Write a C program to demonstrate matrix addition and transpose operations.
7. Write a C program to find the length of a string and reverse a string using pointers
8. Write a C program for implementing linear search using pointer to an array.
9. Write a C program to collect and print students details like name, marks, etc. and
then calculate total and average mark using structure.
10. Write a C program to count the number of characters, words and lines in a file.
S NO ALLOCATION MARKS
1 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – A (30) 35
2 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – B (30) 35
3 Executing any one program (Part A or Part –B) 15
4 Output 10
5 Viva Voce 05
6 Total 100

30
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052233540 L T P C
WEB DESIGNING
Practicum 1 0 4 3

Introduction:
This course provides an introductory overview of the principles and practices of web
design. Students will learn the fundamentals of creating visually appealing and user-friendly
websites. Through a combination of theory and hands-on projects, students will explore
various aspects of web design through basic coding languages such as HTML, CSS and
client-side scripting language like JavaScript.
Course Objectives:
1. Learn the syntax, structure, and basic elements of HTML, including tags,
attributes, and semantic markup.
2. Gain proficiency in creating and organizing content using HTML elements such as
headings, paragraphs, lists, and links and media elements.
3. Explore CSS syntax, selectors, properties, and values for styling HTML elements.
4. Learn how to apply CSS styling to text, backgrounds, borders, and other page elements.
5. Understand the role and importance of client-side scripting in web development.
6. Gain proficiency in JavaScript syntax, data types, and operators.
7. Learn how to manipulate the Document Object Model (DOM) using JavaScript.
8. Explore various techniques for handling user interactions and events on web
pages.
9. Learn how to validate form inputs and handle form submissions using JavaScript.
Course Outcomes:
On successful completion of this course, the student will be able to
CO1: Develop well-structured web pages using HTML.
CO2: Develop web pages using HTML links and media elements.
CO3: Apply CSS to effectively style and format HTML elements to create visually appealing
web pages.
CO4: Write and deploy Javascript code to solve practical web design problems
CO5: Utilize JavaScript to add interactivity and dynamic behavior to web pages including
event handling, DOM manipulation, and form validation.

Pre-requisites: Knowledge of web browsers, websites, and basic internet terminologies.

31
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

CO/PO Mapping

CO / PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 2 3 3 2 1 1 2

CO2 2 3 3 3 1 1 2

CO3 2 3 3 2 1 1 2

CO4 2 3 3 3 1 1 2

CO5 2 3 3 3 1 1 2

Legend: 3-High Correlation, 2-Medium Correlation, 1-Low Correlation

Instructional Strategy:
 It is advised to assign practical projects that allow students to apply concepts
learned in class. Projects could include designing and coding websites from scratch,
creating prototypes, or redesigning existing websites to improve usability and
aesthetics.
 Conduct of interactive demos to help students learn specific techniques and tools.
Provide step-by-step guidance and encourage questions and participation.
 Real-world examples of websites to understand design principles, usability issues,
and best practices and discuss how different design choices impact user experience
and business goals.

32
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052233540 L T P C
WEB DESIGNING
Practicum 1 0 4 3

Assessment Methodology:
Continuous Assessment (40 marks) End
Semester
CA1 CA2 CA3 CA4 Examination
(60 marks)

Mode Practical Practical Written Test Practical Practical

Test Test Theory Test Examination

Portion PART A PART B

All Units All Exercises All Exercises
Exercises Exercises

Duration 2 Periods 2 Periods 3 Hours 3 Hours 3 hours

Exam Marks 60 60 100 100 100

Converted to
10 10 15 15 60
Marks
Marks 10 15 15
60
Internal Marks 40
Tentative
7th Week 14th Week 15th Week 16th Week
Schedule

Note:
● CA1 and CA2: All the exercises/experiments should be completed as per the
portions above and kept for the practical test. The students shall be permitted to
select any one by lot for the test. The practical test should be conducted as per the
scheme of evaluation as below. The marks awarded shall be converted to 10 Marks
for each assessment test. Best of one will be considered for the internal assessment
of 10 Marks.
Practical documents should be maintained for every exercise / experiment
immediately after completion of the practice. The practical document should be
submitted for the practical test. The same should be evaluated for 10 Marks for each
exercise/experiment. The total marks awarded should be converted to 10 Marks for
the practical test as per the scheme of evaluation as below.

33
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

The details of the documents to be prepared as per the instruction below.

The exercise should be completed on the day of practice. The same shall be
evaluated for 10 marks on the day or the next day of practice before commencement
of next exercise. The detailed date of the practices and its evaluations should be
maintained in the log book and should be submitted for the verification.

SCHEME OF EVALUATION

PART DESCRIPTION MARKS

A Aim (05) , Program (30) 35

B Execution and Output 15

TOTAL 50

C Practical Documents (As per the portions) 10

60
● CA 3: Written Test for complete theory portions should be conducted for 100 Marks
as per the question pattern below. The marks scored will be converted to 15 Marks
for internal assessment.
Question pattern – Written Test Theory
Description Marks

Part – A Answer any ten questions out of twelve.

Each carries three marks. 10 x 3 30
Part – B Answer any seven questions out of ten.
Each carries ten marks 7 x 10 70
TOTAL 100 Marks

● CA 4: All the exercises/experiments should be completed and kept for the practical
test. The students shall be permitted to select any one by lot for the test. The
practical test should be conducted as per the scheme of evaluation below. After
completion of all the exercises the practical test should be conducted as per End
Semester Examination question pattern scheme of evaluation. The marks awarded
should be converted to 15 Marks for the internal assessment.

34
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

SCHEME OF EVALUATION
Model Practical Examination and End Semester Examination - Practical Exam

SNO ALLOCATION MARKS

1 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – A (30) 35
2 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – B (30) 35
3 Executing any one program (Part A or Part –B) 15
4 Output 10
5 Viva Voce 05
6 Total 100

35
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052233540 L T P C
WEB DESIGNING
Practicum 1 0 4 3

Unit I HTML & HTML Tags

Introduction to HTML: HTML editors-HTML5- HTML Elements & Attributes.
HTML Tags -Page Formatting Tags: DOCTYPE Tag- html tag- head, title, body, meta,
script, style tags
Text Formatting Tags: Heading Tags- Paragraph Tags- Horizontal rules- Line breaks- 3
Superscript- Subscript- Underline- Italic- Bold- Emphasis- del tags
HTML List Tags: Unordered List- Ordered List-Definition List
HTML Link Tags & attributes- HTML Table Tags: table, th, tr, td, colspan, rowspan
1. Write a HTML code to display welcome text using different text formatting 6
tags.(Use h1-h6, bold, italic, underline, strikethrough,div,p,pre tags) (HTML Basic
tags)
2. Design a HTML page to list the computer languages where each language is a
link.Prepare separate HTML documents for each language and call them in the 6
appropriate link. (Lists and Links)

Unit II HTML & CSS

HTML Document Layout Tags: header, footer, main, section tags
HTML Media Tags- Images- <img> tags & attributes, Image Mapping using <map>
and <area> tags - background images- Other media tags- <audio>, <video>, <iframe>,
<embed>, <svg>, <canvas>
CSS- Introduction- Need for CSS- Syntax- Selector- Declaration, Property, value- Types 4
of CSS selector: Class, id, pseudo-class, attribute, universal selector- Types of style
sheets: Internal - External- Inline- Color values.
CSS background properties- Border properties- margin properties- padding properties-
height, width properties- CSS Text properties- CSS Fonts properties
3. Write a HTML program to display the image of a computer as a link to the web page 6
describing the components of computers. (Images and link tags)
4. Develop a web page using CSS to create a timetable for the class using different 6
border style. (Table tags and internal style sheets)

36
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

5. Design a webpage of your college with attractive background color, text-color, font-
face, an image by using external CSS formatting .(External Stylesheets) 6

Unit III JavaScript

Scripting Languages: Client Side Scripting- Server Side Scripting- Need for javascript -
structure of javascript - Variables- Datatypes- String- Number- Boolean- Undefined-
Null
JavaScript Objects: Array- String- Date- Math- Number- Boolean- User Defined Objects.
Operators: Arithmetic - Assignment - Comparison - String - Logical - Bitwise - Ternary - 4
Type
Conditional Statements: if, if-else, else-if, switch. Loop statements- for, while, do-
while- break- continue statements.
JavaScript functions: definition- parameters-function call- function invocation

6. Write a JavaScript program to create a clock in 24 hours format using Date Object. 6
(Do not include AM/PM) (JavaScript Objects and Functions)

7. Write a JavaScript program to control (play, pause, stop) the audio/video in a web
6
page. (JavaScript User defined Objects and Media Tags)
Unit IV JavaScript Advanced
Forms: Form tag- action, method, target, auto complete attributes, input tag, type
attribute values- text, radio, checkbox, button, submit, password, other attributes for
input tag -id, name, value , size, required. Special tags in forms -textarea tag, select
tag, button tag, label tag.
4
Message Boxes: Dialog Box- Alert Box- Confirm Box- Prompt Box
JavaScript Document Object Model: Methods of Document object- Javascript Events-
Event Handlers- Mouse events- Keyboard Events- Form Events- Window Events
JavaScript Form Validation- Email validation

8. Write a JavaScript program to change the color of a web page to the color typed by 6

the user in the text box. (DOM)

9.Write a JavaScript program to develop a simple calculator (with basic arithmetic

operations like add, subtract, multiply, divide, equal to) by getting two` numbers in two 6
text boxes, buttons for operations and display the result in the third text box. (Event
Handling)

37
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

10. Create a form with text fields such as username, mail id, password, retype
password, gender (radio), languages known (check box), Describe yourself (textarea),
submit button and perform form validation such as username must not be less than 6
8 characters, mail id should contain @ symbol, password and retype password must
be the same. (Forms & Form validation)

Total Periods 75
Text Books for Reference:
 Terry Felke-Morris, Web Development and Design Foundations with HTML5, 9th
Edition, Pearson, 2018.
 Laura Lemay, Rafe Colburn”,“Mastering HTML, CSS & JavaScript Web Publishing”,
First Edition, BPB Publications, 2016.
 Thomas Powell, Fritz Schneider, Java Script: The Complete Reference, 3rd
Edition,McGraw Hill Education(India), 2017.
Website Links for Reference:
 https://www.w3schools.com/
 https://javascript.info/
 https://www.javatpoint.com/javascript-tutorial
 https://www.freecodecamp.org/news/html-css-and-javascript-explained-for-
beginners/
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105084
Suggested List of Students Activity:
 Quizzes/ Seminars/ Presentations to students to evaluate their learning concepts.
 Mini Project based learning to work on a website project incorporating HTML, CSS,
and JavaScript as an extension to real life applications.
 Conduct code reviews to provide feedback on HTML, CSS, and JavaScript code and
to debug and troubleshoot it.
Equipment / Facilities required to conduct the Practical Course
Hardware Required:
1. Desktop Computers / Laptop
2. Laser Printer
Software Required:
1. Notepad / Notepad++ / Dreamweaver
2. Any Browser.

38
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

BOARD PRACTICAL EXAMINATION

PART – A
1. Write a HTML code to display welcome text using different text formatting tags.(Use h1-
h6, bold, italic, underline, strikethrough, div, p, pre tags) (HTML Basic tags)
2. Design a HTML page to list the computer languages where each language is a link.
Prepare separate HTML documents for each language and call them in the appropriate link.
(Lists and Links)
3. Write a HTML program to display the image of a computer as a link to the web page
describing the components of computers. (Images and link tags)
4. Develop a web page using CSS to create a timetable for the class using different border
style. (Table tags and internal style sheets)
5. Design a webpage of your college with attractive background color, text-color, font-face,
an image by using external CSS formatting .(External Style sheets)
PART – B
6.Write a JavaScript program to create a clock in 24 hours format using Date Object. (Do
not include AM/PM) (JavaScript Objects and Functions)
7. Write a JavaScript program to control (play, pause, stop) the audio/video in a web page.
(JavaScript User defined Objects and Media Tags)
8. Write a JavaScript program to change the color of a web page to the color typed by the
user in the text box. (DOM)
9. Write a JavaScript program to develop a simple calculator (with basic arithmetic
operations like add, subtract, multiply, divide, equal to) by getting two numbers in two text
boxes, buttons for operations and display the result in the third text box. (Event Handling)
10.Create a form with text fields such as username, mail id, password, retype password,
gender (radio), languages known (check box), Describe yourself (textarea), submit button
and perform form validation such as username must not be less than 8 characters, mail id
should contain @ symbol, password and retype password must be the same. (Forms &
Form validation)

39
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

SCHEME OF VALUATION
SNO ALLOCATION MARKS
1 Aim (05) , Program from Part – A (30) 35
2 Aim (05) , Program from Part – B (30) 35
3 Executing any one program (Part A or Part –B) 15
4 Output 10
5 Viva Voce 05
6 Total 100

40
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052233640 L T P C
OPERATING SYSTEMS
Practicum 1 0 2 2

Introduction
Students have to be conversant with computer, its terminology and functioning. The
heart of a computer is based around its Operating System. An operating system acts as
an interface between the user of a computer and the computer hardware. The processor
deals with request coming from all directions asynchronously. The operating system has to
deal with the problems of contention, resource management and both program and
user data management, and provide a useful no-wait user interface. The course provides
clear vision, understanding and working of Operating Systems.
Course Objectives
On completion of the following units of syllabus contents, the students must be able
to
 To understand the purpose, goals, functions and evolution of Operating Systems.
Login and logoff Procedures
 To know how to use of General purpose and communication commands
 To study the use of Search patterns, simple filters and advanced filters
 To know the details of process status
 To understand shell scripts, define the elements of the shell script and write shell
script for various problems.
Course Outcomes
After successful completion of this course, the students should be able to
CO1: understand functional architecture of an operating system.
CO2: distinguish CPU scheduling algorithms.
CO3: analyze process coordination.
CO4: classify File System and directory implementations.
CO5: Resource Management

Pre-requisites: Nil

41
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

CO/PO Mapping

CO / PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 2 2 2 2 2 --- ---

CO2 2 3 3 2 2 --- ---

CO3 2 2 2 3 3 --- ---

CO4 2 2 3 2 2 --- ---

CO5 2 3 2 3 3 --- ---

Legend: 3-High Correlation, 2-Medium Correlation, 1-Low Correlation

Instructional Strategy
 Engage and Motivate: Instructors should actively engage students to boost their
learning confidence.
 Real-World Relevance: Incorporate relatable, real-life examples and engineering
applications to help students understand and appreciate course concepts.
 Interactive Learning: Utilize demonstrations and plan interactive student activities for
an engaging learning experience.
 Application-Based Learning: Employ a theory-demonstrate-practice-activity strategy
throughout the course to ensure outcome-driven learning and employability.
 Encourage Critical Analysis: Foster an environment where students can honestly
assess experiment outcomes and analyze potential sources of error in case of
discrepancies.

42
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052233640 L T P C
OPERATING SYSTEMS
Practicum 1 0 2 2

Assessment Methodology
Continuous Assessment (40 marks) End
Semester
CA1 CA2 CA3 CA4 Examination
(60 marks)

Mode Practical Practical Written Test Practical Practical

Test Test Theory Test Examination

Portion PART A PART B

All Units All Exercises All Exercises
Exercises Exercises
Duration 2 Periods 2 Periods 3 Hours 3 Hours 3 hours

Exam Marks 60 60 100 100 100

Converted to
10 10 15 15 60
Marks
Marks 10 15 15
60
Internal Marks 40
Tentative
7th Week 14th Week 15th Week 16th Week
Schedule

Note:
● CA1 and CA2: All the exercises/experiments should be completed as per the
portions above and kept for the practical test. The students shall be permitted to
select any one by lot for the test. The practical test should be conducted as per the
scheme of evaluation as below. The marks awarded shall be converted to 10 Marks
for each assessment test. Best of one will be considered for the internal assessment
of 10 Marks.
Practical documents should be maintained for every exercise / experiment
immediately after completion of the practice. The practical document should be
submitted for the practical test. The same should be evaluated for 10 Marks for each
exercise/experiment. The total marks awarded should be converted to 10 Marks for
the practical test as per the scheme of evaluation as below.

43
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

The details of the documents to be prepared as per the instruction below.

The exercise should be completed on the day of practice. The same shall be
evaluated for 10 marks on the day or the next day of practice before commencement
of next exercise. The detailed date of the practices and its evaluations should be
maintained in the log book and should be submitted for the verification.
SCHEME OF EVALUATION

PART DESCRIPTION MARKS

A Aim (05) , Program (30) 35

B Execution and Output 15

TOTAL 50

C Practical Documents (As per the portions) 10

60
● CA 3: Written Test for complete theory portions should be conducted for 100 Marks
as per the question pattern below. The marks scored will be converted to 15 Marks
for internal assessment.
Question pattern – Written Test Theory
Description Marks

Part – A Answer any ten questions out of twelve.

Each carries three marks. 10 x 3 30
Part – B Answer any seven questions out of ten.
Each carries ten marks 7 x 10 70
TOTAL 100 Marks

● CA 4: All the exercises/experiments should be completed and kept for the practical
test. The students shall be permitted to select any one by lot for the test. The
practical test should be conducted as per the scheme of evaluation below. After
completion of all the exercises the practical test should be conducted as per End
Semester Examination question pattern scheme of evaluation. The marks awarded
should be converted to 15 Marks for the internal assessment.

44
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

SCHEME OF EVALUATION
Model Practical Examination and End Semester Examination - Practical Exam

S. NO ALLOCATION MARKS
1 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – A (30) 35
2 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – B (30) 35
3 Executing any one program (Part A or Part –B) 15
4 Output 10
5 Viva Voce 05
6 Total 100

45
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052233640 L T P C
OPERATING SYSTEMS
Practicum 1 0 2 2

PART A INTRODUCTION TO OS
Introduction to operating system: Basics of Operating system- types of operating
system- operating system services – operating system structures – Process
Management – Process scheduling
Process synchronization, critical section, Deadlocks.
Memory Management : swapping, Conntiguous memory allocation, paging, Virtual
8
Memory , Page Replacement Algorithms.
Basics of Linux OS: Entering and Exiting from a Linux System – User Accounts –
Different shells – Learn the syntax and usage of Directory Management
Commands – Check the process status – process management commands –
search patterns
Ex No:1 Write a syntax and execute the directory management commands : ls, cd,
pwd, mkdir, rmdir
Ex No:2 Write a syntax and execute the file management commands such as cat,
chmod, cp, mv, rm, more
15
Ex No:3 Write a syntax and execute the general purpose commands : wc, cal,
date, who, tty, ln
Ex No:4 Using the simple filters verify pr, head, tail, cut, paste, nl, sort grep, egrep,
fgrep, write and wall
PART B SHELL SCRIPTS
File operations (New, Open, Close, Save, Save and Exit, Print) – Text Editing
operations (inserting ,deleting ,finding, replacing, copying and moving)- use of
shell scripts – Numerical operations – Looping – Swapping techniques – string
7
operations- using command line arguments – filters-date function- Relational
Operations -Logical Operations – Boolean operations – Basic Arithmetic
operations – case statement – search directory or file .

Ex No 5: Write a shell script that accepts a numerical value N and find sum .

Ex No 6: Write a shell script to find factorial of the given number .

15
Ex No 7: Write a shell script to perform arithmetic calculator using case
statement.

46
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

Ex No 8: Write a shell script using command line arguments and reports on

whether it is a directory, file or something else.
TOTAL PERIODS 45

Textbook for Reference:

 Abraham Silberchatz, Peter B. Galvin, Greg Gagne, Operating System Principles, 9 th

Edition, John Wiley &Sons,2018.

 William Stallings, Operating Systems – Internal and Design Principle”, 9thEdition,

Pearson Education/PHI,2018.
 Andrew S Tanenbaum, Modern Operating Systems, 3rd Edition, Pearson/PHI,2014.

Website links for reference:

 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105214/

 https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/6-828-operating-system-engineering-fall-
2012/pages/lecture-notes-and-readings/
 https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/what-is-an-operating-system/
 https://www.w3schools.in/operating-system/intro

Suggested List of Students Activity

 Presentation/Seminars by students on any recent technological developments based
on the course.
 Periodic class/online quizzes conducted based on the course.
 Blended learning activities to explore the recent trends and developments in the field.
Equipment / Facilities required to conduct the Practical Portion
1. Hardware Requirement:
 Desktop Computers
 Printer
2. Software Requirement:
 Linux Operating System

47
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

BOARD PRACTICAL EXAMINATION

PART – A
Ex No:1 Write a syntax and execute the directory management commands : ls, cd, pwd,
mkdir, rmdir
Ex No:2 Write a syntax and execute the file management commands such as cat, chmod, cp,
mv ,rm, more
Ex No:3 Write a syntax and execute the general purpose commands : wc, cal, date, who, tty,ln
Ex No:4 Using the simple filters verify pr, head, tail, cut, paste, nl, sort, grep , egrep, fgrep,
write and wall
PART – B
Ex No 5: Write a shell script that accepts a numerical value N and find sum .
Ex No 6: Write a shell script to find factorial of the given number .
Ex No 7: Write a shell script to perform arithmetic calculator using case.
Ex No 8: Write a shell script using command line arguments and reports on whether it is a
directory, file or something else.
SCHEME OF VALUATION
S. NO ALLOCATION MARKS
1 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – A (30) 35
2 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – B (30) 35
3 Executing any one program (Part A or Part –B) 15
4 Output 10
5 Viva Voce 05
6 Total 100

48
DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

SEMESTER 4

49
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052234110 L T P C
COMPUTER NETWORKS AND SECURITY
Theory 3 0 0 3

Introduction
The course aims to groom the students to gain concepts, knowledge and skills
required to work on Computer Networking and Security industry. Course curriculum has
been designed to give overview and use cases of Data Communication, Layered Networks,
Inter-networking technology/protocols and Computer Security is covered and this will help to
prepare the students to keep pace with computer networking and security industry trends.
Course Objectives
The objective of this course is to enable the student to
 Understand the concept of data communication
 To know the functions and protocols of each layer of OSI and TCP/IP protocol
suite.
 To visualize the end-to-end flow of information.
 Understand the main principles of computer and network security.
 Know different networking devices and their practical usages.
 Know the IP addressing and its mechanisms.
 Identify the attacks and threats.
 Study about Cryptography and different Cryptography Algorithms.
Course Outcomes
After successful completion of this course, the students should be able to
CO1: Remember the fundamentals of Computer Networks.
CO2: Identify core networking and infrastructure components, and the services
CO3: Examine the different networking applications
CO4: Understand fundamental properties of computer security, such as
Authentication, Authorization, and Data confidentiality and Integrity.
CO5: Identify the concept of the internet and security issues.
Pre-requisites: Nil

50
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

CO/PO Mapping

CO / PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 3 3 3 1 1 1 1

CO2 3 3 3 1 1 1 2

CO3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1

CO4 3 3 3 1 1 1 2

CO5 3 3 3 1 1 1 2
Legend: 3-High Correlation, 2-Medium Correlation, 1-Low Correlation

Instructional Strategy

 Engage and Motivate: Instructors should actively engage students to boost their
learning confidence.
 Real-World Relevance: Incorporate relatable, real-life examples and engineering
applications to help students understand and appreciate course concepts.
 Interactive Learning: Utilize demonstrations and plan interactive student activities for
an engaging learning experience.
 Application-Based Learning: Employ a theory-demonstrate-practice-activity strategy
throughout the course to ensure outcome-driven learning and employability.
 Simulation and Real-World Practice: Conduct demonstrations and hands-on activities
in a simulated environment, transitioning to real-world scenarios when possible.
 Encourage Critical Analysis: Foster an environment where students can honestly
assess experiment outcomes and analyze potential sources of error in case of
discrepancies.

51
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052234110 L T P C
Computer Networks and Security
Theory 3 0 0 3

Assessment Methodology:
Continuous Assessment (40 marks) End Semester
Examination
CA1 CA2 CA3 CA4
(60 marks)
Quiz
Written test
Written test MCQ Model Written
Mode (Another Two
(Two units) (Online / Examination Examination
units)
Offline)
Duration 2 Periods 2 Periods 1 Hour 3 Hours 3 Hours

Exam Marks 50 50 60 100 100

Converted
15 15 5 20 60
to
Marks 15 5 20 60
Tentative
6th Week 12th Week 13-14th Week 16th Week
Schedule
CA1 and CA2: Assessment written test should be conducted for 50 Marks for two units. The
marks scored will be converted to 15 Marks. Best of one will be considered for the internal
assessment of 15 Marks.
CA1and CA2 Assessment test should be conducted for two units as below.
PART A: (5 X 10 Marks = 50 Marks).
Eight questions will be asked, students should write five questions. Each unit four questions
can be asked. Each question may have subdivisions. Maximum two subdivisions shall be
permitted.
CA3: 60 MCQ can be asked by covering the entire portion. It may be conducted by Online /
Offline. The marks scored should be converted to 5 marks for the internal assessment.
CA4: Model examination should be conducted as per the end semester question pattern.
The marks should be converted to 15 marks for the internal assessment.
Question Pattern: Model Examination and End Semester Examination-Theory Exam
Answer ten questions by selecting two questions from each unit. Each question carries 10
marks each. (5 X 20 Marks = 100 Marks)
Four questions will be asked from every unit, students should write any two questions. The

52
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

question may have two subdivisions only.

1052234110 L T P C
COMPUTER NETWORKS AND SECURITY
Theory 3 0 0 3

Unit I DATA COMMUNICATION

Data Communication: Components of a data communication– Data flow: Simplex -

Half duplex - Full duplex .Types of Connections: Point to Point – Multipoint;
Topologies: Star, Bus, Ring, Mesh, Hybrid – Advantages and Disadvantages of each
topology.
09
Types of Networks: Need of Computer Networks – LAN – MAN – WAN – Internet –
Intranet – Internet Service Providers (ISP) – Client-server – Peer to Peer – Wi-Fi –
Bluetooth.
Network Devices: Switches – Bridges – Routers – Gateways.
Unit II OSI MODEL AND 802.X PRTOCOLS
Network Models: OSI Model – Layered Architecture – Function of Layers – TCP/IP
Protocol Suite
802.X Protocols: Concepts and PDU format of CSMA/CD(802.3) – Token ring 09
(802.5) – Ethernet – Types of Ethernet(Fast Ethernet, gigabit Ethernet, High speed
Ethernet 10GE to 800GE) – Comparison between 802.3 and 802.5.
Unit III NETWORK, TRANSPORT AND APPLICATION LAYER PROTOCOLS
Network Layer Protocol: IP – Interior Gateway Protocols: ARP, RARP (concepts
only)
IP Addressing: Dotted Decimal Notation – Subnetting and Supernetting – Ipv4 –
Ipv6 09
Overview of TCP/IP - Transport Layer Protocols: Stop and wait protocol- Connection
Oriented and Connectionless Service – Sockets – TCP and UDP
Application Layer Protocols: FTP – HTTP – Telnet
Unit IV NETWORK SECURITY
Network Security: Definition – Need of Network Security – Principles of Security –
Attacks – Types of Attacks – Criminal Attacks – Legal Attacks – Passive and
Active Attacks – Software Supply Chain Attacks .
Cryptography: Definition – Symmetric Encryption Principles – Symmetric Block 10
Encryption algorithms – DES - Digest Function – Public key cryptography principles

53
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

– RSA– Digital Signature (concepts only)

Unit V NETWORK SECURITY APPLICATIONS
Hackers Techniques: Historical hacking techniques and Open sharing – Bad
Passwords – Advanced techniques – Viruses – Worms – Trojan Horses – SPAM
Security Mechanisms: Introduction – Types of Firewalls – Packet Filters – 8
Application Gateways – Limitation of Firewalls .Intrusion: Intruders – Intruder
detection – Classification of Intruder - Detection Systems – Honeypots
TOTAL PERIODS 45

Suggested List of Students Activity

 Presentation/Seminars by students on any recent technological developments based
on the course.
 Periodic class Assessments conducted based on the course.
 Blended learning activities to explore the recent trends and developments in the field.

Textbook for Reference:

1. Behrouz A. Forouzan, “Data communication and Networking”, Fourth Edition, Tata
McGraw-Hill, 2007.
2. Andrew S. Tanenbaum “Computer Networks”, Fifth Edition, Pearson Prentice Hall
Edition, 2011.
3. William Stallings, “Data and Computer Communications”, Eighth Edition, Pearson
Education, 2011.
Web-based/Online Resources

1. https://www.pynetlabs.com/network-devices-and-its-various-types/
2. https://learn.microsoft.com/enus/dotnet/fundamentals/networking/sockets/socket-
services
3. https://portswigger.net/research/top-10-web-hacking-techniques-of-2021

54
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052234230 L T P C
DATA STRUCTURES USING PYTHON
Practicum 3 0 2 4

Rationale
Data structure is a subject of primary importance in Information and Communication
Technology. Knowledge of data structures is essential for implementation of efficient
algorithms and program development. Learning data structures with Python offer flexibility
and ease of programming with many built in data structures and libraries.

Course Objectives

The objective of this course is to

1. Provide the knowledge of various types of data structures

2. Familiarize with the representation of data structures
3. Use various data structures in organizing data
4. Reinforce theoretical concepts by writing relevant programs
5. Gain knowledge in practical applications of data structures

Course Outcomes
After successful completion of this course, the students should be able to
CO1: Understand the fundamental data structures
CO2: Understand the concepts of linked lists
CO3: Apply the operations of stack and queue
CO4: Illustrate tree structure and apply trees traversal techniques
CO5: Implement various sorting and searching techniques

Pre-requisites

Knowledge in C and python programming.

55
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

CO/PO Mapping

CO / PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 3 3 3 3 - - -

CO2 3 2 2 1 - - -

CO3 3 3 3 2 - - -

CO4 3 3 3 2 - - -

CO5 3 3 2 2 - - -
Legend: 3-High Correlation, 2-Medium Correlation, 1-Low Correlation

Instructional Strategy
 Engage and Motivate: Instructors should actively engage students to boost their
learning confidence.
 Real-World Relevance: Incorporate relatable, real-life examples and engineering
applications to help students understand and appreciate course concepts.
 Interactive Learning: Utilize demonstrations and plan interactive student activities for
an engaging learning experience.
 Application-Based Learning: Employ a theory-demonstrate-practice-activity strategy
throughout the course to ensure outcome-driven learning and employability.
 Encourage Critical Analysis: Foster an environment where students can honestly
assess experiment outcomes and analyze potential sources of error in case of
discrepancies.

56
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052234230 L T P C
DATA STRUCTURES USING PYTHON
Practicum 3 0 2 4

Assessment Methodology
Continuous Assessment (40 marks) End
Semester
CA1 CA2 CA3 CA4 Examination
(60 marks)
Written
Written Test Written Test Written Test
Examination
Theory Theory Practical Test (Complete
Mode (Complete
(Any Two (Another Two (All Exercises) Theory
Theory
Units) Units) Portions)
Portions)
Duration 2 2 3 3 Hours 3 Hours

Exam Marks 50 50 100 100 100

Converted
10 10 15 15 60
to
Marks 10 15 15 60
Tentative
6th Week 12th Week 15th Week 16th Week
Schedule
Note:
 CA1 and CA2: Assessment written test should be conducted for 50 Marks. The marks
scored will be converted to 10 Marks for each test. Best of one will be considered for the
internal assessment of 10 Marks.
CA1 and CA2, Assessment written test should be conducted for two units as below.
PART A: (5 X 10 Marks = 50 Marks).
Eight questions will be asked, students should write Five questions.
Each unit Four questions can be asked. Each question may have subdivisions.
Maximum two subdivisions shall be permitted.
● CA 3: All the exercises/experiments should be completed and kept for the practical test.
The students shall be permitted to select any one by lot for the test. The practical test
should be conducted as per the scheme of evaluation as below. The marks awarded
will be converted to 15 Marks for the internal mark.
Practical documents should be maintained for every exercise / experiment
immediately after completion of the practice. The practical document should be

57
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

submitted for the practical test. Each exercise/experiment should be evaluated for 10
Marks. The total marks awarded should be converted to 30 Marks for the practical test
as per the scheme of evaluation as below.
The details of the documents to be prepared as per the instruction below.
The exercise should be completed on the day of practice. The same shall be
evaluated for 10 marks on the day or the next day of practice before commencement
of next exercise. The detailed date of the practices and its evaluations should be
maintained in the log book and should be submitted for the verification

SCHEME OF EVALUATION - Practical Test

Sl.No. Description Marks
A Aim (05) ,Program (30) 35
B Execution 20
C Output 10
D Practical document (All Practicals) 30
E Viva Voce 05
Total 100
CA4: Model examination should be conducted for complete theory portions as per the end
semester question pattern. The marks awarded should be converted to 15 marks for the
internal assessment.
Question Pattern: Model Examination and End Semester Examination- Theory Exam
Answer ten questions by selecting two questions from each unit. Each question carries 10
marks each. (5 X 20 Marks = 100 Marks)
Four questions will be asked from every unit, students should write any two questions. The
question may have two subdivisions only.

58
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052234230 L T P C
DATA STRUCTURES USING PYTHON
Practicum 3 0 2 4

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO DATA STRUCTURES

Data structures – Introduction, classification of data structures : primitive and
non-primitive data structures with python examples – linear and nonlinear data
structures with python examples. Operations on data structures.
Abstract data types - Introduction, abstractions, Abstract data types, example of
abstract data type (student, date), Defining the ADT, Using the ADT, Implementing 9
the ADT.
Algorithm Analysis – space complexity, time complexity, Asymptomatic
notations: Big-O notation.
Ex.No Name of the Experiment

Write a program to implement any one python data structure with the
following operations
1 2
A) Create B) Add elements C) Access elements

D) Remove elements

UNIT II LINEAR DATA STRUCTURES - LINKED LISTS

Linked List - Terminology: node, address, information, null pointer, empty list,
Types – singly linked lists: creating nodes, traversing the nodes, searching for a
node, prepending nodes, removing nodes - doubly linked list & circular linked list – 8
organization - operations: traversal, searching, adding nodes, removing nodes
(concepts only, no implementations)

Ex.No Name of the Experiment

Write a python program to implement a singly linked list

a) create a singly linked list

2 4
b) add element to singly linked list

c) Remove element from singly linked list

UNIT III LINEAR DATA STRUCTURES – STACK & QUEUE

Stacks- Overview of stack, Implementation of stack using python list: push, pop,
display. Stack applications: balanced delimiters, evaluating postfix expressions. 10
Recursion - Properties of recursion - Recursive functions: Factorials, Recursive

59
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

call tree.
Queues- Overview of queue - Implementing the queue and its operations using
python list - Applications of queues - Circular queue and Priority queue (concepts
only)
Ex.No Name of the Experiment

3 Write a python program to implement stack

8
4 Write a python program to implement queue

UNIT IV NON-LINEAR DATA STRUCTURES - TREES

Tree - Terminology: node, edge, parent, children, path, level of a node, depth of a
node, height of a tree – Binary tree: full binary tree, complete binary tree – Linear
representation of binary tree - binary tree traversals: in-order, pre-order, post- 9
order. Binary Search Tree – Introduction, Creation of a Binary Search tree without
duplicate node, Applications.
Ex.No Name of the Experiment

5 Write the python program for pre-order traversal of a binary tree 4

SEQUENTIAL STORAGE REPRESENTATION –

UNIT V
SORTING & SEARCHING
Sorting- Introduction to different sorting techniques - Bubble sort, Insertion sort,
Quick sort and Merge Sort. Searching- Introduction to different searching 9
techniques - Linear search and Binary search.
Ex.No Name of the Experiment

6 Write a python program to implement bubble sort

7 Write a python program to implement linear search 12

8 Write a python program to implement binary search

TOTAL PERIODS 75

Text Book for Reference:

1. Rance D. Necaise, Data Structures and Algorithms using Python, John Wiley, 2011
2. Benjamin Baka, Python Data Structures and Algorithms, Packt Publishing Ltd., 2017
3. Roberto Tamassia, Michael H. Goldwasser, Michael T. Goodrich, Data Structures and
Algorithms in Python, 1st Edition, Wiley, 2013

60
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

Web-based/Online Resources

1. https://www.pynetlabs.com/network-devices-and-its-various-types/
2. https://learn.microsoft.com/enus/dotnet/fundamentals/networking/sockets/socket-
services
3. https://portswigger.net/research/top-10-web-hacking-techniques-of-2021

Suggested List of Students Activity

● Presentation/Seminars by students on any recent technological developments based
on the course
● Periodic class quizzes conducted on a weekly / fortnightly based on the course
● Blended learning activities to explore the recent trends and developments in the field.
Equipment / Facilities required to conduct the practical portion
1. Hardware Requirement:
 Desktop Computers / Laptop
 Printer
2. Software Requirement:
 Windows / Linux Operating System
 Python IDLE / Spyder.

61
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052234340 L T P C
JAVA PROGRAMMING
Practicum 2 0 4 4

Introduction

Java is a class-based, object-oriented programming language .It is intended to let

application developers write once, and run anywhere (WORA), meaning that compiled Java
code can run on all platforms that support Java without the need for recompilation. Java is
widely used for developing applications for desktop, web, and mobile devices. Java is known
for its simplicity, robustness, and security features, making it a popular choice for enterprise-
level applications. Students will learn Java tokens, variables, data types, control structures,
functions, arrays, strings, object - oriented programming concepts and swing components.
Through hands-on students will develop proficiency in writing structured and efficient Java
programs to solve a variety of computational problems.

Course Objectives
The objectives of this course are enabling the students
 To understand the concepts of Object Oriented Programming.
 To learn about the control structures, class with attributes and methods used in
Java.
 To gain knowledge of arrays and strings.
 To understand the concept of exception handling mechanism.
 To comprehend the basics of swing components and its importance in application
development.
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, students will be able
CO1: Demonstrate knowledge on Java Programming fundamentals.
CO2: Develop programs in Java using control structures, array and string.
CO3: Demonstrate use of object - oriented programming concepts in Java.
CO4: Apply programming skills to solve overriding problems using interface.
CO5: Develop applications using swing components.
Pre-requisites: Nil

62
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

CO/PO Mapping

CO / PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 3 3 3 3 1 1 2

CO2 3 3 3 3 1 1 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 1 2 2

CO4 3 3 3 3 1 2 2

CO5 3 3 3 3 1 3 2

Legend: 3-High Correlation, 2-Medium Correlation, 1-Low Correlation

Instructional Strategy
 Engage and Motivate: Instructors should actively engage students to boost their
learning confidence.
 Real-World Relevance: Incorporate relatable, real-life examples and engineering
applications to help students understand and appreciate course concepts.
 Interactive Learning: Utilize demonstrations and plan interactive student activities for
an engaging learning experience.
 Application-Based Learning: Employ a theory-demonstrate-practice-activity strategy
throughout the course to ensure outcome-driven learning and employability.
 Encourage Critical Analysis: Foster an environment where students can honestly
assess experiment outcomes and analyze potential sources of error in case of
discrepancies.

63
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052234340 L T P C
JAVA PROGRAMMING
Practicum 2 0 4 4

Assessment Methodology
Continuous Assessment (40 marks) End
Semester
CA1 CA2 CA3 CA4 Examination
(60 marks)

Mode Practical Practical Written Test Practical Practical

Test Test Theory Test Examination

Portion PART A PART B

All Units All Exercises All Exercises
Exercises Exercises

Duration 2 Periods 2 Periods 3 Hours 3 Hours 3 hours

Exam Marks 60 60 100 100 100

Converted to
10 10 15 15 60
Marks
Marks 10 15 15
60
Internal Marks 40
Tentative
7th Week 14th Week 15th Week 16th Week
Schedule

Note:
● CA1 and CA2: All the exercises/experiments should be completed as per the
portions above and kept for the practical test. The students shall be permitted to
select any one by lot for the test. The practical test should be conducted as per the
scheme of evaluation as below. The marks awarded shall be converted to 10 Marks
for each assessment test. Best of one will be considered for the internal assessment
of 10 Marks.
Practical documents should be maintained for every exercise / experiment
immediately after completion of the practice. The practical document should be
submitted for the practical test. The same should be evaluated for 10 Marks for each
exercise/experiment. The total marks awarded should be converted to 10 Marks for

64
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

the practical test as per the scheme of evaluation as below.

The details of the documents to be prepared as per the instruction below.
The exercise should be completed on the day of practice. The same shall be
evaluated for 10 marks on the day or the next day of practice before commencement
of next exercise. The detailed date of the practices and its evaluations should be
maintained in the log book and should be submitted for the verification.
SCHEME OF EVALUATION

PART DESCRIPTION MARKS

A Aim (05) , Program (30) 35

B Execution and Output 15

TOTAL 50

C Practical Documents (As per the portions) 10

60
● CA 3: Written Test for complete theory portions should be conducted for 100 Marks
as per the question pattern below. The marks scored will be converted to 15 Marks
for internal assessment.
Question pattern – Written Test Theory
Description Marks
Part – A Answer any ten questions out of twelve.
Each carries three marks. 10 x 3 30
Part – B Answer any seven questions out of ten.
Each carries ten marks 7 x 10 70
TOTAL 100 Marks

● CA 4: All the exercises/experiments should be completed and kept for the practical
test. The students shall be permitted to select any one by lot for the test. The
practical test should be conducted as per the scheme of evaluation below. After
completion of all the exercises the practical test should be conducted as per End
Semester Examination question pattern scheme of evaluation. The marks awarded
should be converted to 15 Marks for the internal assessment.

65
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

SCHEME OF EVALUATION
Model Practical Examination and End Semester Examination - Practical Exam
S. NO ALLOCATION MARKS
1 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – A (30) 35
2 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – B (30) 35
3 Executing any one program (Part A or Part –B) 15
4 Output 10
5 Viva Voce 05
6 Total 100

66
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052234340 L T P C
JAVA PROGRAMMING
Practicum 2 0 4 4

Unit I INTRODUCTION TO JAVA

Introduction to OOPS: Paradigms of Programming Languages – Basic concepts
of Object-Oriented Programming –Benefits of OOPs –.– Java features – Java
Environment – JDK – API. Creating and Executing a Java program – Java 6
Tokens- Java Virtual Machine (JVM) –Command Line Arguments – Constants –
Variables – Data types - Scope of variables – Type casting – Operators.
Ex No 1: Write a java program to read the temperature in Celsius and convert into
Fahrenheit.
Ex No 2:Write a program to read 2 integers and find the largest number using 12
conditional operator.

Ex No 3: Write a Java program to implement command line arguments.

Unit II CONTROL STRUCTURES, ARRAY AND STRING
Control structures: Decision making statements - looping statements - branching
statement - Arrays: One Dimensional Array –Multidimensional Array – String: 6
String Array – String Methods.
Ex No 4: Write a Java program to find the sum and average of your tenth standard
marks.
12
Ex No 5: Write a Java Program to sort 10 student names in alphabetical order
using bubble sort
Unit III CLASS AND OBJECTS
Class and objects: Defining a class – Methods – Creating objects – Accessing
class members – Constructors – Method overloading – Static members – 6
Nesting of Methods - Final methods.
Ex No 6 : Write a Java program to collect student details using constructors.
Ex No 7:Write a Java program to calculate area of rectangle, triangle and square 12
using method overloading.
UNIT IV INHERITANCE AND INTERFACE
Inheritance: Defining Inheritance –Types of Inheritances– Overriding Methods –
6
Final Variables and Methods - Abstract Class- Interfaces: Defining Interface –

67
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

Types of Interfaces.

Ex No 8: Write a Java program to create a class called Shape with methods called
getPerimeter() and getArea(). Create a subclass called Circle that
overrides the getPerimeter() and getArea() methods to calculate the
area and perimeter of a circle.
12
Ex No 9: Write a Java program to create an interface Shape with the getArea()
method. Create three classes Rectangle, Circle, and Triangle that
implement the Shape interface. Implement the getArea() method for
each of the three classes.
UNIT V EXCEPTION HANDLING AND SWING
Exception Handling: Basics of Exception Handling – try blocks – throwing an
exception – catching an exception – finally statement. Swing Components and 6
Event Handlers: – Event Handlers – Event Listeners –Input Events.

Ex No 10: Write a Java program to create a panel with three buttons, labeled
Red, Blue and Yellow, so that clicking each button results in the background color 12

changing to the appropriate color.

TOTAL PERIODS 75

Textbook for Reference:

 E. Balagurusamy, Programming with Java, 5th Edition, TataMc-Graw Hill.
 Sagayaraj, Denis, Karthick and Gajalakshmi, Java Programming for Core and
advanced learners, Universities Press (INDIA) Private Limited, 2018.
 Herbert Schildt, The complete reference Java, TataMc-Graw Hill, 7th Edition.

Website links for reference:

 NPTEL & MOOC courses titled Java: https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105191/

Suggested List of Students Activity
 Presentation/Seminars by students on any recent technological developments based
on the course.
 Programming assignments
 Periodic class/online quizzes conducted based on the course.
 Blended learning activities to explore the recent trends and developments in the field.

68
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

Equipment / Facilities required to conduct the Practical Portion

1. Hardware(s) Requirement:
 Desktop / Laptop
 Printer
2. Software(s) Requirement:
 Windows Operating System
 Net Beans 8.0.2 / 8.2 with JDK.

69
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

Board Practical Examination

PART – A
1. Write a Java program to read the temperature in Celsius and convert into Fahrenheit.
2. Write a Java program to read 2 integers and find the largest number using
conditional operator .
3. Write a Java program to implement command line arguments.
4. Write a Java program to find the sum and average of your tenth standard marks.
5. Write a Java Program to sort 10 student names in alphabetical order using bubble
sort.

6. Write a Java program to collect student details using constructors.

7. Write a Java program to calculate area of rectangle, triangle and square using
method overloading.
8. Write a Java program to create a class called Shape with methods called
getPerimeter() and getArea(). Create a subclass called Circle that overrides the
getPerimeter() and getArea() methods to calculate the area and perimeter of a
circle.
9. Write a Java program to create an interface Shape with the getArea() method.
Create three classes Rectangle, Circle, and Triangle that implement the Shape
interface. Implement the getArea() method for each of the three classes.
10. Write a Java program to create a panel with three buttons, labeled Red, Blue and
Yellow, so that clicking each button results in the background color changing to the
appropriate color.
PART – B
SCHEME OF VALUATION
SNO ALLOCATION MARKS
1 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – A (30) 35
2 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – B (30) 35
3 Executing any one program (Part A or Part –B) 15
4 Output 10
5 Viva Voce 05
6 Total 100

70
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052234440 L T P C
PYTHON PROGRAMMING
Practicum 1 0 4 3

Introduction
Being able to implement the basic logical statements in python and explore python’s
various data structures and packages which are much useful in the fields of data science,
artificial intelligence.
Course Objectives
The objective of this course is to enable the student to
1. To read and write simple python programs.
2. To define strings in python and operations on string.
3. Represent compound data using python lists, tuples, dictionaries.
4. To define and access multi-dimensional arrays using NumPy.
5. To do input/output with files in python.
Course Outcomes
After successful completion of this course, the students should be able to
CO1: Demonstrate the installation process of python IDE and modules.
CO2: Implement the decision making and looping statements in python.
CO3: Define regular expression for the pattern and verify for the validity.
CO4: Create and access string, list, tuple, dictionary and NumPy array.
CO5: Read and write text and csv file using python.
Pre-requisites: Nil

71
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

CO/PO Mapping

CO / PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 3 2 2 3 --- --- ---

CO2 3 3 3 3 --- --- ---

CO3 3 3 3 3 --- --- ---

CO4 3 2 3 3 --- --- ---

CO5 3 3 3 3 --- --- ---

Legend: 3-High Correlation, 2-Medium Correlation, 1-Low Correlation

Instructional Strategy
 Engage and Motivate: Instructors should actively engage students to boost their
learning confidence.
 Real-World Relevance: Incorporate relatable, real-life examples and engineering
applications to help students understand and appreciate course concepts.
 Interactive Learning: Utilize demonstrations and plan interactive student activities for
an engaging learning experience.
 Application-Based Learning: Employ a theory-demonstrate-practice-activity strategy
throughout the course to ensure outcome-driven learning and employability.
 Encourage Critical Analysis: Foster an environment where students can honestly
assess experiment outcomes and analyze potential sources of error in case of
discrepancies.

72
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052234440 L T P C
PYTHON PROGRAMMING
Practicum 1 0 4 3

Assessment Methodology
Continuous Assessment (40 marks) End
Semester
CA1 CA2 CA3 CA4 Examination
(60 marks)

Mode Practical Practical Written Test Practical Practical

Test Test Theory Test Examination

Portion PART A PART B

All Units All Exercises All Exercises
Exercises Exercises

Duration 2 Periods 2 Periods 3 Hours 3 Hours 3 hours

Exam Marks 60 60 100 100 100

Converted to
10 10 15 15 60
Marks
Marks 10 15 15
60
Internal Marks 40
Tentative
7th Week 14th Week 15th Week 16th Week
Schedule

Note:
● CA1 and CA2: All the exercises/experiments should be completed as per the
portions above and kept for the practical test. The students shall be permitted to
select any one by lot for the test. The practical test should be conducted as per the
scheme of evaluation as below. The marks awarded shall be converted to 10 Marks
for each assessment test. Best of one will be considered for the internal assessment
of 10 Marks.
Practical documents should be maintained for every exercise / experiment
immediately after completion of the practice. The practical document should be
submitted for the practical test. The same should be evaluated for 10 Marks for each
exercise/experiment. The total marks awarded should be converted to 10 Marks for
the practical test as per the scheme of evaluation as below.

73
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

The details of the documents to be prepared as per the instruction below.

The exercise should be completed on the day of practice. The same shall be
evaluated for 10 marks on the day or the next day of practice before commencement
of next exercise. The detailed date of the practices and its evaluations should be
maintained in the log book and should be submitted for the verification.
SCHEME OF EVALUATION

PART DESCRIPTION MARKS

A Aim (05) , Program (30) 35

B Execution and Output 15

TOTAL 50

C Practical Documents (As per the portions) 10

60
● CA 3: Written Test for complete theory portions should be conducted for 100 Marks
as per the question pattern below. The marks scored will be converted to 15 Marks
for internal assessment.
Question pattern – Written Test Theory
Description Marks
Part – A Answer any ten questions out of twelve.
Each carries three marks. 10 x 3 30
Part – B Answer any seven questions out of ten.
Each carries ten marks 7 x 10 70
TOTAL 100 Marks

● CA 4: All the exercises/experiments should be completed and kept for the practical
test. The students shall be permitted to select any one by lot for the test. The
practical test should be conducted as per the scheme of evaluation below. After
completion of all the exercises the practical test should be conducted as per End
Semester Examination question pattern scheme of evaluation. The marks awarded
should be converted to 15 Marks for the internal assessment.

74
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

SCHEME OF EVALUATION
Model Practical Examination and End Semester Examination - Practical Exam
S. NO ALLOCATION MARKS
1 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – A (30) 35
2 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – B (30) 35
3 Executing any one program (Part A or Part –B) 15
4 Output 10
5 Viva Voce 05
6 Total 100

75
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052234440 L T P C
PYTHON PROGRAMMING
Practicum 1 0 4 3

Unit I INTRODUCTION TO PYTHON

Installing and running Python in interpreter and Interactive mode, Basic Datatypes
in Python: int, float, string. Storing Values in Variables, Basic functions in Python:
4
input (), print (), str (), int (), float (). Decision Making – Simple if, if…else and if …
elif statement; Control Statement: while, break, continue, for loop, range ().
Ex No 1: Write a python program to read three numbers and print the greatest of
three numbers.
12
Ex No 2: Write a python program to find the sum of N number using range ()
function in for loop.
Unit II STRING, LIST, TUPLE, DICTIONARY
Sequence Data types. Operations on sequence data types: Indexing and slicing,
concatenation, and replication, in and not in operators to access elements. List:
Creation, mutable property, In build methods of List: index (), append (), insert (), 4
sort (), reverse (). Tuple: immutable property, converting types using tuple (), list
(). Dictionary Data type: Creation, keys (), values () and items () methods.

Ex No 3: Write a python program to demonstrate the string slicing, concatenation,

replication and len() method.

Ex No 4: Write a python program to create a tuple and convert into a list and print
16
the list in sorted order.
Ex No 5: Write a python program to create a dictionary and check whether a key
or value exist in the dictionary.

Unit III NumPy

Install and import NumPy module, Creation of one dimensional, 2D-dimensional
NumPy array using array (), Slicing, indexing, NumPy methods: shape (),
4
reshape(), concatenate (), where (). Arithmetic operations in NumPy, Aggregation
functions in NumPy.

Ex No 6: Write a python program to create one dimensional array and convert into
a 2D-dimensional array using reshape(), print the first two columns alone using
16
slicing.
Ex No 7: Write a python program to create two-dimensional array and search for

76
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

an element using where () function.

Ex No 8: Write a python program to create a 2D-dimensional array and
demonstrate aggregation functions sum (), min () and max () in the row and
column wise.
UNIT IV FILE HANDLING
Text file handling: file opening mode, reading from a file: read(), readline(),
readlines() and writing into a file: write(), writeline(). Pandas package: install and 3
import pandas, read and write a csv file, pandas methods: head(), describe().

Ex No 9: Write a python program to read a text file and write the content in
another file.
16
Ex No 10: Write a python program to read a csv file using pandas and print the
content.

TOTAL PERIODS 75

Textbook for Reference:

 AI Sweigart, Automate the Boring Stuff with Python, Second Edition, No Starch
Press,2019.
 Jake Vanderplas, Python Data Science Handbook, Essential tool for working with
data, First Edition, O'Reilly Media, Inc,2017.
 Wes McKinney, Python for Data Analysis: Data Wrangling with Pandas, NumPy and
Ipython, Wes McKinney, Second Edition, O’REILLY, 2017.
Suggested List of Students Activity
 Presentation/Seminars by students on any recent technological developments based
on the course.
 Periodic class/online quizzes conducted based on the course.
 Blended learning activities to explore the recent trends and developments in the field.

Equipment / Facilities required to conduct the Practical Portion

1. Hardware Requirement:
 Desktop Computers / Laptop
 Printer
2. Software Requirement:
 Windows / Linux Operating System
 Python IDLE /Spyder.

77
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

BOARD PRACTICAL EXAMINATION

PART – A
Ex No 1: Write a python program to read three numbers and print the greatest of three
numbers.
Ex No 2: Write a python program to find the sum of N number using range () function in for
loop.
Ex No 3: Write a python program to demonstrate the string slicing, concatenation, replication
and len() method.
Ex No 4: Write a python program to create a tuple and convert into a list and print the list in
sorted order.
Ex No 5: Write a python program to create a dictionary and check whether a key or value
exist in the dictionary.
PART – B
Ex No 6: Write a python program to create one dimensional array and convert into a 2D-
dimensional array using reshape (), print the first two columns alone using slicing.
Ex No 7: Write a python program to create two-dimensional array and search for an element
using where () function.
Ex No 8: Write a python program to create a 2D-dimensional array and demonstrate
aggregation functions sum (), min () and max () in the row and column wise.
Ex No 9: Write a python program to read a text file and write the content in another file.
Ex No 10: Write a python program to read a csv file using pandas and print the content.

SCHEME OF VALUATION
S. NO ALLOCATION MARKS
1 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – A (30) 35
2 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – B (30) 35
3 Executing any one program (Part A or Part –B) 15
4 Output 10
5 Viva Voce 05
6 Total 100

78
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052234540 L T P C
E-PUBLISHING TOOLS
Practicum 1 0 4 3

Introduction:
This course provides an introductory exploration of e-publishing tools and
technologies for creating and distributing digital publications. Students will learn about
various e-publishing formats, tools used to create e-books, digital magazines, interactive
documents and more. Through hands-on projects and practical exercises, students will gain
proficiency in using popular e-publishing software and tools to design, format, and publish
digital content for different devices and platforms.

Course Objectives

The objective of this course is to

1. Learn all tools and options in Text editing software.

2. Create Vector drawings using CorelDraw.
3. Learn all tools and options in Bitmapped image editing software.
4. Learn to use Layer masks, filters and blending modes in Adobe Photoshop.
5. Learn to use online publishing software like Canva, Figma.
6. Learn to use character styles, paragraph styles, text effects, frames in any page
layout software like Adobe Indesign or any other equivalent open source software.

Course Outcomes

After successful completion of this course, the students should be able to

CO1: Create designs like Business Cards, Notebook wrapper and logo.
CO2: Create passport size photo by removing background.
CO3: Design a new image by blending two images using layer masking and filters.
CO4: Prepare new designs for brochures, calendar and invitations.
CO5: Learn online graphic design platform to design presentations, social media
graphics, posters, flyers, infographics.

Pre-requisites
Basic Knowledge about computer and multimedia elements.

79
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

CO/PO Mapping

CO / PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1
3 3 2 2 1 1 2

CO2
3 3 2 2 1 1 2

CO3
3 3 2 2 1 1 2

CO4
3 3 2 2 1 1 2

CO5
3 3 2 2 1 1 2

Legend: 3-High Correlation, 2-Medium Correlation, 1-Low Correlation

Instructional Strategy:
 It is advised to assign assign hands-on projects to students create digital
publications using e-publishing tools such as Adobe Photoshop, CorelDraw, Adobe
PageMaker etc. Projects could include designing and formatting interactive
documents.
 Conduct of interactive demos to help students learn specific techniques and tools.
Provide step-by-step guidance and encourage questions and participation.
 Analysis of real-world examples of successful digital publications and their design,
formatting, and distribution strategies.

80
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052234540 L T P C
E-PUBLISHING TOOLS
Practicum 1 0 4 3

Assessment Methodology
Continuous Assessment (40 marks) End
Semester
CA1 CA2 CA3 CA4 Examination
(60 marks)

Mode Practical Practical Written Test Practical Practical

Test Test Theory Test Examination

Portion PART A PART B

All Units All Exercises All Exercises
Exercises Exercises
Duration 2 Periods 2 Periods 3 Hours 3 Hours 3 hours

Exam Marks 60 60 100 100 100

Converted to
10 10 15 15 60
Marks
Marks 10 15 15
60
Internal Marks 40
Tentative
7th Week 14th Week 15th Week 16th Week
Schedule
Note:
● CA1 and CA2: All the exercises/experiments should be completed as per the
portions above and kept for the practical test. The students shall be permitted to
select any one by lot for the test. The practical test should be conducted as per the
scheme of evaluation as below. The marks awarded shall be converted to 10 Marks
for each assessment test. Best of one will be considered for the internal assessment
of 10 Marks.
Practical documents should be maintained for every exercise / experiment
immediately after completion of the practice. The practical document should be
submitted for the practical test. The same should be evaluated for 10 Marks for each
exercise/experiment. The total marks awarded should be converted to 10 Marks for
the practical test as per the scheme of evaluation as below.
The details of the documents to be prepared as per the instruction below.
The exercise should be completed on the day of practice. The same shall be
evaluated for 10 marks on the day or the next day of practice before commencement

81
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

of next exercise. The detailed date of the practices and its evaluations should be
maintained in the log book and should be submitted for the verification.
SCHEME OF EVALUATION

PART DESCRIPTION MARKS

A Aim (05) , Program (30) 35

B Execution and Output 15

TOTAL 50

C Practical Documents (As per the portions) 10

60
● CA 3: Written Test for complete theory portions should be conducted for 100 Marks
as per the question pattern below. The marks scored will be converted to 15 Marks
for internal assessment.
Question pattern – Written Test Theory
Description Marks

Part – A Answer any ten questions out of twelve.

Each carries three marks. 10 x 3 30
Part – B Answer any seven questions out of ten.
Each carries ten marks 7 x 10 70
TOTAL 100 Marks

● CA 4: All the exercises/experiments should be completed and kept for the practical
test. The students shall be permitted to select any one by lot for the test. The
practical test should be conducted as per the scheme of evaluation below. After
completion of all the exercises the practical test should be conducted as per End
Semester Examination question pattern scheme of evaluation. The marks awarded
should be converted to 15 Marks for the internal assessment.

82
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

SCHEME OF EVALUATION
Model Practical Examination and End Semester Examination - Practical Exam
SNO ALLOCATION MARKS
1 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – A (30) 35
2 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – B (30) 35
3 Executing any one program (Part A or Part –B) 15
4 Output 10
5 Viva Voce 05
6 Total 100

83
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052234540 L T P C
E-PUBLISHING TOOLS
Practicum 1 0 4 3

Unit I E-PUBLISHING & VECTOR DRAWING APPLICATIONS

Introduction to E-Publishing- Evolution -Categories of E-Publishing Tools- Text
Editors- Word Processors- Vector Drawing Applications- Page Layout Applications-
6
Bitmapped image Applications.
Installing vector drawing application - Starting and Opening Drawings - Previewing -
Viewing Modes - Saving and Closing Drawings - Workspace - Lines, Shapes, and
Outlines- Working with Objects, Symbols, and Layers- Colour, Fills, and
Transparencies- Exploring Special Effects- Working with Text- Templates and
Styles- Pages and Layout.
1. Create a business card with a logo using various text styles, rectangle tool,and 6
ellipse tool.
2. Design a notebook wrapper using fountain filling and pattern filling tools. 6

3. Transform one object into another object using a blend tool. 6

(Students can be allowed to use any other open source vector drawing software)

Unit II PAGE LAYOUT APPLICATIONS

Getting started with Scribus- Opening, closing and navigating- Text Tools- Shape
2
Tools- Image Frame Tools- Color Management Tools- Master Pages- Layers-
Alignment and Distribution Tools- PDF Export Options.
1. Design an invitation for your college convocation using text tools Shape Tools-
Image tables in the page layout software. 8
(Students can be allowed to use any other open source page layout software)

Unit III BITMAPPED IMAGE APPLICATIONS

Installing Image editing application- Opening, moving, editing, saving images-

Essential Keyboards Shortcuts- Workspace- panels- Selection tools- Crop and slice
tools- Colour selection and measuring tools- Text tools- Navigation tools- 4
Retouching tools- Painting tools- Drawing tools- Customizing Toolbars- Layers -
Layer Mask- Blending modes- Filters.

5.Create a design by using various selection tools, cutting and pasting the images.
6

84
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

6. Create a passport size photo by removing the background of a photo and change
6
it to blue color.
7. Change the image looks by applying various filters and blending modes. (any one
6
among Pencil sketch, Water Color, Blurred Background)

8. Create a design with the use of a layer mask using two images as background and
foreground.
6
(Students can be allowed to use any other open source image editing software)

Unit IV ONLINE GRAPHIC DESIGN (CANVA CONTROLS)

Introduction to Canva- Templates- Backgrounds- Working with text- Font Styles-
Elements- images, icons, or graphs- Shapes- Audio- Video- Animation- Applying 3
Filters and Effects- Save- Download and share.
9. Design a multipage document like a tri-fold brochure using various elements for
the college workshop. 5

10.Prepare a stylish calendar sheet by using tables and its formatting tools.
(Students can be allowed to use any other open source online graphic design 5
software)

Total Periods 75

Text Books for Reference:

 Gary David Bouton, CorelDraw X7: The Official Guide- 12th Edition, O’Reilly Media,
2017.
 Conrad Chavez, Andrew Faulkner, Adobe photoshop classroom in a book, 1st Edition,
Pearson,2018.
 Latheefah Raji, Design with Canva: A complete guide on how to use Canva, 1st
edition, Independent Publisher, 2021.
Website links for reference:
 https://www.psdstack.com/resources/photoshop-tutorials/
 https://www.vandelaydesign.com/free-CorelDraw-tutorial
 https://www.canva.com/designschool/tutorials/
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uCcPDSE6vLw
 https://www.scribd.com/doc/13080717/CorelDraw-Course-Manual
 Getting Started with Adobe Photoshop (photoshopessentials.com)
 https://www.CorelDraw.com/en/learn/tutorials/

85
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

 https://www.CorelDraw.com/en/learn/webinars/

Suggested List of Students Activity:

 Presentation/Seminars by students on any recent technological developments based

on the course
 Periodic class quizzes conducted on a weekly/fortnightly based on the course
 Micro project that shall be an extension of any practical lab exercise to real-world
application.

Equipment / Facilities required to conduct the Practical Course

Hardware Requirements
Desktop Computers with Internet Connectivity ,
Laser printer ,
Scanner
Software Requirements
Any Open Source Software ,
GIMP ,
Scribus ,
Inkscape ,
Adobe Photoshop ,
CorelDraw

86
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

BOARD PRACTICAL EXAMINATION

PART - A
1. Create a business card with a logo using various text styles, rectangle tool, and ellipse
tool.
2. Design a notebook wrapper using fountain filling and pattern filling tools.
3. Transform one object into another object using a blend tool.
4.Design an invitation for your college convocation using text tools Shape Tools- Image
tables in the page layout software.
5. Create a design by using various selection tools, cutting and pasting the images.
PART - B
6. Create a passport size photo by removing the background of a photo and change it to
blue color.
7. Change the image looks by applying various filters and blending modes. (any one
among Pencil sketch, Water Color, Blurred Background)
8. Create a design with the use of a layer mask using two images as background and
foreground.
9. Design a multipage document like a tri-fold brochure using various elements for the college
workshop.
10. Prepare a stylish calendar sheet by using tables and its formatting tools.
SCHEME OF EVALUATION
End Semester Examination - Practical Exam
SNO ALLOCATION MARKS
1 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – A (30) 35
2 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – B (30) 35
3 Executing any one program (Part A or Part –B) 15
4 Output 10
5 Viva Voce 05
6 Total 100

87
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052234640 L T P C
SCRIPTING LANGUAGES
Project 0 0 6 2

Rationale:
The main objective of the course is to introduce the students with the advanced Web-
based software development using JavaScript, PHP, and MySQL. The subject will impart
knowledge to design visually appealing, dynamic, device-independent, and interactive web-
based applications with client-side and server-side scripting. Additionally, this course aims
at developing innovative skills in the students whereby they apply the knowledge and skills
gained through the course by undertaking a project. The individual students have different
skills, attitudes, and strengths. At the end of this course, the students will learn how to work
with the team and how to prepare the report.
Course Objectives:
 To learn to utilize the PHP statements for Application Development
 To learn to develop web applications using PHP and MysQL
 To design the interactive and dynamic web applications using AJAX,JQUERY and
Node.js
 To learn to work in teams and to utilize the knowledge gained into an application
suitable for a real practical working environment
 Learn and understand the gap between the technological knowledge acquired and
the actual industrial need and to compensate it by acquiring additional knowledge as
required
Course Outcomes:
At the end of this course, students will be able to:
CO1: Write PHP script to store, access and display the data in the MySQL Database.
CO2: Design the dynamic web pages using AJAX, Jquery and Node.js
CO3: Develop device-independent Web application using Bootstrap
CO4: Identify, discuss and justify the technical aspects of the chosen project with a
Comprehensive and systematic approach with the team.
CO5: Communicate and report effectively project related activities and findings and
reproduce, improve and refine the acquired result
Pre-requisites:- Web Designing Course

88
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

CO/PO Mapping

CO /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7
PO

CO1 3 3 3 2 1 - 1

CO2 3 3 3 2 1 - 1

CO3 3 3 3 3 2 - 2

CO4 3 3 3 3 2 3 3

CO5 3 3 3 3 2 3 3

Legend: 3-High Correlation, 2-Medium Correlation, 1-Low Correlation

Instructional Strategy:
 Real-World Relevance: Incorporate relatable, real-life examples and engineering
applications to help students understand and appreciate course concepts.
 Interactive Learning: Utilize demonstrations and plan interactive student activities for
an engaging learning experience.
 Simulation and Real-World Practice: Conduct demonstrations and hands-on activities
in with built in Models
 Encourage Critical Analysis and Thinking: Foster an environment where students can
think over the real world problem and find the solution for the same also they can
honestly assess experiment outcomes and analyze potential sources of error in case
of discrepancies.
 Cooperative & Team-Based Learning: Foster the environment where in the students
can work in the team, discuss among the team to find the solution for the real-world
problem.

Guidelines for Project Team Formulation

Batch size: Maximum 6 students per batch

89
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052234640 L T P C
SCRIPTING LANGUAGES
Project 0 0 6 2

Assessment Methodology:

Continuous Assessment (40 marks) End

Semester
CA1 CA2 CA3 CA4 Examination
(60 marks)

Mode Practical Practical Practical

Review 1 Review 2
Test Test Examination

Portion PART A PART B

Project Project Project
Exercises Exercises

Duration 2 Periods 2 Periods 2 Periods 2 Periods 3 hours

Exam Marks 60 60 50 50 100

Converted to
10 10 15 15 60
Marks
Marks 10 15 15
60
Internal Marks 40
Tentative
7th Week 10th Week 11th Week 15th Week
Schedule

Note:
● CA1 and CA2: All the exercises/experiments should be completed as per the
portions above and kept for the practical test. The students shall be permitted to
select any one by lot for the test. The practical test should be conducted as per the
scheme of evaluation as below. The marks awarded shall be converted to 10 Marks
for each assessment test. Best of one will be considered for the internal assessment
of 10 Marks.
Practical documents should be maintained for every exercise / experiment
immediately after completion of the practice. The practical document should be
submitted for the practical test. The same should be evaluated for 10 Marks for each
exercise/experiment. The total marks awarded should be converted to 10 Marks for

90
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

the practical test as per the scheme of evaluation as below.

The details of the documents to be prepared as per the instruction below.
The exercise should be completed on the day of practice. The same shall be
evaluated for 10 marks on the day or the next day of practice before commencement
of next exercise. The detailed date of the practices and its evaluations should be
maintained in the log book and should be submitted for the verification.
SCHEME OF EVALUATION

PART DESCRIPTION MARKS

A Aim (05) , Program (30) 35

B Execution and Output 15

TOTAL 50

C Practical Documents (As per the portions) 10

60
● CA 3 and CA 4: Two reviews should be conducted, each for 50 Marks. The marks
awarded should be converted to 15 Marks for the internal assessment.
The sum of both the review marks is considered for CA3. Proper records should be
maintained for the two Project Reviews. Each review is evaluated as per the following
guidelines:

Details of Mark allocation Max. Marks

Presentation 20
Implementation 20
Viva Voce 10
Total 50

END SEMESTER PRACTICAL EXAMINATION:

SCHEME OF VALUATION
S. NO ALLOCATION MARKS
1 Implementation / Demo 50
2 Report 30
3 Viva Voce 20
4 Total 100

91
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052234640 L T P C
SCRIPTING LANGUAGES
Project 0 0 6 2

Unit I PHP INTRODUCTION

Theory: Introduction to Server Side Scripting - PHP: PHP Structure and Syntax -
Integrating HTML with PHP - if Statements - if and else – switch case - for loop –
for each loop- Strings – Arrays - HTML Form Elements Processing in PHP - Passing
Variables between Pages.
Practice Experiments: 8

Ex No 1: Write PHP code to implement any five string and array functions
Ex No 2:Design the HTML form to collect student biodata and SSLC Mark, Process
the collected data in the PHP and Find Total and Average for Mark.

Unit II PHP PRGRAMMING AND MYSQL PHP

Theory:Sessions and Cookies- Page redirection- Connecting to the MySQL Server –

Insert, Edit, Update, Delete and Querying the Database from PHP

Practice Experiments:
Ex No 3:Develop the simple application which display result of the student by
getting register number as user input( assume student marks are already available
8
in the database)
Ex No 4: Develop the simple login page, which validates the username, and
password (assume username, password and student_name are stored in the
database). If username and password are correct, the page should redirect to
Welcome.phpfile and display the student_name in that page. If username or
password is incorrect page should remain in login page itself.
Unit III AJAX AND JQUERY
Theory: Introduction to AJAX -The XMLHttpRequest Object - JSON - Introduction to
jQuery - jQuery Events – jQuery Effects - AJAX and JQuery.

Practice Experiments:
Ex No 5:Write the code to disable right-click option in the webpage using the jQuery 8

Ex No 6: Develop the simple application which display details of the collegeby

getting college code as input using AJAX without reloading the page (assume
college details like code, name, courses_offered, address, hostel facility,etc., are

92
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

already available in the database)

Unit IV WEB APPLICATIONS FRAMEWORKS
Theory:Bootstrap 5.0: Cards – Nav Bar- Form elements- Node.js : Introduction –
NPM-Node js Modules-upload files- Send an Email – Events-Node.js and Mysql-
introduction to Django
8
Practice Experiments:
Ex No 7:Develop the Node.js code to upload the file to server
Ex No 8:Develop the Node.js code to send an email

Project Development & Report Preparation 58

TOTAL PERIODS 90

Suggested List of Project (Not limited to this list):

1. College Management Software
2. Livestock Management software
3. Online Student Attendance and Biodata Management Software
4. Online Employee Management Software
5. Online Event Management Software
6. Online Transport Management Software
7. Online Library Management Software
8. Online Blood Bank
9. Online Shopping / Billing Software
10. Online Book / Music Store
Suggested List of Students Activity:
 Presentation/Seminars by students on any recent technological developments in
Web development.
 online quizzes
 Project Development
Textbook for Reference:
 Thomas Powell, Fritz Schneider “Java Script: The Complete Reference”, Third Edition,
Tata McGras-Hill, July 2017.
 Timothy Boronczyk, Elizabeth Naramore, Jason Gerner, Yann Le Scouarnec, Jeremy
Stolz, Michael K. Glass “Beginning PHP6, Apache, MySQL, Web Development”, John
Wiley & Sons Ltd, 2009.

93
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

 SandroPasquali, Kevin Faaborg “Mastering Node.js” Second Edition, Packt

Publishing, 2017.

Equipment / Facilities required conducting the Practical Course / Project

Hardware Required.
1. Desktop / Laptop Computers.
Software Required.
1. Apache / Httpd / Wamp/ Xamp Webserver
2. MySQL
3. Any Web browser

94
DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

SEMESTER 5

95
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052235130 L T P C
CLOUD COMPUTING
Practicum 2 0 2 3

Rationale
This course will introduce the emerging technology cloud computing. The
advantages of cloud services and cloud applications will give the students the much needed
exposure to the current trend.
Course Objectives
The objective of this course is to
1. Introduce the concept of virtualization.
2. Outline the concepts of cloud computing.
3. Summarize the different types of web services and cloud service providers.
4. Elaborate the security issues in cloud.
5. Present the cloud applications.
Course Outcomes
After successful completion of this course, the students should be able to
CO1: Understand the concept of virtualization.
CO2: Differentiate various cloud services.
CO3: Explore the different cloud service providers.
CO4: Understand the security issues with cloud and security policies.
CO5: Comprehend the various cloud applications.
Pre-requisites
The student should have taken up Computer Networks and Security
The student should have the basic Knowledge about network protocols.

96
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

CO/PO Mapping
CO / PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 3 3 2 1 1 1 3

CO2 2 3 3 1 1 1 3

CO3 3 2 2 1 1 1 3

CO4 3 2 3 1 1 1 3

CO5 3 2 3 2 1 1 3
Legend: 3-High Correlation, 2-Medium Correlation, 1-Low Correlation
Instructional Strategy
● The teacher can use experiential learning as an instructional strategy both in and
outside the classroom.
● It may be necessary for the teacher to pre-teach the skills and processes necessary
to achieve the intended learning outcomes.
● The teacher needs to encourage students to share their thoughts so that the entire
class can benefit from individual insights.
● Teachers can encourage divergent thinking by asking students to transform a
teacher guided image into several others of their own creation.

97
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052235130 L T P C
CLOUD COMPUTING
Practicum 2 0 2 3

Assessment Methodology
Continuous Assessment (40 marks) End
Semester
CA1 CA2 CA3 CA4 Examination
(60 marks)
Written
Written Test Written Test Written Test
Examination
Theory Theory Practical Test (Complete
Mode (Complete
(Any Two (Another Two (All Exercises) Theory
Theory
Units) Units) Portions)
Portions)
Duration 2 2 3 3 Hours 3 Hours

Exam Marks 50 50 100 100 100

Converted
10 10 15 15 60
to
Marks 10 15 15 60
Tentative
6th Week 12th Week 15th Week 16th Week
Schedule
Note:
 CA1 and CA2: Assessment written test should be conducted for 50 Marks. The marks
scored will be converted to 10 Marks for each test. Best of one will be considered for the
internal assessment of 10 Marks.
CA1 and CA2, Assessment written test should be conducted for two units as below.
PART A: (5 X 10 Marks = 50 Marks).
Eight questions will be asked, students should write Five questions.
Each unit Four questions can be asked. Each question may have subdivisions.
Maximum two subdivisions shall be permitted.
● CA 3: All the exercises/experiments should be completed and kept for the practical test.
The students shall be permitted to select any one by lot for the test. The practical test
should be conducted as per the scheme of evaluation as below. The marks awarded
will be converted to 15 Marks for the internal mark.
Practical documents should be maintained for every exercise / experiment
immediately after completion of the practice. The practical document should be
submitted for the practical test. Each exercise/experiment should be evaluated for 10

98
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

Marks. The total marks awarded should be converted to 30 Marks for the practical
test as per the scheme of evaluation as below.
The details of the documents to be prepared as per the instruction below.
The exercise should be completed on the day of practice. The same shall be
evaluated for 10 marks on the day or the next day of practice before commencement
of next exercise. The detailed date of the practices and its evaluations should be
maintained in the log book and should be submitted for the verification

SCHEME OF EVALUATION - Practical Test

Sl.No. Description Marks
A Aim (05) ,Program (30) 35
B Execution 20
C Output 10
D Practical document (All Practicals) 30
E Viva Voce 05
Total 100

CA4: Model examination should be conducted for complete theory portions as per
the end semester question pattern. The marks awarded should be converted to 15
marks for the internal assessment.
Question Pattern: Model Examination and End Semester Examination- Theory Exam
 Answer ten questions by selecting two questions from each unit. Each
question carries 10 marks each. (5 X 20 Marks = 100 Marks)
 Four questions will be asked from every unit, students should write any two
questions. The question may have two subdivisions only.

99
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052235130 L T P C
CLOUD COMPUTING
Practicum 2 0 2 3

Unit - 1 CLOUD COMPUTING

Characteristics of Cloud - Benefits – limitations - Cloud Deployment Models -
Cloud service models - Infrastructure as a service(IaaS), Platform as a
6
Service(PaaS), Software as a Service (SaaS), Anything as a Service(XaaS) – SPI
Vs. Traditional IT Models – Cloud Data Centers.
Ex.No. Name of the Experiment

1 Create a professional portfolio using Google Slides.

Use Google Drive as Storage as a Service to Store, Organize, Share 6

2
and Collaborate.
Unit - 2 VIRTUALIZATION
Virtualization, Hypervisors, Types of hypervisors. Virtualization techniques - para
virtualization - full virtualization, - hardware assisted virtualization - hybrid 6
virtualization.
Ex.No. Name of the Experiment
Install Virtualbox/VMware Workstation with different flavours of
3
linux or windows OS on top of existing OS. 6
4 Setting up a Java development Virtual Machine with VirtualBox.

Unit - 3 WEB SERVICES AND CLOUD SERVICE PROVIDERS

Web Services and its types, Google compute engine, Google App Engine, Amazon
- Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud - Amazon Simple DB - Amazon Simple Storage 6
Service (S3) - Amazon Cloud Front.

Ex. No. Name of the Experiment

Install a PaaS Engine (Google App Engine / AWS / Azure or any one
5 6
PaaS Engine) and create simple web applications using python/java.

Unit - 4 SECURITY IN THE CLOUD

Storage Location and Tenancy -Cloud Security Challenges -CSA Reference Model -
6
Security Policies and Implementation – Virtualization Security Management.

Ex. No. Name of the Experiment

100
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

6 Protect Google Sheets and Range with various access permissions. 6

Unit - 5 CLOUD COMPUTING APPLICATIONS

Adobe Creative Cloud Firefly design models– Git Hub repository basics– LinkedIn
6
Benefits– Zoho Work Drive Features – Storage Concept of Google Big table.

Ex. No. Name of the Experiment

7 Setup a GitHub account and develop a simple python application.

Create a column family with an age-based garbage-collection policy 6

8
in Google Bigtable.

TOTAL PERIODS 60

Textbook for Reference:

● Rajkumar Buyya, Christian Vecchiola, S. Thamarai Selvi, Mastering Cloud Computing,
First Edition, Tata Mcgraw Hill, 2013.
● George Reese, Cloud Application Architectures: Building Applications and
Infrastructure in the Cloud, First Edition, O'Reilly, 2009.
● Ashish Bhatnagar, Shailza Sharma, Cloud Computing, First Edition, S.K. Kataria &
Sons, 2019.
Website links for reference:
 https://www.virtualbox.org/
 https://colab.research.google.com/
 https://cloud.google.com/appengine/
 http://www.seanmcilvenna.com/2018/03/26/setting-up-a-java-development-vm-
with-virtualbox/
 https://cloud.google.com/bigtable/docs/samples/bigtable-create-family-gc-max-age
 https://www.accenture.com/gb-en/case-studies/about/cloud-security
 https://www.zoho.com/workdrive/features.html
Suggested List of Students Activity
● Presentation/Seminars by students on any recent technological developments based
on the course
● Micro project that shall be an extension of any practical lab exercise to real-world
application

101
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052235211 L T P C
MACHINE LEARNING
Theory 3 0 0 3

Introduction:

With the increased availability of data from varied sources there has been
increasing attention paid to the various data driven disciplines such as analytics and
machine learning. Therefore, this course provides an introduction to the field of machine
learning, covering fundamental concepts, algorithms, and applications. It provides a set of
techniques that can automatically detect patterns in data which can then be utilized for
predictions and for developing models.
Course Objectives:
 To learn the basic concepts of machine learning.
 To gain knowledge on supervised learning concepts and their applications.
 To understand unsupervised learning models and their applications.
 To evaluate the algorithms based on corresponding metrics identified
 To learn other learning aspects such as reinforcement learning and other
technologies
Course Outcomes:
On successful completion of this course, the student will be able to

CO1: Explain the basic concepts of machine learning algorithms.

CO2: Evaluate and compare various machine learning models

CO3: Design and Develop various supervised learning models.

CO3: Design and Develop various unsupervised learning algorithms

CO5: Apply machine learning techniques to solve real-time problems

Pre-requisites: Nil

102
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

CO/PO Mapping

CO / PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 3 3 3 3 1 1 1

CO2 3 3 3 2 1 1 1

CO3 3 3 3 3 1 2 2

CO4 3 3 3 3 1 1 2

CO5 3 3 3 3 1 2 2

Legend: 3-High Correlation, 2-Medium Correlation, 1-Low Correlation

Instructional Strategy:
 Engage and Motivate: Instructors should actively engage students to boost their
learning confidence.
 Real-World Relevance: Incorporate relatable, real-life examples and engineering
applications to help students understand and appreciate course concepts.
 Interactive Learning: Utilize demonstrations and plan interactive student activities for
an engaging learning experience.
 Application-Based Learning: Employ a theory-demonstrate-practice-activity strategy
throughout the course to ensure outcome-driven learning and employability.
 Encourage Critical Analysis: Foster an environment where students can honestly
assess experiment outcomes and analyse potential sources of error in case of
discrepancies.

103
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052235211 L T P C
MACHINE LEARNING
Theory 3 0 0 3

Assessment Methodology:

Continuous Assessment (40 marks) End Semester

Examination
CA1 CA2 CA3 CA4
(60 marks)
Quiz
Written test
Written test MCQ Model Written
Mode (Another Two
(Two units) (Online / Examination Examination
units)
Offline)
Duration 2 Periods 2 Periods 1 Hour 3 Hours 3 Hours

Exam Marks 50 50 60 100 100

Converted
15 15 5 20 60
to
Marks 15 5 20 60
Tentative
6th Week 12th Week 13-14th Week 16th Week
Schedule

CA1 and CA2: Assessment written test should be conducted for 50 Marks for two units. The
marks scored will be converted to 15 Marks. Best of one will be considered for the internal
assessment of 15 Marks.
CA1and CA2 Assessment test should be conducted for two units as below.
PART A: (5 X 10 Marks = 50 Marks).
Eight questions will be asked, students should write five questions. Each unit four questions
can be asked. Each question may have subdivisions. Maximum two subdivisions shall be
permitted.
CA3: 60 MCQ can be asked by covering the entire portion. It may be conducted by Online /
Offline. The marks scored should be converted to 5 marks for the internal assessment.
CA4: Model examination should be conducted as per the end semester question pattern.
The marks should be converted to 15 marks for the internal assessment.
Question Pattern: Model Examination and End Semester Examination
Answer ten questions by selecting two questions from each unit. Each question carries 10
marks each. (5 X 20 Marks = 100 Marks)

104
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

Four questions will be asked from every unit, students should write any two questions. The
question may have two subdivisions only.

1052235211 L T P C
MACHINE LEARNING
Theory 3 0 0 3

Unit I INTRODUCTION TO MACHINE LEARNING

Fundamentals of Machine Learning (ML): Definition and Scope –-Basic Steps in
Knowledge Discovery Process - Types- Applications. Data Descriptive Analysis:
Mean- Median- Mode -Standard Deviation-Percentile Data. Workflow of Machine 9
Learning Application Development: Data Cleaning, Data Integration, Data Reduction,
Data Transformation, Algorithms and Visualizing Results.
Unit II PREDICTIVE MODELLING

Predictive Modelling: Basic Concepts- Needs- Types- Regression: Linear

Regression–Logistic Regression-Evaluation Metrics for Regression. Frequent
9
Pattern Mining: Needs-Associations Rules Mining-Algorithms: Apriori Algorithm-
Pattern Evaluation Measures.
Unit III SUPERVISED LEARNING TECHNIQUES

Classification: Basic Concepts- Needs- Types - Features, Labels, Training Data,

Testing Data, and models. Algorithms: Decision Tree Induction - Naive Bayes
9
classifier – K-Nearest Neighbors’(KNN) - Model Evaluation Metrics. Ensemble
Approaches: Voting Classifiers – Bagging and Boosting Sampling Techniques.
Unit IV UNSUPERVISED LEARNING TECHNIQUES
Clustering: Basic Concepts- Needs- Types- Types of Data-Data similarity and
Dissimilarity Measures –Partitioning Method: K-Means Algorithms - Hierarchical
9
Method: Agglomerative-Divisive Algorithm. Cluster Analysis: Metrics for Evaluating
Clusters.
Unit V ADVANCED CONCEPTS, TRENDS AND APPLICATIONS

Text Mining- Web Mining- Time series Analysis. Case Studies: Market Basket
Analysis- Recommendation System- Email Spam and Malware Filtering – Online
9
Fraud Detection – Weather Forecasting- Challenges and Issues in Machine
Learning- Tools for Machine Learning.
TOTAL PERIODS 45

105
DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

106
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

Suggested List of Students Activity:

 Presentation/Seminars by students on any recent technological developments based
on the course.
 Project based Learning in emerging application areas like finance, healthcare etc.
 Periodic class/online quizzes conducted based on the course.
 Blended learning activities to explore the recent trends and developments in the field.
 Assignments on different types of learnings
 Tutorials on solving problems using machine learning.
 Flipped classroom activities to explore application areas
Textbook for Reference:

 Ethem Alpaydin, “Introduction to Machine Learning”, Fourth Edition, MIT Press

,2020.
 Jiawei Han, Micheline Kamber, Jian Pei, Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques,
Morgan,3rd Edition, Kaufmann Publishers, 2011.
 Sebastain Raschka, Vahid Mirjalili, “Python Machine Learning”, 3rd Edition, Packt
publishing 2019.

Website links for reference:

 https://www.javatpoint.com/machine-learning
 https://www.kaggle.com/learn/intro-to-machine-learning
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106139
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106236
 https://egyankosh.ac.in/

107
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052235212 L T P C
DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING
Theory 3 0 0 3

Introduction
This course covers key aspects of data management and analysis. It starts with Data
Warehousing, covering architecture, Dimensional Modeling, and ETL processes, along with
tools and technologies. Then, students explore Data Warehousing Techniques, focusing on
lifecycle management, metadata, and cloud-based analysis. The course then moves to Data
Mining, covering fundamental concepts, preprocessing, classification, and advanced
techniques like Support Vector Machines and Neural Networks. Real-world Applications and
Case Studies demonstrate Data Mining's use in retail, healthcare, CRM, and fraud detection.

Course Objectives
The objective of this course is to enable the student to
 Learn Data Warehousing fundamentals.
 Acquaint themselves with various Data Warehousing tools and technologies.
 Understand the Data Warehousing lifecycle, emphasizing quality, metadata
management, and cloud analysis.
 Explore core Data Mining concepts, preprocessing, and classification/clustering
methods.
 Master advanced Data Mining techniques.
 Analyze real-world Data Mining applications in different sectors.

Course Outcomes

After successful completion of this course, the students should be able to

CO1: Understand Data Warehousing principles, architecture, and ETL processes, including
Dimensional Modeling.
CO2: Utilize tools and technologies proficiently for Data Warehousing.
CO3: Develop skills in core Data Mining concepts.
CO4: Master advanced Data Mining techniques like Support Vector Machines, Neural
Networks, Text Mining, and DBSCAN for in-depth analysis.
CO5: Apply Data Warehousing and Data Mining in real-world scenarios.

Pre-requisites: Nil

108
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

CO/PO Mapping

CO / PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 3 3 3 1 1 2 1

CO2 3 3 3 1 1 3 2

CO3 3 3 3 1 1 3 1

CO4 3 3 3 1 1 3 2

CO5 3 3 3 1 1 3 2
Legend: 3-High Correlation, 2-Medium Correlation, 1-Low Correlation

Instructional Strategy

 Engage and Motivate: Instructors should actively engage students to boost their
learning confidence.
 Real-World Relevance: Incorporate relatable, real-life examples and engineering
applications to help students understand and appreciate course concepts.
 Interactive Learning: Utilize demonstrations and plan interactive student activities for
an engaging learning experience.
 Application-Based Learning: Employ a theory-demonstrate-practice-activity strategy
throughout the course to ensure outcome-driven learning and employability.
 Simulation and Real-World Practice: Conduct demonstrations and hands-on activities
in a simulated environment, transitioning to real-world scenarios when possible.
 Encourage Critical Analysis: Foster an environment where students can honestly
assess experiment outcomes and analyze potential sources of error in case of
discrepancies.

109
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052235212 L T P C
DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING
Theory 3 0 0 3

Assessment Methodology

Continuous Assessment (40 marks) End Semester

Examination
CA1 CA2 CA3 CA4
(60 marks)
Quiz
Written test
Written test MCQ Model Written
Mode (Another Two
(Two units) (Online / Examination Examination
units)
Offline)
Duration 2 Periods 2 Periods 1 Hour 3 Hours 3 Hours

Exam Marks 50 50 60 100 100

Converted
15 15 5 20 60
to
Marks 15 5 20 60
Tentative
6th Week 12th Week 13-14th Week 16th Week
Schedule

CA1 and CA2: Assessment written test should be conducted for 50 Marks for two units. The
marks scored will be converted to 15 Marks. Best of one will be considered for the internal
assessment of 15 Marks.
CA1and CA2 Assessment test should be conducted for two units as below.
PART A: (5 X 10 Marks = 50 Marks).
Eight questions will be asked, students should write five questions. Each unit four questions
can be asked. Each question may have subdivisions. Maximum two subdivisions shall be
permitted.
CA3: 60 MCQ can be asked by covering the entire portion. It may be conducted by Online /
Offline. The marks scored should be converted to 5 marks for the internal assessment.
CA4: Model examination should be conducted as per the end semester question pattern.
The marks should be converted to 15 marks for the internal assessment.
Question Pattern: Model Examination and End Semester Examination-Theory Exam
Answer ten questions by selecting two questions from each unit. Each question carries 10
marks each. (5 X 20 Marks = 100 Marks)

110
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

Four questions will be asked from every unit, students should write any two questions. The
question may have two subdivisions only.

1052235212 L T P C
DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING
Theory 3 0 0 3

Unit I INTRODUCTION TO DATA WARE HOUSING

Introduction to Data Warehousing: Concepts and Architecture - Data Warehouse
Design: Dimensional Modeling, Fact, and Dimension Tables - ETL Processes:
8
Data Extraction, Transformation, and Loading - Data Warehouse Implementation:
Tools and Technologies

Unit II DATA WAREHOUSING TECHNIQUES AND TOOLS

Data Warehouse Lifecycle: Planning, Design, Implementation, and Maintenance -
Data Quality and Metadata Management - OLAP and Multidimensional Data 9
Analysis - Data Warehousing in Cloud Environments

Unit III INTRODUCTION TO DATA MINING

Fundamentals of Data Mining: Concepts, Tasks, and Challenges - Data
Preprocessing: Data Cleaning, Integration, Transformation, and Reduction -
Classification Techniques: Decision Trees, Naive Bayes, and k-Nearest Neighbors 10
- Clustering Techniques: K-means, Hierarchical Clustering - Association Rule
Mining and Frequent Pattern Analysis

Unit IV CLASSIFICATION TECHNIQUES

Introduction to Classification: supervised learning and classification - Decision
Trees: ID3, C4.5, and CART algorithms, handling overfitting and pruning
techniques - Naive Bayes Classifier: Principles of Bayesian classification, Naive 10
Bayes algorithm for text classification - k-Nearest Neighbors (KNN): KNN
algorithm, Distance metrics and parameter selection
Unit V CLUSTERING TECHNIQUES
Introduction to Clustering – Basics concepts of clustering – Partitioning
Methods: K-Means clustering – hierarchical clustering: Agglomerative and
8
Divisive Hierarchical clustering Methods - Comparison between partitioning and
Hierarchical clustering approaches

TOTAL PERIODS 45

111
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

Suggested List of Students Activity

 Presentation/Seminars by students on any recent technological developments based
on the course.
 Periodic class/online quizzes conducted based on the course.
 Blended learning activities to explore the recent trends and developments in the field.

Textbook for Reference:

 C.S.R.Prabhu , DATA WAREHOUSING Concepts, Techniques, Products and

Applications ,Third Edition, PHI Learning,2008
 Robert Wrembel ,Data Warehouses and OLAP Concepts, Architectures, and
Solutions,1st Edition IRM Press,2007
 Mehmed Kantardzic ,Data Mining Concepts, Models, Methods, and Algorithms2nd
Edition, Wiley,2011

Website links for reference:

 https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/data-mining/
 https://www.javatpoint.com/data-mining-cluster-analysis
 https://www.tutorialspoint.com/dwh/dwh_schemas.htm

112
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052235213 L T P C
ETHICAL HACKING
Theory 3 0 0 3
Rationale :
Ethical hacking is designed to provide individuals with the knowledge and skills
required to understand, identify, and mitigate security vulnerabilities and threats in computer
systems, networks, and applications. This course introduces the concepts of Ethical Hacking
and gives the learner the opportunity to learn about different tools and techniques in Ethical
hacking and security and to identify and analyze the stages an ethical hacker requires to
take in order to compromise a target system as well as will apply preventive, corrective and
protective measures to safeguard the system.
Course Objectives:
 Learn the fundamentals of ethical hacking principles, methodologies, and
terminology, distinguishing between ethical and malicious hacking practices.
 Learn to identify and assess vulnerabilities and weaknesses in computer systems,
networks, and applications through various reconnaissance techniques.
 Explore various hacking tools and techniques used by ethical hackers.
 Learn network scanning and penetration testing to identify security flaws and assess
the effectiveness of defense mechanisms.
 Understand key information security concepts and their relevance to ethical hacking.
 Explore common attack vectors and learn how to defend against them.
 Learn how to secure systems and networks by implementing intrusion detection and
prevention systems, firewalls, and encryption.
Course Outcomes:
On successful completion of this course, the student will be able to
CO1: gain a solid understanding of network basics and basic principles of
information security.
CO2: be familiarized with various types of cyber attacks, such as malware, social
engineering, and denial-of-service (DoS), as well as common vulnerabilities like SQL
injection and cross-site scripting (XSS).
CO3: identify and assess vulnerabilities in computer systems, networks and
applications through reconnaissance techniques, vulnerability scanning, and
analysis.
CO4: develop practical skills in exploiting security weaknesses within legal and

113
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

ethical boundaries.
CO5: develop practical skills in using a variety of tools and techniques employed by
ethical hackers.
Pre-requisites:
Basic Knowledge of Computers and networking fundamentals
CO/PO Mapping

CO / PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1
3 3 2 2 2 2 3

CO2
3 3 3 2 3 2 3

CO3
3 3 2 2 2 2 3

CO4
3 3 2 2 2 1 3

CO5
3 3 2 2 2 1 3

Legend: 3-High Correlation, 2-Medium Correlation, 1-Low Correlation

Instructional Strategy:
 Provide students with hands-on experience in simulated environments where they
can practice hacking techniques ethically.
 Integrate case studies and real-life scenarios to illustrate ethical dilemmas, ethical
hacking methodologies, and the consequences of unethical behavior.
 Implement regular quizzes, and practical exercises to evaluate students'
understanding of ethical hacking concepts, tools and techniques.
 Throughout the course, a theory-demonstrate-practice-activity strategy may be used
to ensure that learning is outcome and employability-based.

114
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052235213 L T P C
ETHICAL HACKING
Theory 3 0 0 3
Assessment Methodology:
Continuous Assessment (40 marks) End Semester
Examination
CA1 CA2 CA3 CA4
(60 marks)
Quiz
Written test
Written test MCQ Model Written
Mode (Another Two
(Two units) (Online / Examination Examination
units)
Offline)
Duration 2 Periods 2 Periods 1 Hour 3 Hours 3 Hours

Exam Marks 50 50 60 100 100

Converted
15 15 5 20 60
to
Marks 15 5 20 60
Tentative
6th Week 12th Week 13-14th Week 16th Week
Schedule

CA1 and CA2: Assessment written test should be conducted for 50 Marks for two units. The
marks scored will be converted to 15 Marks. Best of one will be considered for the internal
assessment of 15 Marks.
CA1and CA2 Assessment test should be conducted for two units as below.
PART A: (5 X 10 Marks = 50 Marks).
Eight questions will be asked, students should write five questions. Each unit four questions
can be asked. Each question may have subdivisions. Maximum two subdivisions shall be
permitted.
CA3: 60 MCQ can be asked by covering the entire portion. It may be conducted by Online /
Offline. The marks scored should be converted to 5 marks for the internal assessment.
CA4: Model examination should be conducted as per the end semester question pattern.
The marks should be converted to 15 marks for the internal assessment.
Question Pattern: Model Examination and End Semester Examination-Theory Exam
Answer ten questions by selecting two questions from each unit. Each question carries 10
marks each. (5 X 20 Marks = 100 Marks)
Four questions will be asked from every unit, students should write any two questions. The

115
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

question may have two subdivisions only.

1052235213 L T P C
ETHICAL HACKING
Theory 3 0 0 3

Unit I Introduction to Ethical Hacking

Introduction to ethical hacking: Types of hacking- advantages, disadvantages and

purpose of hacking- Types of hackers- Difference between ethical and non-ethical
hacking- Ethical Hacking Terminologies- Tools and Skills- Phases of hacking- Laws
09
of the Land.
Information Security Overview- CIA triad (Confidentiality, Integrity, Availability)- The
Indian IT Act 2000 and Amendments to the Indian IT Act(2008).
Unit II Reconnaissance & Foot printing
Reconnaissance: Active Reconnaissance- Passive Reconnaissance- Footprinting:
Domain Name Information- Finding IP Address- Finding Hosting Company- IP
Address Ranges- History of the Website.Fingerprinting: Banner Grabbing- 09
application fingerprinting, web application scanning, and DNS fingerprinting. DNS
Enumeration.
Unit III Scanning & Sniffing
Scanning: port scanning- Ping Sweep-Scanning Networks- Network discovery-
Vulnerability scanning
Sniffing: Introduction- Wire trapping and its types, packet sniffing-ARP spoofing,
07
DNS spoofing and MAC flooding, active and passive sniffing,wi-fi sniffing- session
hijacking- Man-In The Middle attack, sniffing countermeasures, sniffing detection
techniques.
Unit IV Enumeration, Vulnerabiliy Analysis & Malwares
Enumeration- System enumeration- User enumeration- Service enumeration-
Vulnerability Analysis- Vulnerability assessment- Common vulnerabilities and
exposures (CVE)- Risk assessment.
TCP/IP Hijacking- EMAIL Hijacking -Password Hacking- Dictionary Attack-Hybrid
Dictionary Attack-Brute-Force Attack-Rainbow Tables- System Hacking- Password
10
cracking- Privilege escalation- Maintaining access. Malware Threats: Types of
malware (Types of viruses, worms, trojans, etc.)- Anti-malware tools and
techniques.
Unit V Social Engineering & Web Application Security

116
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

Social Engineering: Types of social engineering attacks- Prevention and awareness-

Denial of Service (DoS) and Distributed Denial of Service (DDoS) Attacks- DoS and
DDoS concepts- DoS and DDoS attack techniques- Mitigation strategies- Web
10
Application Security- Common web vulnerabilities -SQL injection- XSS, CSRF-
Introduction to Pen Testing: need for pen testing, types and techniques of pen
testing, phases of pen testing.
TOTAL PERIODS 45
Text Books for Reference:
 Patrick Engebretson, The Basics of Hacking and Penetration Testing: Ethical Hacking
and Penetration Testing Made easy, 2nd Edition, Syngress, 2013.
 William Stallings, Lawrie Brown, Computer Security Principles and Practice, Fourth
Edition, Pearson Education, 2017.
 Allen Harper, Shon Harris, Jonathan Ness, Chris Eagle, Gideon Lenkey, and Terron
Williams, Grey Hat Hacking: The Ethical Hacker’s Handbook, 3 rd Edition, The
McGraw-Hill Companies, 2011.

Website Links for Reference:

 https://www.udemy.com/topic/ethical-hacking/free/
 https://nielit.gov.in/gorakhpur/sites/default/files/Gorakhpur/B01_Ethical_Hacking_2
20125.pdf
 https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105217/
 https://mu.ac.in/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/TYBSC-CS-Ethical-hacking.pdf
 https://aaplesarkar.maharashtra.gov.in/file/AapleSarkar-
CyberSecurityAwarenessGuide.pdf

Suggested List of Students Activity:

 Virtual environments can be set up to practice hacking techniques in a controlled

environment and students can be assigned real-world scenarios where they need to
perform penetration tests on simulated corporate networks, web applications, or
wireless networks.

 Students can be provided with vulnerable systems to exploit. Reverse engineering

techniques can be taught to students by providing them with malware samples or
binary executables to analyze.

117
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052235214 L T P C
AGILE PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT
Theory 3 0 0 3

Introduction:
Agile Product Development is a model in Software Engineering, which deals with
reliability and quality assurance of the software under development. It provides
framework for development of quality software product. The course covers important
aspects of product development such as software lifecycle, requirement analysis and
documentation, characteristics of good design, design techniques, testing, software
implementation, maintenance etc. This course also provides the students with a
theoretical understanding of agile software development practices and how small teams
can apply them to create high-quality software.
Course Objectives:
The student should be made to
• Define Software Engineering and to understand the phases in a software project.
 Understand different software development models.
 Understand the benefits and pitfalls of working in an agile team.
 Understand agile development and testing.
 To learn how the agility is incorporated in Requirement engineering and quality
assurance.
Course Outcomes:
On successful completion of this course, the student will be able to
CO1: Explain different software development models
CO2: Interpret the concept of agile software engineering and its advantages in software
development.
CO3: Analyze the core practices behind the given agile methodologies.
CO4: Interpret how agility is incorporated in Knowledge Management
CO5: Explain and Make use of various tools available to agile teams to facilitate the
project and to perform quality assurance in agile team

Pre-requisites: Nil

118
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

CO/PO Mapping

CO / PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 3 2 2 1 1

CO2 3 2 2 1 2 2

CO3 3 3 3 1 2 2

CO4 3 3 3 1 2 1

CO5 3 3 2 2 1 1

Legend: 3-High Correlation, 2-Medium Correlation, 1-Low Correlation

Instructional Strategy:
 Engage and Motivate: Instructors should actively engage students to boost their
learning confidence.
 Real-World Relevance: Incorporate relatable, real-life examples and engineering
applications to help students understand and appreciate course concepts.
 Interactive Learning: Utilize demonstrations and plan interactive student activities for
an engaging learning experience.
 Application-Based Learning: Employ a theory-demonstrate-practice-activity strategy
throughout the course to ensure outcome-driven learning and employability.
 Encourage Critical Analysis: Foster an environment where students can honestly
assess experiment outcomes and analyze potential sources of error in case of
discrepancies.

119
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052235214 L T P C
AGILE PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT
Theory 3 0 0 3

Assessment Methodology:

Continuous Assessment (40 marks) End Semester

Examination
CA1 CA2 CA3 CA4
(60 marks)
Quiz
Written test
Written test MCQ Model Written
Mode (Another Two
(Two units) (Online / Examination Examination
units)
Offline)
Duration 2 Periods 2 Periods 1 Hour 3 Hours 3 Hours

Exam Marks 50 50 60 100 100

Converted
15 15 5 20 60
to
Marks 15 5 20 60
Tentative
6th Week 12th Week 13-14th Week 16th Week
Schedule
CA1 and CA2: Assessment written test should be conducted for 50 Marks for two units. The
marks scored will be converted to 15 Marks. Best of one will be considered for the internal
assessment of 15 Marks.
CA1and CA2 Assessment test should be conducted for two units as below.
PART A: (5 X 10 Marks = 50 Marks).
Eight questions will be asked, students should write five questions. Each unit four questions
can be asked. Each question may have subdivisions. Maximum two subdivisions shall be
permitted.
CA3: 60 MCQ can be asked by covering the entire portion. It may be conducted by Online /
Offline. The marks scored should be converted to 5 marks for the internal assessment.
CA4: Model examination should be conducted as per the end semester question pattern.
The marks should be converted to 15 marks for the internal assessment.
Question Pattern: Model Examination and End Semester Examination-Theory Exam
Answer ten questions by selecting two questions from each unit. Each question carries 10
marks each. (5 X 20 Marks = 100 Marks)
Four questions will be asked from every unit, students should write any two questions. The

120
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

question may have two subdivisions only.

1052235214 L T P C
AGILE PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT
Theory 3 0 0 3
Unit I INTRODUCTION TO SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
Basics of Software Engineering : Need for Software Engineering – Definition –
Software Characteristics –Program versus Software Products- Software
9
Development Life Cycle Models: Introduction –Waterfall Model – Prototyping model
– Spiral Model – Iterative Enhancement model – Agile model.
Unit II AGILE METHODOLOGY
Agile Software Development – Traditional Model vs. Agile Model - Classification of
Agile Methods – Agile Manifesto and Principles – Agile Project Management – Agile
9
Team Interactions – Ethics in Agile Teams - Agile Documentations – Agile Drivers,
Capabilities and Values.
Unit III AGILE PROCESSES
Lean Production – SCRUM- Crystal -Feature Driven Development- Adaptive Software
Development - Extreme Programming: Method Overview – Lifecycle – Work 9
Products, Roles and Practices.
Unit IV AGILITY IN KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT
Agile Information Systems – Agile Decision Making - Earl‗S Schools of KM –
Institutional Knowledge Evolution Cycle: Development, Acquisition, Refinement,
9
Distribution, Deployment, Leveraging – KM in Software Engineering – Story Card
Maturity Model (SMM).
Unit V AGILITY IN REQUIREMENTS ENGINEERING & QUALITY ASSURANCE
Impact of Agile Processes in Requirements Engineering(RE)– Overview of RE Using
Agile – Managing Unstable Requirements – Requirements Elicitation ––
9
Requirements Management in Agile Environment- Agile Requirements
Prioritization.– Agile Metrics –- Agility in Quality Assurance.
TOTAL PERIO DS 45

Suggested List of Students Activity:

 Presentation/Seminars by students on any recent technological developments in
Software Development.
 Blended learning activities to explore the recent trends and developments in the field.
 Roleplay and case studies

121
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

Textbook for Reference:

 Roger S. Pressman, Software Engineering – A Practitioner’s Approach, Seventh

Edition, McGrawHill International Edition, 2010
 Ken Schawber, Mike Beedle, Agile Software Development with Scrum, International
Edition, Pearson.
 Robert C. Martin, Agile Software Development, Principles, Patterns and Practices,
First International Edition, Prentice Hall,2014

Website links for reference:

 https://clearbridgemobile.com/complete-guideagile-software-development/
 https://agileken.com/agilefundamentals-ebook/
 https://www.edx.org/course/agile-software-development
 https://dl.ebooksworld.ir/motoman/Pearson.Agile.Software.Development.Principles.
Patterns.and.Practices.www.EBooksWorld.ir.pdf

 https://www.coursera.org/learn/agile-software-development

122
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052235215 L T P C
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
Theory 3 0 0 3

Introduction
Artificial Intelligence has grown to be very popular in today’s world. The amount of
data that is generated, by both humans and machines, far outpaces humans’ ability to
absorb, interpret, and make complex decisions based on that data. Artificial intelligence
forms the basis for all computer learning and is the future of all complex decision making.
Computers are extremely efficient at calculating these combinations and permutations to
arrive at the best decision. Artificial intelligence and its logical evolution of machine learning
are the foundational future of business decision making.
Course Objectives
On completion of the syllabus contents, the students must be able to
 Describe and use the basic concepts of intelligent agents.
 Design a knowledge-based system.
 Develop general-purpose problem-solving agents, logical reasoning agents, and
agents that reason under uncertainty.
 Identify systems with Artificial Intelligence.
 Choose appropriate algorithms for solving given AI problems.
 Design and implement logical reasoning agents.
 Design and implement agents that can reason under uncertainty.
 Apply Artificial Intelligence techniques for problem solving.
Course Outcomes
After successful completion of this course, the students should be able to
CO1: Remember the basic concepts of Artificial intelligence.
CO2: Solve basic AI based problems.
CO3: Define the concept of Artificial Intelligence.
CO4: Apply AI techniques to real-world problems to develop intelligent
Systems.
CO5: Select appropriately from a range of techniques when implementing
Intelligent systems.
Pre-requisites: Nil

123
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

CO/PO Mapping

CO / PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 3 3 3 1 1 3 1

CO2 3 3 3 1 1 3 2

CO3 3 3 3 1 1 3 1

CO4 3 3 3 1 1 3 2

CO5 3 3 3 1 1 3 2

Legend: 3-High Correlation, 2-Medium Correlation, 1-Low Correlation

Instructional Strategy
 Engage and Motivate: Instructors should actively engage students to boost their
learning confidence.
 Real-World Relevance: Incorporate relatable, real-life examples and engineering
applications to help students understand and appreciate course concepts.
 Interactive Learning: Utilize demonstrations and plan interactive student activities for
an engaging learning experience.
 Application-Based Learning: Employ a theory-demonstrate-practice-activity strategy
throughout the course to ensure outcome-driven learning and employability.
 Simulation and Real-World Practice: Conduct demonstrations and hands-on activities
in a simulated environment, transitioning to real-world scenarios when possible.
 Encourage Critical Analysis: Foster an environment where students can honestly
assess experiment outcomes and analyze potential sources of error in case of
discrepancies.

124
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052235215 L T P C
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
Theory 3 0 0 3

Assessment Methodology
Continuous Assessment (40 marks) End Semester
Examination
CA1 CA2 CA3 CA4
(60 marks)
Quiz
Written test
Written test MCQ Model Written
Mode (Another Two
(Two units) (Online / Examination Examination
units)
Offline)
Duration 2 Periods 2 Periods 1 Hour 3 Hours 3 Hours

Exam Marks 50 50 60 100 100

Converted
15 15 5 20 60
to
Marks 15 5 20 60
Tentative
6th Week 12th Week 13-14th Week 16th Week
Schedule
CA1 and CA2: Assessment written test should be conducted for 50 Marks for two units. The
marks scored will be converted to 15 Marks. Best of one will be considered for the internal
assessment of 15 Marks.
CA1and CA2 Assessment test should be conducted for two units as below.
PART A: (5 X 10 Marks = 50 Marks).
Eight questions will be asked, students should write five questions. Each unit four questions
can be asked. Each question may have subdivisions. Maximum two subdivisions shall be
permitted.
CA3: 60 MCQ can be asked by covering the entire portion. It may be conducted by Online /
Offline. The marks scored should be converted to 5 marks for the internal assessment.
CA4: Model examination should be conducted as per the end semester question pattern.
The marks should be converted to 15 marks for the internal assessment.
Question Pattern: Model Examination and End Semester Examination-Theory Exam
Answer ten questions by selecting two questions from each unit. Each question carries 10
marks each. (5 X 20 Marks = 100 Marks)
Four questions will be asked from every unit, students should write any two questions. The

125
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

question may have two subdivisions only.

1052235215 L T P C
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
Theory 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION TO ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE

Unit I
9
Introduction to AI – Definition - Goals of AI – Applications of AI - History of AI -Types of AI –
Components of AI - Human vs Machine Intelligence
Agents – Rationality – Structure of Agents - Problem Solving Agents–Types of Agents -
Environments-Nature of Environments
PROBLEM SOLVING USING SEARCH TEHNIQUES
Unit II
9
Search Algorithms: Evaluating Search Strategies - Breadth-first search, Uniform cost search, Depth-
first search, Bidirectional Search.
Heuristic Search Strategies: Best First Search, Heuristic Search, A* Search
Unit III KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION AND OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES 9
Knowledge Representation: Knowledge-Based Agents, Logic, Propositional Logic: A Very Simple
Logic, Ontological Engineering, Categories and Objects, Events, Mental Events and Mental Objects,
Reasoning Systems for Categories
Optimization Algorithms: Hill Climbing, Local Beam Search and Genetic Algorithm
GAME PLAYING AND CONSTRAINT SATISFACTION PROBLEMS
Unit IV
9
Game Theory: The Mini-Max search – Alpha-Beta Search- Introduction to CSPs Constraint
Networks - Binary and Non-Binary Constraints –Constraint Propagation –Backtracking Search for
CSP–Local Search for CSP–Structure of CSP.
Unit V INTELLIGENT AGENTS 9
Knowledge-Based Agents –Propositional Logic – Propositional Theorem Proving – Propositional
Model Checking – Agents Based on Propositional Logic.
Architecture for Intelligent Agents—Agent communication— Argumentation among Agents.
TOTAL PERIODS 45
Suggested List of Students Activity
 Presentation/Seminars by students on any recent technological developments based
on the course.
 Periodic class Assessments conducted based on the course.
 Blended learning activities to explore the recent trends and developments in the field.

126
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

Textbook for Reference:

 Stuart Russel, Peter Norvig, Artificial intelligence, A modern Approach, 2nd edition ,
Prentice Hall,2007
 Rich, Kevin Knight, Shiv Shankar B Nair , Artificial Intelligence, 3rd Edition, , TMH
,2009
 Patterson, Introduction to Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems, 1st Edition, ,
Pearson India, 2015

Website links for reference:

 https://www.ibm.com/blog/the-benefits-of-ai-in-healthcare/
 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Reinforcement_learning
 https://www.javatpoint.com/computer-vision

Suggested List of Students Activity

 Presentation/Seminars by students on any recent technological developments based
on the course.
 Periodic class Assessments conducted based on the course.
 Blended learning activities to explore the recent trends and developments in the field.

127
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052235320 L T P C
INTERNET OF THINGS AND DIGITAL TWINS
Practical 0 0 4 2
Rationale
This course will give a hands-on experience to the students in designing and
developing Internet of Things applications and models.
Course Objectives
The objective of this course is to
1. Enable the students to understand the basic concepts of Internet of Things.
2. Summarize the functionalities of sensors and actuators.
3. Facilitate the students to design simple IoT concepts.
4. Illustrate the usage of cloud in IoT applications.
5. Introduce digital-twin technology to the students.
Course Outcomes
After successful completion of this course, the students should be able to
CO1: Interface sensors with micro controllers.
CO2: Design Internet of Things models using sensors and actuators.
CO3: Setup a cloud interface to visualize the data.
CO4: Understand the concept of digital twin technology.
CO5: Develop digital twin models using the software.
Pre-requisites
The student should have taken up Computer Networks .

128
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

CO/PO Mapping

CO / PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 3 3 2 1 1 1 3

CO2 3 2 3 1 1 1 3

CO3 3 3 2 1 1 1 3

CO4 3 2 2 1 1 1 3

CO5 3 2 3 1 1 1 3

Legend: 3-High Correlation, 2-Medium Correlation, 1-Low Correlation

Instructional Strategy
● It is advised that teachers make the learning experience more engaging by introducing
innovative and interesting ways of teaching.
● The teachers need to expose the students to material in multiple modes help them learn
it faster and retain it longer.
● The teacher can focus the pupils' attention on the relevant facts and introduce scientific
principles and concepts with the help of demonstration.

129
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052235320 L T P C
INTERNET OF THINGS AND DIGITAL TWINS
Practical 0 0 4 2
Assessment Methodology

Continuous Assessment (40 marks) End Semester

Examination
CA1 CA2 CA3 CA4 (60 marks)
Mode Practical Test Practical Test Practical Practical
Practical Test
Document Examination
Portion PART A PART B
All Exercises All Exercises All Exercises
Exercises Exercises
Duration 2 Periods 2 Periods Regularly 3 Hours 3 Hours
Each
Exam Marks 50 50 Practical 10 100 100
Marks
Converted to 10 10 10 20 60

Marks 10 10 20 60

Internal Marks 40 60
Tentative
7th Week 14th Week 15th Week 16th Week
Schedule
Note:
● CA1 and CA2: All the exercises/experiments as per the portions mentioned above
should be completed and kept for the practical test. The students shall be permitted
to select any one by lot for the test. The practical test should be conducted as per
the scheme of evaluation as below. The marks awarded will be converted to 10
Marks for each assessment test. Best of one will be considered for the internal
assessment of 10 Marks.
SCHEME OF EVALUATION

PART DESCRIPTION MARKS

1 Aim & Procedure 35

2 Execution and Result 15

TOTAL 50

● CA 3: Practical document should be maintained for every exercise / experiment

immediately after completion of the practice. The same should be evaluated for 10

130
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

Marks. The total marks awarded should be converted to 10 Marks for the internal
assessment. The practical document should be submitted for the Practical Test and
End Semester Examination with a bonafide certificate.
The details of the documents to be prepared as per the instruction below.
The exercise should be completed on the day of practice. The same shall be
evaluated for 10 marks on the day or the next day of practice before commencement
of next exercise. The detailed date of the practices and its evaluations should be
maintained in the log book and should be submitted for the verification.
● CA 4: All the exercises/experiments should be completed and kept for the practical
test. The students shall be permitted to select any one by lot for the test. The
practical test should be conducted as per the scheme of evaluation as below. The
marks awarded should be converted to 20 Marks for the internal assessment.

SCHEME OF EVALUATION
Model Practical Examination and End Semester Examination- Practical Exam

S. NO. ALLOCATION MARKS

1 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – A (30) 35

2 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – B (30) 35

3 Executing any one program 15

(Part A or Part –B)

4 Output 10

5 Viva Voce 05

6 Total 100

131
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052235320 L T P C
INTERNET OF THINGS AND DIGITAL TWINS
Practical 0 0 4 2

Part - A INTRODUCTION TO INTERNET OF THINGS

Internet of Things – Sensors – Actuators – Micro Controllers - Introduction to
Arduino Board and Arduino IDE – Arduino Programming.
Ex.No Name of the Experiment
1 Creating different LED patterns and controlling them with push button
switches using Arduino.
2 Controlling servo motor based on the input from Joystick or PIR or IR
sensor using Arduino.
3 Calculate the distance to an object with the help of ultrasonic sensor and 30

display it on an LCD using Arduino.

4 Build a basic burglar alert security system with the help of PIR or IR
sensor and Buzzer/LED Pattern using Arduino.
5 Create automated LED light control based on the input from LDR using
Arduino.
Part - B CLOUD AND DIGITAL TWINS
Thing Speak Cloud – Introduction to Digital Twin Technology - Setting up a cloud
account in Thing Speak cloud platform.
Ex.No Name of the Experiment
6 Upload the temperature data from LM35 sensor to ThingSpeak cloud
with Node MCU/Raspberry Pi.
30
7 Automatic streetlight simulation with Wokwi and ThingSpeak.

8 Create your first thing using ditto.

9 Query an existing thing using ditto.

10 Connect an Arduino based device to Eclipse ditto.

TOTAL HOURS 60

132
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

Suggested List of Students Activity

● Conduct of Ideathon to generate innovative solutions for real life problems.
● Micro project that shall be an extension of any practical lab exercise to real-world
application
Textbook for Reference:
● Arsheep Bahga, Vijay Madisetti, Internet of Things - A Hands-On Approach, First Edition,
Universities Press, 2015.
● Raj Kamal, Internet of Things, First Edition, McGraw Hill Education, 2017.
● Gopal Chaudhary, Manju Khari, Mohamed Elhoseny,Digital Twin Technology, First Edition,
CRC Press, 2022.
Website links for reference:
● Arduino IDE: https://www.arduino.cc/en/IoT/HomePage
● Wokwi Simulator: https://wokwi.com/
● Eclipse Ditto: https://eclipse.dev/ditto/
● Ditto Example: https://github.com/eclipse-ditto/ditto-examples
● Thing Speak Cloud: https://thingspeak.com/

Equipment / Facilities required to conduct the Practical Course

Software Requirement:
1. Arduino IDE
2. Wokwi Simulator
3. Eclipse Ditto
4. Thing Speak Cloud
Hardware Requirement:
1. Arduino kit - 10 Numbers
2. Node MCU / Raspberry Pi - 10 Numbers
3. LED Lights – 10 Numbers
4. 330K Resistor - 10 Numbers
5. Push Button - 10 Number
6. Servo Motor 5 V DC - 10 Numbers
7. Joystick - 10 Numbers
8. Ultrasonic Sensor - 10 Numbers
9. 16x2 LCD Display - 10 Numbers
10. PIR Sensor - 10 Numbers

133
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

11. Buzzer - 10 Numbers

12. IR Sensor - 10 Numbers
13. LDR - 10 Numbers
14. LM35 Temperature Sensor- 10 Numbers
15. 5V DC Relay - 10 Numbers
16. Mini Bread Board - 10 Numbers
17. Jumper Wires
18. Data Cables - 10 Numbers

134
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

BOARD PRACTICAL EXAMINATION

PART - A

1. Creating different LED patterns and controlling them with push button switches using
Arduino.
2. Controlling servo motor based on the input from Joystick or PIR or IR sensor using
Arduino.
3. Calculate the distance to an object with the help of ultrasonic sensor and display it
on an LCD using Arduino.
4. Build a basic burglar alert security system with the help of PIR or IR sensor and
Buzzer/LED Pattern using Arduino.
5. Create automated LED light control based on the input from LDR using Arduino.

PART - B

6. Upload the temperature data from LM35 sensor to ThingSpeak cloud with Node
MCU/Raspberry Pi.
7. Automatic streetlight simulation with Wokwi and ThingSpeak.
8. Create your first thing using ditto.
9. Query an existing thing using ditto.
10. Connect an Arduino based device to Eclipse ditto.

S. NO. ALLOCATION MARKS

1 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – A (30) 35

2 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – B (30) 35

3 Executing any one program (Part A or Part –B) 15

4 Output 10

5 Viva Voce 05

6 Total 100

135
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052235440 L T P C
COMPUTER HARDWARE AND NETWORKING
Practicum 1 0 4 3

Rationale
The course aims at making the students familiar with various parts of computers and
know the different types of peripherals. They will learn to assemble and repair desktop PC
with all its internal components. Students will able to install different types of operating
system and all other application software, customization of OS, updating device driver,
setting firewall security, junk file removal, data backup and data recovery techniques. The
students will learn to setup and configure networking system using various network devices
using crimping, punching, setting IP addressing techniques. They are able to share and
control resource and internet connection over network. They learn to secure networking
system from different types of attacks.
Course Objectives
The objective of this course is to enable the student to
1. Identify the hardware components, assembling a computer, install and configure
peripheral device.
2. Install Windows Server OS
3. Do Network Cabling and IP Configuration, Testing
4. Configure DNS Server & AD
5. Configure Web Server, FTP Server, SMTP Server.
Course Outcome
On completion of the following exercises, the students must be able to
CO1: Identify the hardware components, assembling a computer, Install and configure
Peripheral device.
CO2: Install Windows Server OS
CO3: Do Network Cabling and IP Configuration, Testing
CO4: Configure DNS Server & AD
CO5: Configure Web Server, FTP Server, SMTP Server.
Pre-requisites: Nil

136
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

CO/PO Mapping

CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 3 3 3 3 - - 1

CO2 3 3 3 3 - - 1

CO3 3 3 3 3 - - 1

CO4 3 3 3 3 - - 1

CO5 3 3 3 3 - - 1

Legend: 3-High Correlation, 2-Medium Correlation, 1-Low Correlation

Instructional Strategy

 It is advised that teachers take steps to get pupils' attention and boost their learning
confidence.

 To help students learn and appreciate numerous concepts and principles in each
area, teachers should provide examples from daily life, realistic situations, and real-
world engineering and technological applications.

 The demonstration can make the subject exciting and foster in the students a
scientific mindset. Student activities should be planned on all the topics.

 Throughout the course, a theory-demonstrate-practice-activity strategy may be used

to ensure that learning is outcome- and employability-based.

 All demonstrations/Hand-on practices are under a simulated environment (may be

followed by a real environment as far as possible).

137
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052235440 L T P C
COMPUTER HARDWARE AND NETWORKING
Practicum 1 0 4 3

Assessment Methodology

Continuous Assessment (40 marks) End

Semester
CA1 CA2 CA3 CA4 Examination
(60 marks)

Mode Practical Practical Written Test Practical Practical

Test Test Theory Test Examination

Portion PART A PART B

All Units All Exercises All Exercises
Exercises Exercises

Duration 2 Periods 2 Periods 3 Hours 3 Hours 3 hours

Exam Marks 60 60 100 100 100

Converted to
10 10 15 15 60
Marks
Marks 10 15 15
60
Internal Marks 40
Tentative
7th Week 14th Week 15th Week 16th Week
Schedule
Note:
● CA1 and CA2: All the exercises/experiments should be completed as per the
portions above and kept for the practical test. The students shall be permitted to
select any one by lot for the test. The practical test should be conducted as per the
scheme of evaluation as below. The marks awarded shall be converted to 10 Marks
for each assessment test. Best of one will be considered for the internal assessment
of 10 Marks.
Practical documents should be maintained for every exercise / experiment
immediately after completion of the practice. The practical document should be
submitted for the practical test. The same should be evaluated for 10 Marks for each
exercise/experiment. The total marks awarded should be converted to 10 Marks for
the practical test as per the scheme of evaluation as below.

138
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

The details of the documents to be prepared as per the instruction below.

The exercise should be completed on the day of practice. The same shall be
evaluated for 10 marks on the day or the next day of practice before commencement
of next exercise. The detailed date of the practices and its evaluations should be
maintained in the log book and should be submitted for the verification.
SCHEME OF EVALUATION

PART DESCRIPTION MARKS

A Aim (05) , Procedure (30) 35

B Execution and Output 15

TOTAL 50

C Practical Documents (As per the portions) 10

60
● CA 3: Written Test for complete theory portions should be conducted for 100 Marks
as per the question pattern below. The marks scored will be converted to 15 Marks
for internal assessment.
Question pattern – Written Test Theory
Description Marks

Part – A Answer any ten questions out of twelve.

Each carries three marks. 10 x 3 30
Part – B Answer any seven questions out of ten.
Each carries ten marks 7 x 10 70
TOTAL 100 Marks

Answer ten questions by selecting two questions from each unit. Each question
carries 10 marks each. (5 X 20 Marks = 100 Marks)
Four questions will be asked from every unit, students should write any two
questions. The question may have two subdivisions only.
● CA 4: All the exercises/experiments should be completed and kept for the practical
test. The students shall be permitted to select any one by lot for the test. The
practical test should be conducted as per the scheme of evaluation below. After
completion of all the exercises the practical test should be conducted as per End
Semester Examination question pattern scheme of evaluation. The marks awarded
should be converted to 15 Marks for the internal assessment.

139
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

SCHEME OF EVALUATION
Model Practical Examination and End Semester Examination - Practical Exam
SNO ALLOCATION MARKS
1 Aim (05) ,Procedure from Part – A (30) 35
2 Aim (05) ,Procedure from Part – B (30) 35
3 Executing any one from (Part A or Part –B) 15
4 Output 10
5 Viva Voce 05
6 Total 100

140
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052235440 L T P C
COMPUTER HARDWARE AND NETWORKING
Practicum 1 0 4 3
Unit I COMPUTER HARDWARE
Introduction: Hardware, Software and Firmware. Mother board Components,
SMPS: Principles of Operation and block diagram of ATX Power supply,
Connector Specifications.
Processors, Memory: Introduction-Main Memory, Cache memory Secondary
Storage: Hard Disk – SSD- Format, Partition 4
I/O devices and interface Keyboard-Mouse-Printers-Scanner-Displays Graphic
Cards
Ex.No Name of the Experiment
Assemble and disassembling a computer & Troubleshooting (Study
Experiment).
1 Hard Disk/SSD 6
a) Partition and Format.
b) Scan Disk, Disk Cleanup, Disk De-Fragmentation

Unit II OPERATING SYSTEM & PERIPHERAL DEVICE INSTALLATION

Operating System-Server OS Installation, User Creation, Disk Cleaning,

Defragmentation .Peripheral device ( Scanner, Web cam, and bio-metric)
2
Installation & Updating of Device Driver Software.

Ex.No Name of the Experiment

Install and configure any one device (Printer, Scanner, Web cam, bio-
2 6
metric device) with system and troubleshoot the problems.

3 Windows Server OS installation 6

Unit III ADMINISTERING WINDOWS SERVER

Active directory- Use of AD-Installation & Configuration of AD, Domain Name

Service Use of DNS-Installation & Configuration of DNS. Web Server - Installation
& Configuration of IIS web Server –HTTP Protocol Usage. FTP Server - 3
Installation & Configuration of FTP Server-FTP Protocol Usage .SMTP Server -
Installation & Configuration of SMTP Server

141
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

Ex.No Name of the Experiment

4 Installation and configuration of DNS Server 6

5 Installation and configuration of DHCP Server 6

6 Installation and Configuration of any one of Service (Telnet, FTP

6
Server, Web Server)
Unit IV NETWORK DEVICES
Network Devices: Cable, Cable Crimping (Cross, Straight Through Cabling),
Switch -Features and concepts of Switches – Routers (Wired and Wireless) –
Gateways. 6
IP Addressing: Dotted Decimal Notation – Subnetting & Supernetting, Data
backup and data recovery, Firewall, VPN

Ex.No Name of the Experiment

Practice the following cabling works in a network.

a) Cable Crimping
7 b) Standard Cabling 6
c) Cross Cabling
d) Testing the Crimped cable using a Cable tester

8 Create a Network topology using any network simulation software. 6

IP Configuration & Testing

a) Configure Host IP, Subnet Mask and Default Gateway
9 in a system in LAN (TCP/IP Configuration). 6
b) Configure Internet connection and use IPCONFIG, PING
/Tracert and Netstat utilities to Debug the Network issues.
Data Backup & Network Security
a. Create and configure user accounts (Administrative and
Standard) in Windows.
10. b. Create automated backups to ensure no data loss & you 6
always have a recent backup
c. Create rules on firewall to allow clients to connect to the
Server Service

TOTAL PERIODS 75

142
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

Suggested List of Students Activity

I. PC Assembling, Troubleshooting of Hardware effects using indicators.
ii. OS installation & Configuration in Server and Client
iii. Printer, Scanner, Biometric, Camera Installation and Configuration
iv. Usage of various networking tools
Textbook for Reference:

 D.Balasubramanian ,Computer Installation And Servicing ,Second Edition, Tata Mc-

Graw Hill, New Delhi 2010
 Behrouza.Forouzan , Data Communication and Networking, 4th Edition, Tata Mc-Graw
Hill, New Delhi,2017.
 Andrew S. Tanenbaum, David J. Wetherall ,Computer Networks, Fifth Edition,
Pearson,2010

Website links for reference:

 https://epathshala.nic.in/process.php?id=students&type=eTextbooks&ln=en
 https://www.edx.org/learn/computer-hardware
 https://www.simplilearn.com/ccna-200-301-network-fundamentals-course-skillup
 https://rajshaladarpan.nic.in/sd4/home/public2/VocationalSchool/Textbook/

Equipment / Facilities required to conduct the Practical Portion

LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
Hardware Requirements:
Desktop Systems, Laser Printer, Web camera,
Biometric Device, Scanner, Crimping Tool,
Screwdriver set,
Network Cables, Switch,
Router, Cable, Cable Tester, RJ45
Software Requirements:
Windows server OS, Oracle Virtual Box, Windows OS(Host System),
Simulation Software ( GNS3/ Cisco Packet Tracer )

143
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

Board Practical Examination

PART – A
1.Hard Disk/SSD
a) Partition and Format.
b) Scan Disk, Disk Cleanup, Disk De-Fragmentation
2. Install and configure any one device (Printer, Scanner, Webcam, Bio-metric
device) with system and troubleshoot the problems.
3.Server OS installation
4.Installation and configuration of DNS Server
5.Installation and configuration of DHCP Server
PART – B
6. Installation and Configuration of any one of Service
(Telnet, FTP Server, Web Server)
7.Practice the following cabling works in a network
a) Cable Crimping b) Standard Cabling
c) Cross Cabling d) Testing the Crimped cable using a Cable tester
8.Create a Network topology using any network simulation software.
9.IP Configuration & Testing
a) Configure Host IP, Subnet Mask and Default Gateway in a system in
LAN (TCP/IP Configuration).
b) Configure Internet connection and use IPCONFIG, PING / Tracert and
Netstat utilities to Debug the Network issues.
10. Data Backup & Network Security
a. Create and configure user accounts (Administrative and Standard) in Windows.
b. Create automated backups to ensure no data loss & you always have a recent backup
c. Create rules on firewall to allow clients to connect to the Server Service
SCHEME OF VALUATION
SNO ALLOCATION MARKS
1 Aim (05) ,Procedure from Part – A (30) 35
2 Aim (05) ,Procedure from Part – B (30) 35
3 Executing any one from (Part A or Part –B) 15
4 Output 10
5 Viva Voce 05
6 Total 100

144
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052235541 L T P C
DATA ANALYTICS
Practicum 1 0 4 3

Introduction
Being able to do the basics data analysis with Python to build and evaluate data models
which includes collecting and importing data, cleaning & preparing data, summarizing &
visualization data, building machine learning regression models with python inbuild libraries.
Course Objectives
The objective of this course is to enable the student to
1. Introduce the data analytics process and its applications.
2. Explore the python’s sequence data structures and functional programming for data analytics.
3. Apply the functionality of python’s package Pandas to import, clean and analyze data from
multiple sources.
4. Create data visualizations with Python library – pyplot.
5. Model and interpret data using Python library – scikit-learn.

Course Outcomes
After successful completion of this course, the students should be able to
CO1: Demonstrate the process involved in data analytics.
CO2: Experiment the basic data analytics with python’s sequence data structures & functional
programming.
CO3: Import, clean and analyze data from multiple sources using python library panda
CO4: Create data visualizations with Python library – pyplot.
CO5: Model and interpret data using Python library – scikit-learn.

Pre-requisites
Python Programming, Data Structures Using Python.

145
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

CO/PO Mapping

CO / PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 3 3 2 2 - 2 1

CO2 3 3 3 3 - 1 3

CO3 3 2 3 3 - - -

CO4 3 3 3 3 2 - -

CO5 3 3 3 3 2 - -

Legend: 3-High Correlation, 2-Medium Correlation, 1-Low Correlation

Instructional Strategy
 Engage and Motivate: Instructors should actively engage students to boost their
learning confidence.
 Real-World Relevance: Incorporate relatable, real-life examples and engineering
applications to help students understand and appreciate course concepts.
 Interactive Learning: Utilize demonstrations and plan interactive student activities for
an engaging learning experience.
 Application-Based Learning: Employ a theory-demonstrate-practice-activity strategy
throughout the course to ensure outcome-driven learning and employability.
 Simulation and Real-World Practice: Conduct demonstrations and hands-on activities
in a simulated environment, transitioning to real-world scenarios when possible.
 Encourage Critical Analysis: Foster an environment where students can honestly
assess experiment outcomes and analyze potential sources of error in case of
discrepancies.

146
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052235541 L T P C
DATA ANALYTICS
Practicum 1 0 4 3

Assessment Methodology
Continuous Assessment (40 marks) End
Semester
CA1 CA2 CA3 CA4 Examination
(60 marks)

Mode Practical Practical Written Test Practical Practical

Test Test Theory Test Examination

Portion PART A PART B

All Units All Exercises All Exercises
Exercises Exercises

Duration 2 Periods 2 Periods 3 Hours 3 Hours 3 hours

Exam Marks 60 60 100 100 100

Converted to
10 10 15 15 60
Marks
Marks 10 15 15
60
Internal Marks 40
Tentative
7th Week 14th Week 15th Week 16th Week
Schedule

Note:
● CA1 and CA2: All the exercises/experiments should be completed as per the
portions above and kept for the practical test. The students shall be permitted to
select any one by lot for the test. The practical test should be conducted as per the
scheme of evaluation as below. The marks awarded shall be converted to 10 Marks
for each assessment test. Best of one will be considered for the internal assessment
of 10 Marks.
Practical documents should be maintained for every exercise / experiment
immediately after completion of the practice. The practical document should be
submitted for the practical test. The same should be evaluated for 10 Marks for each
exercise/experiment. The total marks awarded should be converted to 10 Marks for
the practical test as per the scheme of evaluation as below.

147
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

The details of the documents to be prepared as per the instruction below.

The exercise should be completed on the day of practice. The same shall be
evaluated for 10 marks on the day or the next day of practice before commencement
of next exercise. The detailed date of the practices and its evaluations should be
maintained in the log book and should be submitted for the verification.
SCHEME OF EVALUATION

PART DESCRIPTION MARKS

A Aim (05) , Program (30) 35

B Execution and Output 15

TOTAL 50

C Practical Documents (As per the portions) 10

60
● CA 3: Written Test for complete theory portions should be conducted for 100 Marks
as per the question pattern below. The marks scored will be converted to 15 Marks
for internal assessment.
Question pattern – Written Test Theory
Description Marks

Part – A Answer any ten questions out of twelve.

Each carries three marks. 10 x 3 30
Part – B Answer any seven questions out of ten.
Each carries ten marks 7 x 10 70
TOTAL 100 Marks

Answer ten questions by selecting two questions from each unit. Each question
carries 10 marks each. (5 X 20 Marks = 100 Marks)
Four questions will be asked from every unit, students should write any two
questions. The question may have two subdivisions only.
● CA 4: All the exercises/experiments should be completed and kept for the practical
test. The students shall be permitted to select any one by lot for the test. The
practical test should be conducted as per the scheme of evaluation below. After
completion of all the exercises the practical test should be conducted as per End
Semester Examination question pattern scheme of evaluation. The marks awarded
should be converted to 15 Marks for the internal assessment.

148
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

SCHEME OF EVALUATION
Model Practical Examination and End Semester Examination - Practical Exam
SNO ALLOCATION MARKS
1 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – A (30) 35
2 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – B (30) 35
3 Executing any one program (Part A or Part –B) 15
4 Output 10
5 Viva Voce 05
6 Total 100

149
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052235541 L T P C
DATA ANALYTICS
Practicum 1 0 4 3

Unit I INTRODUCTION TO DATA ANALYTICS AND PYTHON

Define Data, Types of Data, Data Analytics, - Data Analysis Vs Data Analytics, Data
Analysis Process, Quantitative and Qualitative analysis, Application of Data
4
Analysis: Prediction and recommendation. Python functional programming: map,
filter, reduce, lamda, list comprehension.
Ex No 1: Write a python program to double the elements in list using map function
and to find the sum of elements of a list using reduce functions.
Ex No 2: Write a python program to filter only even numbers in the list using filter 12
function and to create a list of squares of the elements of using list
comprehension.
Unit II DATA LOADING AND CLEANING
Data loading, Panda’s data structures: Data Frame- Creating a data frame from
dictionary, loading a CSV file into a data frame. Methods of data frame: head (), tail
(), shape (), column (), describe (). 4
Data Cleaning: Handling missing data: Filtering out missing data, filling in missing
data, Data Transformation: Removing duplicates, Replacing values.
Ex No 3: Load a CSV file into a Pandas data frame and print the first five rows,
shape of the dataset, and column names and their types.
Ex No 4: Load a data into a Pandas data frame, list out number of missing values in
18
each column and fill the null values with suitable default value.
Ex No 5: Load a dataset into a Pandas data frame, find and remove duplicate rows
and rename indexes (Column name).
Unit III DATA ANALYSIS
Introduction to static analysis -Basic static analysis using describe function.
Correlation Analysis of feature, Introduction to Seaborn, Correlation analysis using 3
Heat map.
Ex No 6: Load a dataset into a data frame, drop the non- numeric columns and list
out the basic static analysis of each column.
12
Ex No 7: Load a dataset into a data frame, find correlation matrix and plot the heat
map to find highly correlated feature of the target feature.
Unit IV DATA VISUALIZATION AND PREDICTION.

150
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

Machine Learning Models: Linear Regression-Estimation, Logistic Regression -

Classification. Introduction to Modelling Library – Scikit learn: Training Dataset, 4
Testing Dataset, predicting target variable based on feature variable.
Ex No 8: Load a pre-cleaned dataset into a data frame, plot the values of feature
and target variables using scatterplot to visualize their relation.
Ex No 9: Visualize a pre-cleaned dataset to detect an outliner and filter out them. 18

Ex No 10: Train the sklearn linear model with a pre-cleaned dataset using fit
function and predict the target variable.
TOTAL PERIODS 75
Suggested List of Students Activity
 Presentation/Seminars by students on any recent technological developments based
on the course.
 Periodic class/online quizzes conducted based on the course.
 Blended learning activities to explore the recent trends and developments in the field.
Sample CSV file Source:
1. https://www.kaggle.com/datasets/kunwarakash/chennai-housing-sales-price
2. https://www.kaggle.com/datasets/arshid/iris-flower-dataset
3. https://www.kaggle.com/datasets/ruchi798/housing-prices-in-metropolitan-areas-of-
india
Textbook for Reference:
 Michael Berthold, David J. Hand, Intelligent Data Analysis, Springer, 2007.
 Wes McKinney, Python for Data Analysis: Data Wrangling with Pandas, NumPy,and
IPython, O’REILLY 2018, Second Edition.
 Jake Vanderplas, Python Data Science Handbook, Essential tool for working with
data, First Edition, O'Reilly Media, Inc,2017.
Website links for reference:
 https://www.kaggle.com/code/kumudadk/introduction-to-machine-learning#pandas
 https://www.kaggle.com/code/doukanelik/missing-values
 https://www.kaggle.com/code/shtrausslearning/bayesian-regression-house-price-
prediction#2-|-DATA-PREPARATION
 https://www.kaggle.com/code/sukethae/housing-prices-prediction-in-hyderabad-india
 https://www.kaggle.com/code/mahnazarjmand/clustring-model-on-iris-dataset/input
 https://www.kaggle.com/code/pythonafroz/titanic-survival-prediction-with-11-algorithm.
Equipment / Facilities required to conduct the Practical Portion
1. Hardware Requirement:

151
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

 Desktop Computers / Laptop

 Printer
2. Software Requirement:
 Windows / Linux Operating System
 Python IDLE /Spyder.
BOARD PRACTICAL EXAMINATION
PART – A
Ex No 1: Write a python program to double the elements in list using map function.
Ex No 2: Write a python program to filter only even numbers in the list using filter function.
Ex No 3: Load a CSV file into a Pandas data frame and print the first five rows, shape of the
dataset, and column names and their types.
Ex No 4: Load a data into a Pandas data frame, list out number of missing values in each
column and fill the null values with suitable default value.
Ex No 5: Load a dataset into a Pandas data frame, find and remove duplicate rows and
rename indexes (Column name).
PART – B
Ex No 6: Load a dataset into a data frame, drop the non- numeric columns and list out the
basic static analysis of each column.
Ex No 7: Load a dataset into a data frame, find correlation matrix and plot the heat map to
find highly correlated feature of the target feature.
Ex No 8: Load a pre-cleaned dataset into a data frame, plot the values of feature and target
variables using scatterplot to visualize their relation.
Ex No 9: Visualize a pre-cleaned dataset to detect an outliner and filter out them.
Ex No 10: Train the sklearn linear model with a pre-cleaned dataset using fit function and
predict the target variable.
SCHEME OF VALUATION
SNO ALLOCATION MARKS
1 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – A (30) 35
2 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – B (30) 35
3 Executing any one program (Part A or Part –B) 15
4 Output 10
5 Viva Voce 05
6 Total 100

152
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052235542 L T P C
MOBILE COMPUTING
Practicum 1 0 4 3

Introduction:

This course introduces computer engineering students to the fundamental principles,

theories, and practical aspects of mobile computing. Through a combination of theoretical
lectures and hands-on practical exercises, students will gain a comprehensive
understanding of mobile computing concepts and technologies.
Course Objectives:

 To learn the basics of wireless communication and cellular networks.

 To study the popular cellular networking technologies.
 To explore various protocols that support mobility at network layer and transport
layer. The students should be able to simulate various network topologies with
different routing algorithms and they can analyze how each routing algorithm is
performing its job.

Course Outcomes:

On successful completion of this course, the student will be able to

CO1: To explore various modulation techniques, multiplexing techniques and
familiarize with wireless LAN technologies including IEEE 802.11, HIPERLAN,
and Bluetooth.
CO2: To understand the evolution and concepts of cellular communication explore
the practical issues of mobile computing using network simulation tools.
CO3: To analyse and compare different ad hoc routing protocols.
CO4: To identify the limitations of traditional TCP and understand various TCP
improvements and their benefits.
CO5: To understand mobile computing platforms and explore network simulators
and programming platforms for mobile applications.

Pre-requisites:
A background in computer networks is required.

153
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

CO/PO Mapping

CO / PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 3 2 1 1 3 2 2

CO2 3 3 1 1 3 3 2

CO3 2 3 2 1 1 1 3

CO4 1 3 2 3 1 1 3

CO5 3 1 1 2 3 2 3
Legend: 3-High Correlation, 2-Medium Correlation, 1-Low Correlation

Instructional Strategy:
 Combination of lectures, practical exercises, and simulations to reinforce theoretical
concepts.
 Emphasis on hands-on experience with network simulators and programming
platforms to enhance understanding and skills in mobile communication
technologies.
 Simulation and Real-World Practice: Conduct demonstrations and hands-on activities
in a simulated environment, transitioning to real-world scenarios when possible.
 Encourage Critical Analysis: Foster an environment where students can honestly
assess experiment outcomes and analyze potential sources of error in case of
discrepancies.
 Interactive Learning: Utilize demonstrations and plan interactive student activities for
an engaging learning experience.
 Application-Based Learning: Employ a theory-demonstrate-practice-activity strategy
throughout the course to ensure outcome-driven learning and employability.

154
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052235542 L T P C
MOBILE COMPUTING
Practicum 1 0 4 3

Assessment Methodology:
Continuous Assessment (40 marks) End
Semester
CA1 CA2 CA3 CA4 Examination
(60 marks)

Mode Practical Practical Written Test Practical Practical

Test Test Theory Test Examination

Portion PART A PART B

All Units All Exercises All Exercises
Exercises Exercises

Duration 2 Periods 2 Periods 3 Hours 3 Hours 3 hours

Exam Marks 60 60 100 100 100

Converted to
10 10 15 15 60
Marks
Marks 10 15 15
60
Internal Marks 40
Tentative
7th Week 14th Week 15th Week 16th Week
Schedule

Note:
● CA1 and CA2: All the exercises/experiments should be completed as per the
portions above and kept for the practical test. The students shall be permitted to
select any one by lot for the test. The practical test should be conducted as per the
scheme of evaluation as below. The marks awarded shall be converted to 10 Marks
for each assessment test. Best of one will be considered for the internal assessment
of 10 Marks.
Practical documents should be maintained for every exercise / experiment
immediately after completion of the practice. The practical document should be
submitted for the practical test. The same should be evaluated for 10 Marks for each
exercise/experiment. The total marks awarded should be converted to 10 Marks for
the practical test as per the scheme of evaluation as below.

155
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

The details of the documents to be prepared as per the instruction below.

The exercise should be completed on the day of practice. The same shall be
evaluated for 10 marks on the day or the next day of practice before commencement
of next exercise. The detailed date of the practices and its evaluations should be
maintained in the log book and should be submitted for the verification.
SCHEME OF EVALUATION

PART DESCRIPTION MARKS

A Aim (05) , Program (30) 35

B Execution and Output 15

TOTAL 50

C Practical Documents (As per the portions) 10

60
● CA 3: Written Test for complete theory portions should be conducted for 100 Marks
as per the question pattern below. The marks scored will be converted to 15 Marks
for internal assessment.
Question pattern – Written Test Theory
Description Marks

Part – A Answer any ten questions out of twelve.

Each carries three marks. 10 x 3 30
Part – B Answer any seven questions out of ten.
Each carries ten marks 7 x 10 70
TOTAL 100 Marks

Answer ten questions by selecting two questions from each unit. Each question
carries 10 marks each. (5 X 20 Marks = 100 Marks)
Four questions will be asked from every unit, students should write any two
questions. The question may have two subdivisions only.
● CA 4: All the exercises/experiments should be completed and kept for the practical
test. The students shall be permitted to select any one by lot for the test. The
practical test should be conducted as per the scheme of evaluation below. After
completion of all the exercises the practical test should be conducted as per End
Semester Examination question pattern scheme of evaluation. The marks awarded
should be converted to 15 Marks for the internal assessment.

156
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

SCHEME OF EVALUATION
Model Practical Examination and End Semester Examination - Practical Exam
SNO ALLOCATION MARKS
1 Aim (05), Program from Part – A (30) 35
2 Aim (05), Program from Part – B (30) 35
3 Executing any one program (Part A or Part –B) 15
4 Output 10
5 Viva Voce 05
6 Total 100

157
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052235542 L T P C
MOBILE COMPUTING
Practicum 1 0 4 3

UNIT I WIRELESS COMMUNICATION AND WIRELESS NETWORKS

Challenges of Wireless Transmission - Multi-carrier modulation - Spread Spectrum -
Satellite Communication - Broadcast systems - Multiplexing - FDMA, TDMA and
CDMA. Duplexing Techniques: FDD, TDD. 5
Wireless LAN – Infrared Vs Radio Transmission – Infrastructure Networks – IEEE
802.11 – HIPERLAN – Bluetooth – Wireless ATM.
Practical Exercises *
1. Installation of Network Simulator (Eg.NS2)
2. Implementation of Bluetooth network (transfer a file from one device to 18
another).
3. Implement a basic function of Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA).
UNIT II CELLULAR COMMUNICATION
Cellular Communication – Tessellation, Frequency Reuse and Handoff – Evolution of
cellular communication systems: 1G, 2G, 3G, 4G and 5G.
5
Overview of GSM - GPRS Network - UMTS and IMT 2000 - Packet Switching Domain -
Core Network - Radio Access Network - LTE - Control Plane - User Plane.
Practical Exercises *
4. Simulate authentication and encryption techniques used in GSM and analyze
12
their performance.
5. Illustration of Hidden Terminal Problem using Network Simulator.
UNIT III MOBILE NETWORK LAYER
Mobile IP - Mobility features in IPv6 - Proactive and reactive ad hoc routing protocols
5
- DSDV, DSR and AODV.
Practical Exercises *
6. Simulate the Distance Vector Routing Algorithm and Analyze the
12
performance metrics such as throughput, packet drop rate etc.
7. Simulate AODV Protocol.
UNIT IV MOBILE TRANSPORT LAYER
Traditional TCP - Limitations of Traditional TCP - TCP improvements for Wireless
Networks – Indirect TCP, Snoop TCP, Mobile TCP – Fast Retransmit/ Fast Recovery
5
– Transmission/ Timeout Freezing – Selective Retransmission – Transaction
Oriented TCP.

158
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

Practical Exercises *
6
8. Create a mobile chatting application using TCP with a mobile client.

UNIT V MOBILE COMPUTING PLATFORM

PDA - Device characteristics and Software components - Smart Phone -
Convergence of Mobile devices - Network simulators: NS2 – GLOMOSIM – SENSIM
5
– OPNET – Programming Platforms – J2ME – Palm OS - SYMBIAN OS - Overview of
other mobile Operating Systems.
Practical Exercises *
9. Set up a simple mobile network topology using a network simulator.
Configure and manage mobile devices within a simulated network
environment. 12
10. Setup & configure Wireless Access Point (AP) using Network Simulator.
Analyze the Wi-Fi communication range in the presence of the access point
(AP) and the base station (BS).
75
Suggested List of Students Activity:
 Group activities challenging Network configuration.
 Performing a survey of popular mobile phones and exploring their configuration
and exploring the structure and operation of a cell phone tower.
 Activities, like contest, to develop Mobile application using Network Simulator.
Textbook for Reference:
 J. Schiller, “Mobile Communication”, Pearson Education, 2009.
 K. Ashoke Talukder, Roopa Yavagal, “Mobile Computing”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2005
 Paul Bedell, “Cellular networks: Design and Operation – A real world Perspective”,
Outskirts Press, 2014.
Equipment / Facilities required to conduct the Practical Course.
Hardware Requirement:
 Desktop Computers / Laptop
 Printer
Software required:
1. Any Network Simulator
Options
o NS2
o NS3
o OMNeT++ (Objective Modular Network Testbed in C++)

159
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

o Cisco Packet Tracer

o GNS3 (Graphical Network Simulator-3)

BOARD PRACTICAL EXAMINATION

PART – A
1. Installation of Network Simulator (Eg.NS2)
2. Implementation of Bluetooth network (transfer a file from one device to another).
3. Implement a basic function of Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA).
4. Simulate authentication and encryption techniques used in GSM and analyze their
performance.
5. Illustration of Hidden Terminal Problem using Network Simulator.
PART – B
6. Simulate the Distance Vector Routing Algorithm and Analyze the performance
metrics such as throughput, packet drop rate etc.
7. Simulate AODV Protocol.
8. Create a mobile chatting application using TCP with a mobile client.
9. Set up a simple mobile network topology using a network simulator. Configure and
manage mobile devices within a simulated network environment.
10. Setup & configure Wireless Access Point (AP) using Network Simulator. Analyze the
Wi-Fi communication range in the presence of the access point (AP) and the base
station (BS).
SCHEME OF VALUATION
S. NO ALLOCATION MARKS
1 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – A (30) 35
2 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – B (30) 35
3 Executing any one program (Part A or Part –B) 15
4 Output 10
5 Viva Voce 05
6 Total 100

160
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052235543 L T P C
COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGIES
Practicum 1 0 4 3

Introduction
NET Framework provides a number of components to create many types of applications
including those for consoles, Windows, mobile and the web. This Subject uses the .NET
platform as a vehicle to master component-based Technology.
Course Objectives
The objective of this course is to enable the student to
 Develop simple applications using .NET
 Understand the concepts of event handlers,Windows Form Based Application.
 Access SQL database by using ADO.NET
 Create web pages using ASP.NET
 Create Web Service Using ASP.NET
 Develop XML database handling methodologies
Course Outcomes
After successful completion of this course, the students should be able to
CO1: Develop simple applications using .NET
CO2: Understand the concepts of event handlers, Windows Form Based Application.
CO3: Access SQL database by using ADO.NET
CO4: Create Web Pages, Web Service Using ASP.NET
CO5: Develop XML database handling methodologies
Pre-requisites: Nil

161
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

CO/PO Mapping

CO / PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 3 3 3 3 1 1 3

CO2 3 3 3 3 1 1 3

CO3 3 3 3 3 1 1 3

CO4 3 3 3 3 1 1 3

CO5 3 3 3 3 1 1 3

Legend: 3-High Correlation, 2-Medium Correlation, 1-Low Correlation

Instructional Strategy
● Engage and Motivate: Instructors should actively engage students to boost their
learning confidence.
● Real-World Relevance: Incorporate relatable, real-life examples and engineering
applications to help students understand and appreciate course concepts.
● Interactive Learning: Utilize demonstrations and plan interactive student activities for
an engaging learning experience.
● Application-Based Learning: Employ a theory-demonstrate-practice-activity strategy
throughout the course to ensure outcome-driven learning and employability.
● Encourage Critical Analysis: Foster an environment where students can honestly
assess experiment outcomes and analyze potential sources of error in case of
discrepancies.

162
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052235543 L T P C
COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGIES
Practicum 1 0 4 3
Assessment Methodology

Continuous Assessment (40 marks) End

Semester
CA1 CA2 CA3 CA4 Examination
(60 marks)

Mode Practical Practical Written Test Practical Practical

Test Test Theory Test Examination

Portion PART A PART B

All Units All Exercises All Exercises
Exercises Exercises

Duration 2 Periods 2 Periods 3 Hours 3 Hours 3 hours

Exam Marks 60 60 100 100 100

Converted to
10 10 15 15 60
Marks
Marks 10 15 15
60
Internal Marks 40
Tentative
7th Week 14th Week 15th Week 16th Week
Schedule

Note:
● CA1 and CA2: All the exercises/experiments should be completed as per the
portions above and kept for the practical test. The students shall be permitted to
select any one by lot for the test. The practical test should be conducted as per the
scheme of evaluation as below. The marks awarded shall be converted to 10 Marks
for each assessment test. Best of one will be considered for the internal assessment
of 10 Marks.
Practical documents should be maintained for every exercise / experiment
immediately after completion of the practice. The practical document should be
submitted for the practical test. The same should be evaluated for 10 Marks for each
exercise/experiment. The total marks awarded should be converted to 10 Marks for
the practical test as per the scheme of evaluation as below.

163
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

The details of the documents to be prepared as per the instruction below.

The exercise should be completed on the day of practice. The same shall be
evaluated for 10 marks on the day or the next day of practice before commencement
of next exercise. The detailed date of the practices and its evaluations should be
maintained in the log book and should be submitted for the verification.
SCHEME OF EVALUATION

PART DESCRIPTION MARKS

A Aim (05) , Program (30) 35

B Execution and Output 15

TOTAL 50

C Practical Documents (As per the portions) 10

60
● CA 3: Written Test for complete theory portions should be conducted for 100 Marks
as per the question pattern below. The marks scored will be converted to 15 Marks
for internal assessment.
Question pattern – Written Test Theory
Description Marks

Part – A Answer any ten questions out of twelve.

Each carries three marks. 10 x 3 30
Part – B Answer any seven questions out of ten.
Each carries ten marks 7 x 10 70
TOTAL 100 Marks

Answer ten questions by selecting two questions from each unit. Each question
carries 10 marks each. (5 X 20 Marks = 100 Marks)
Four questions will be asked from every unit, students should write any two
questions. The question may have two subdivisions only.
● CA 4: All the exercises/experiments should be completed and kept for the practical
test. The students shall be permitted to select any one by lot for the test. The
practical test should be conducted as per the scheme of evaluation below. After
completion of all the exercises the practical test should be conducted as per End
Semester Examination question pattern scheme of evaluation. The marks awarded
should be converted to 15 Marks for the internal assessment.

164
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

SCHEME OF EVALUATION
Model Practical Examination and End Semester Examination - Practical Exam
S. NO ALLOCATION MARKS
1 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – A (30) 35
2 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – B (30) 35
3 Executing any one program (Part A or Part –B) 15
4 Output 10
5 Viva Voce 05
6 Total 100

165
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052235543 L T P C
COMPONENT BASED TECHNOLOGIES
Practicum 1 0 4 3

Unit I Introduction to C#.NET

INTRODUCTION TO C#.NET
Variables and constants–data types– declaration. Operators– types– precedence
–Expressions – Program flow – Decision statements – if ... then, if...then…else,
switch… Case, Loop statements– while, do...while, for. Next, for…each. Next, 5
Array, Classes & objects – Creating and using your own classes – Data members
and member methods – Instantiate an object, abstract class – static class
Windows programming–Creating windows Forms-Working with Toolbox Controls
&Advanced Controls – Events-Menus and Dialog Boxes
Exercise
1. Accept a character from console and check the case of the character. 12
2. Develop a menu-based application to implement a text editor with cut, copy,
paste, save and close operations with accessing and shortcut keys.
Unit II Introduction to ASP.NET

Basics of web development with ASP.NET-Introduction to web forms and

controls-Creating a simple ASP.NET web application
ASP.NET Web Forms and State Management
Working with web controls and server controls-State management techniques
4
(view state, session, cookies)
Introduction to Web Services in .NET
Basics of web services and their importance-Creating and consuming web
services in ASP.NET-SOAP and RESTful web services in .NET

Exercise
3. Develop a web application to input data through a web form to a database and
validate the data. Use the Required Field Validator and Range Validator Controls.
18
4. Implement state management techniques such as view state, session, and
cookies in an ASP.NET web application. 5. Create a simple SOAP or RESTful web
service in ASP.NET and consume it in a client application.

Unit III Introduction to ADO.NET

166
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

Basics of database programming with ADO.NET-Connecting to a database using

ADO.NET-Executing SQL queries and retrieving data -Stored Procedure
Advanced ADO.NET Programming
Working with disconnected data-Using Data Sets and Data Adapters-Handling
4
concurrency and transactions in ADO.NET
Data Binding in ASP.NET
Data binding concepts-Binding data to web controls-Displaying database data in
ASP.NET web forms

Exercise
6. Connect to a database using ADO.NET and retrieve data using SQL queries. 18
7. Create an ADO.Net application using Stored Procedure
8. Bind data from a database to web controls in an ASP.NET web form.
UNIT IV Working with XML in .NET

Introduction to XML- Construction of an XML document -: XML Serialization in the 2

.NET Framework
Exercise
9. Develop a Window application to read an XML document containing subject,
mark scored, year of passing into a Dataset 12

10. Develop a Window application to read students records from Database using
ADO.NET and generate XML document containing students’ records

TOTAL PERIODS 75

Suggested List of Students Activity

i. Creation of a Standalone .NET Application
ii. Creation of a Website.
iii. Creating a Web Service.
Textbook for Reference:

 Andrew Stellman , Jennifer Greene, Head First C#: A Learner's Guide to Real-World
Programming with C#, XAML, and .NET, Third edition , O'Reilly ,2013
 Imar Spaanjaars , Beginning ASP.NET 4.5.1: in C# and VB, 1st Edition,Wrox,2014
 Tim Patrick, Microsoft ADO.NET 4 Step by Step, 1st Edition Prentice Hall India, 2010
Website links for reference:
 https://www.w3schools.com/asp/

167
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

 https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dotnet/framework/data/
 https://www.tutorialspoint.com/xml/index.htm
 https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/sql/
 https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/dotnet/framework/wcf/
Equipment / Facilities required to conduct the Practical Portion
Hardware Requirement
1. Desktop Computer/Laptop
Software Requirement
1.Microsoft Visual Studio IDE

BOARD PRACTICAL EXAMINATION

PART – A
1. Accept a character from console and check the case of the character.
2. Develop a menu-based application to implement a text editor with cut, copy, paste, save
and close operations with accessing and shortcut keys.
3. Develop a web application to input data through a web form to a database and validate
the data. Use the Required Field Validator and Range Validator Controls.
4. Implement state management techniques such as view state, session, and cookies in an
ASP.NET web application.

5. Create a simple SOAP or RESTful web service in ASP.NET and consume it in a client
application.
PART – B

6. Connect to a database using ADO.NET and retrieve data using SQL queries.
7. Create an ADO.Net application using Stored Procedure
8. Bind data from a database to web controls in an ASP.NET web form.
9. Develop a Window application to read an XML document containing subject, mark scored,
year of passing into a Dataset
10. Develop a Window application to read students records from Database using ADO.NET
and generate XML document containing students’ records

168
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

SCHEME OF VALUATION
S. NO ALLOCATION MARKS
1 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – A (30) 35
2 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – B (30) 35
3 Executing any one program (Part A or Part –B) 15
4 Output 10
5 Viva Voce 05
6 Total 100

169
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052235544 L T P C
MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS
Practicum 1 0 4 3

Rationale
Multimedia application is the combined use of text, images, graphics, animation and video
which can be used for business, education and entertainment. This practicum course
prepares students to use digital multimedia for communication, creativity, collaboration and
critical thinking. It also enables the students to implement their creativity to produce variety
of multimedia objects using different multimedia software tools.

Course Objectives
The objective of this course is to
 Understand the basic concepts of multimedia systems

 Introduce various aspects of multimedia components like Images, audio, video,

graphics and animation.

 Gain knowledge on Image, audio and video editing software tools

 Provide hands-on experience through a series of practical skill building tasks and
exercises.
 Develop multimedia applications using various tools

Course Outcomes
After successful completion of this course, the students should be able to
CO1: Analyze the key components of multimedia systems
CO2: Design an image and edit images using image editing tools
CO3: Apply audio and video editing using different editing tools
CO4: Create an animation using animation tools
CO5: Apply acquired knowledge in the relevant field for the good cause

170
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

CO/PO Mapping

CO / PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 3 2 3 3 - - -

CO2 3 3 2 2 - - -

CO3 3 3 3 3 - - -

CO4 3 3 3 3 - - -

CO5 3 3 3 2 - - -

Legend: 3-High Correlation, 2-Medium Correlation, 1-Low Correlation

Instructional Strategy
 Engage and Motivate: Instructors should actively engage students to boost their
learning confidence.
 Real-World Relevance: Incorporate relatable, real-life examples and engineering
applications to help students understand and appreciate course concepts.
 Interactive Learning: Utilize demonstrations and plan interactive student activities for
an engaging learning experience.
 Application-Based Learning: Employ a theory-demonstrate-practice-activity strategy
throughout the course to ensure outcome-driven learning and employability.
 In addition to traditional lecture method, different types of teaching methods and
media are to be employed to develop the outcome.
 Guide students to create multimedia objects and applying it in relevant application

171
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052235544 L T P C
MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS
Practicum 1 0 4 3

Assessment Methodology
Continuous Assessment (40 marks) End
Semester
CA1 CA2 CA3 CA4 Examination
(60 marks)

Mode Practical Practical Written Test Practical Practical

Test Test Theory Test Examination

Portion PART A PART B

All Units All Exercises All Exercises
Exercises Exercises

Duration 2 Periods 2 Periods 3 Hours 3 Hours 3 hours

Exam Marks 60 60 100 100 100

Converted to
10 10 15 15 60
Marks
Marks 10 15 15
60
Internal Marks 40
Tentative
7th Week 14th Week 15th Week 16th Week
Schedule

Note:
● CA1 and CA2: All the exercises/experiments should be completed as per the
portions above and kept for the practical test. The students shall be permitted to
select any one by lot for the test. The practical test should be conducted as per the
scheme of evaluation as below. The marks awarded shall be converted to 10 Marks
for each assessment test. Best of one will be considered for the internal assessment
of 10 Marks.
Practical documents should be maintained for every exercise / experiment
immediately after completion of the practice. The practical document should be
submitted for the practical test. The same should be evaluated for 10 Marks for each
exercise/experiment. The total marks awarded should be converted to 10 Marks for
the practical test as per the scheme of evaluation as below.

172
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

The details of the documents to be prepared as per the instruction below.

The exercise should be completed on the day of practice. The same shall be
evaluated for 10 marks on the day or the next day of practice before commencement
of next exercise. The detailed date of the practices and its evaluations should be
maintained in the log book and should be submitted for the verification.
SCHEME OF EVALUATION

PART DESCRIPTION MARKS

A Aim (05) , Program (30) 35

B Execution and Output 15

TOTAL 50

C Practical Documents (As per the portions) 10

60
● CA 3: Written Test for complete theory portions should be conducted for 100 Marks
as per the question pattern below. The marks scored will be converted to 15 Marks
for internal assessment.
Question pattern – Written Test Theory
Description Marks

Part – A Answer any ten questions out of twelve.

Each carries three marks. 10 x 3 30
Part – B Answer any seven questions out of ten.
Each carries ten marks 7 x 10 70
TOTAL 100 Marks

Answer ten questions by selecting two questions from each unit. Each question
carries 10 marks each. (5 X 20 Marks = 100 Marks)
Four questions will be asked from every unit, students should write any two
questions. The question may have two subdivisions only.
● CA 4: All the exercises/experiments should be completed and kept for the practical
test. The students shall be permitted to select any one by lot for the test. The
practical test should be conducted as per the scheme of evaluation below. After
completion of all the exercises the practical test should be conducted as per End
Semester Examination question pattern scheme of evaluation. The marks awarded
should be converted to 15 Marks for the internal assessment.

173
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

SCHEME OF EVALUATION
Model Practical Examination and End Semester Examination - Practical Exam
SNO ALLOCATION MARKS
1 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – A (30) 35
2 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – B (30) 35
3 Executing any one program (Part A or Part –B) 15
4 Output 10
5 Viva Voce 05
6 Total 100

174
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052235544 L T P C
MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS
Practicum 1 0 4 3

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO MULTIMEDIA

Definition of Multimedia, Multimedia applications, Multimedia elements,

3
Transition from conventional media to digital media, Delivering of Multimedia
product, copy rights.

UNIT II TEXT
Usage of text in multimedia, Fonts and Faces, Hypermedia documents and
Hypertext, Hypermedia Structures, Hypertext Tools, Text Editing and Word 3
Processing Tools, OCR Software.
Ex.No Name of the Experiment

1 Design a poster with different text effects using suitable software 6

UNIT III IMAGES

Introduction to image, Making Still Images, Image editing tools, Color:

Understanding Natural Light and Color, Color models, Color Palettes, Dithering,
3
2D graphics, Image compression and file formats: GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG, TIFF,
EXIF, PS, PDF.

Ex.No Name of the Experiment

Convert the given image into pencil sketch using suitable photo editing
2
software.
Create a two or more partial scanned images of large poster/photo.
3 Create a panoramic view of multiple photos by stitching together them 18
using any panorama software.

Using photo editor software and/or GIF creator software create an

4
animation such as a flying balloon.
UNIT IV SOUND
Digital Audio, Making Digital Audio Files, MIDI Audio, MIDI vs Digital Audio, Adding
Sound to Your Multimedia Project, Audio Recording, Audio file formats, Sound 3
Editing Tools, sound synthesis.

175
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

Ex.No Name of the Experiment

Use suitable software to (a) compress / decompress audio files.
5
(b) convert audio to different formats (c) split, join, rip audio.
Use an audio processing software and perform the audio editing tasks–
12
Import audio, select and edit the sound, create fade-in fade-out effects,
6
label audio segments, use noise remove filter, mix audio, change stereo
to mono tracks, export audio to different format and save.
UNIT V VIDEO & ANIMATION

Video basics - How video works, Analog Video, Digital Video, Video file formats,
Shooting and Editing Video.
3
Principle of animations, animation techniques, animation file formats. Basics of
multimedia authoring.
Ex.No Name of the Experiment
Use a video processing software to perform – Trim video clips, crop
video, rotate video, join video, add subtitles, edit video dimension, bit
7
rate, frame rate, sample rate, channel, and video/audio quality tasks on a
video.
Create a movie from video clips to demonstrate audio-video mixing, 24
8
music, video effects, video transitions and titles.

9 Sketching of cartoon characters using suitable software

10 Create a 2D animation of an aero plane take off using suitable software.

TOTAL PERIODS 75

Suggested List of Students Activity

● Presentation/Seminars by students on any recent technological developments based
on the course
● Periodic class quizzes conducted on a weekly/fortnightly based on the course
● Blended learning activities to explore the recent trends and developments in the field.
Textbook for Reference:
 Ze- Nian Li and M.S. Drew, Fundamental of Multimedia, Second Edition, Pearson
Education, 2014.
 Tay Vaughan, Multimedia: Making It Work, Ninth Edition, Tata-McGrawHill, 2014.

176
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

Website links for reference:

 https://helpx.adobe.com/in/photoshop/using/tools.html

Equipment / Facilities required to conduct the Practical Portion

1. Hardware Requirement:
 Desktop Computers
 Printer
2. Software Requirement:
1. Windows / Linux Operating System
2. Software tools: open-source software or commercial software. The following
list is a suggestive list of open-source software and their commercial
replacement. Experiments may be done using either opens-source or
commercial software. open-source software is preferred.
List of Software’s
1. 2D Graphics and Animation
a) Open-Source: OpenToonz, Pencil2D, Blender, Powtoon
b) Commercial software: Adobe Flash
2. Audio Players
a) Open-Source: CoolPlayer, MPC-HC, Zing 4g Mp3 Player
b) Commercial software: Windows Media Player
3. Audio Recorders and Editors
a) Open-Source: Audacity, Traverso, Qtractor,Frinika
b) Commercial: Sonar X1, ACID music studio, Adobe Audition
4. Multimedia Players
a) Open-Source: VLC Media Player, Kodi, Mplayer, MediaPortal
b) Commercial: Windows Media Player
5. Video Editing
a) Open-Source: OpenShot,Shotcut, Lightworks, Cinelerra, Kdenlive
b) Commercial: Adobe Premiere Pro CS6
6. Video File Conversion
a) Open-Source: DVDStyler, DVD Flick, HandBrake, ffdshow
b) Commercial: Movavi Video Converter, Zamzar, Windows Movie
Maker

177
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

BOARD PRACTICAL EXAMINATION

PART - A
1. Design a poster with different text effects using suitable software

2. Convert the given image into pencil sketch using suitable photo editing software.

3. Create a two or more partial scanned images of large poster/photo. Create a

panoramic view of multiple photos by stitching together them using any panorama
software.

4. Using photo editor software and /or GIF creator software create an animation such
as a flying balloon.

5. Use suitable software to (a) compress / decompress audio files.

(b). convert audio to different formats. (c) split, join, rip audio.

PART - B
6. Use an audio processing software and perform the audio editing tasks– Import
audio, select and edit the sound, create fade-in fade-out effects, label audio
segments, use noise remove filter, mix audio, change stereo to mono tracks,
export audio to different format and save.
7. Use a video processing software to perform – Trim video clips, crop video, rotate
video, join video, add subtitles, and edit video dimension, bit rate, frame rate,
sample rate, channel, and video/audio quality tasks on a video.
8. Create a movie from video clips to demonstrate - audio-video mixing, music, video
effects, video transitions, and titles.
9. Sketching of cartoon characters using suitable software
10. Create a 2D animation of an aero plane take off using suitable software.

178
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

SCHEME OF VALUATION
S. NO ALLOCATION MARKS
1 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – A (30) 35
2 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – B (30) 35
3 Executing any one program (Part A or Part –B) 15
4 Output 10
5 Viva Voce 05
6 Total 100

179
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052235545 L T P C
FULL STACK DEVELOPER
Practicum 1 0 4 3

Introduction
Being able to understand the full stack development process and develop a complete
website by using various frontend and backend frameworks.
Course Objectives
The objective of this course is to enable the student to
1 Introduce the basic concepts of Full Stack development.
2 Explore the Frontend frameworks - Bootstrap and AngularJS.
3 Develop a website with front-end development languages and tools such as HTML,
CSS, JavaScript, React, and Bootstrap.
4 Create a backend for the website with Django.
Course Outcomes
After successful completion of this course, the students should be able to
CO1: Describe the Web Application Development Ecosystem.
CO2: Develop and host the website in the localhost.
CO3: Experiment the Frontend frameworks –Bootrap, AngularJS, ReactJS
CO4: Development of Database for a website using Django.
CO5: Connect the Front end of database with the backend.
Pre-requisites
Web Designing and Scripting Languages.

180
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

CO/PO Mapping

CO / PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 3 3 3 - - 2 1

CO2 3 3 3 3 - - 1

CO3 3 3 3 3 - 1 2

CO4 3 3 3 3 - - 1

CO5 3 3 3 3 - - -

Legend: 3-High Correlation, 2-Medium Correlation, 1-Low Correlation

Instructional Strategy
 Engage and Motivate: Instructors should actively engage students to boost their
learning confidence.
 Real-World Relevance: Incorporate relatable, real-life examples and engineering
applications to help students understand and appreciate course concepts.
 Interactive Learning: Utilize demonstrations and plan interactive student activities for
an engaging learning experience.
 Application-Based Learning: Employ a theory-demonstrate-practice-activity strategy
throughout the course to ensure outcome-driven learning and employability.
 Simulation and Real-World Practice: Conduct demonstrations and hands-on activities
in a simulated environment, transitioning to real-world scenarios when possible.
 Encourage Critical Analysis: Foster an environment where students can honestly
assess experiment outcomes and analyze potential sources of error in case of
discrepancies.

181
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052235545 L T P C
FULL STACK DEVELOPER
Practicum 1 0 4 3

Assessment Methodology

Continuous Assessment (40 marks) End

Semester
CA1 CA2 CA3 CA4 Examination
(60 marks)

Mode Practical Practical Written Test Practical Practical

Test Test Theory Test Examination

Portion PART A PART B

All Units All Exercises All Exercises
Exercises Exercises

Duration 2 Periods 2 Periods 3 Hours 3 Hours 3 hours

Exam Marks 60 60 100 100 100

Converted to
10 10 15 15 60
Marks
Marks 10 15 15
60
Internal Marks 40
Tentative
7th Week 14th Week 15th Week 16th Week
Schedule
Note:
● CA1 and CA2: All the exercises/experiments should be completed as per the
portions above and kept for the practical test. The students shall be permitted to
select any one by lot for the test. The practical test should be conducted as per the
scheme of evaluation as below. The marks awarded shall be converted to 10 Marks
for each assessment test. Best of one will be considered for the internal assessment
of 10 Marks.
Practical documents should be maintained for every exercise / experiment
immediately after completion of the practice. The practical document should be
submitted for the practical test. The same should be evaluated for 10 Marks for each
exercise/experiment. The total marks awarded should be converted to 10 Marks for
the practical test as per the scheme of evaluation as below.

182
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

The details of the documents to be prepared as per the instruction below.

The exercise should be completed on the day of practice. The same shall be
evaluated for 10 marks on the day or the next day of practice before commencement
of next exercise. The detailed date of the practices and its evaluations should be
maintained in the log book and should be submitted for the verification.
SCHEME OF EVALUATION

PART DESCRIPTION MARKS

A Aim (05) , Program (30) 35

B Execution and Output 15

TOTAL 50

C Practical Documents (As per the portions) 10

60
● CA 3: Written Test for complete theory portions should be conducted for 100 Marks
as per the question pattern below. The marks scored will be converted to 15 Marks
for internal assessment.
Question pattern – Written Test Theory
Description Marks

Part – A Answer any ten questions out of twelve.

Each carries three marks. 10 x 3 30
Part – B Answer any seven questions out of ten.
Each carries ten marks 7 x 10 70
TOTAL 100 Marks

Answer ten questions by selecting two questions from each unit. Each question
carries 10 marks each. (5 X 20 Marks = 100 Marks)
Four questions will be asked from every unit, students should write any two
questions. The question may have two subdivisions only.
● CA 4: All the exercises/experiments should be completed and kept for the practical
test. The students shall be permitted to select any one by lot for the test. The
practical test should be conducted as per the scheme of evaluation below. After
completion of all the exercises the practical test should be conducted as per End
Semester Examination question pattern scheme of evaluation. The marks awarded
should be converted to 15 Marks for the internal assessment.

183
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

SCHEME OF EVALUATION
Model Practical Examination and End Semester Examination - Practical Exam
S. NO ALLOCATION MARKS
1 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – A (30) 35
2 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – B (30) 35
3 Executing any one program (Part A or Part –B) 15
4 Output 10
5 Viva Voce 05
6 Total 100

184
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052235545 L T P C
FULL STACK DEVELOPER
Practicum 1 0 4 3

Unit I INTRODUCTION TO FULL STACK DEVELOPMENT

Introduction: Roles and Responsibilities of a full stack developer, Overview of
Front -end Technologies: HTML5, CSS and JavaScript, HTML5: Semantic
Elements - <article> , <figure>, <footer>, <header>, <main>, <nav>, <section>, Form 3
Creation. JavaScript: Validation of inputs.

Ex No: 1 Design a webpage with header, footer and navigation sections using
appropriate semantic elements of HTML5.
12
Ex No: 2 Design a Sign-up page for a website which would accept only numerical
values in the phone number field and password of minimum length 8 using
HTML5 and JavaScript.
Unit II FRONT END FRAMEWORK: BOOTSTRAP
Introduction of Framework, Download Bootstrap, or Include Bootstrap through
CDN links. Bootstrap Classes: Container Classes: .container, .container-fluid.
2.Grid Classes: row, col 3. Navigation Bars: navbar-default, navbar-inverse, 4
Navbar-right. Advanced Plugin: Scrollspy.
Ex No: 3 Design a web page to demonstrate the bootstrap container and grid
classes.
Ex No: 4 Design a web page with navigation bar using. navbar classes. 18
Ex No: 5 Design a web page to demonstrate the scroll spy plugin.
Unit III JAVASCRIPT FRAMEWORK: AngularJS
Introduction to AngularJS: AngularJS DOM, AngularJS Events, AngularJS Forms,
AngularJS Validation. AngularJS application: Dynamic List Creation: adding 4
elements in the List, removing elements from the List.

Ex No: 6 Display a list in a webpage in which list elements can be dynamically

added using AngularJS.

Ex No: 7 Display a list in a webpage in which list elements can be dynamically

12
removed using AngularJS.
Unit IV BACKEND FRAMEWORK DJANGO
Introduction to Django Framework Concepts: Virtual Environment, Project, App,

185
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

View, Template, Django Models. SQLite, Model Creation, Insertion, delete and 4
update data in a Model.
Ex No 8: Create a Django App to display “Hello World.”
Ex No 9: Create and display a template in Django App.
EX No 10: Create a Model in a Django app and insert data. 18
TOTAL PERIODS 75

Suggested List of Students Activity

 Presentation/Seminars by students on any recent technological developments based
on the course.
 Periodic class/online quizzes conducted based on the course.
 Blended learning activities to explore the recent trends and developments in the field.
Textbook for Reference:
 Jacob Lett, Bootstrap 4 Quick, First Edition, Bootstrap Creative, 2018.
 Ken Williamson, Learning AngularJS: A Guide to AngularJS Development, First
Edition, O'Reilly,2015.
 Antonio Mele, Django 3 By Example: Build powerful and reliable Python web
applications from scratch, Third Edition, Packt Publishing Limited,2020.
Website links for reference:
 https://www.w3schools.com/bootstrap/
 https://www.w3schools.com/django/
Equipment / Facilities required to conduct the Practical Portion
1. Hardware Requirement:
 Desktop Computers./ Laptop
 Printer
2. Software Requirement:
 Windows / Linux Operating System
 Any Browser – Microsoft Edge/Chrome.
 Editor – Notepad/ Notepad++
 Server Software - WSGIServer.
 Python IDLE /Spyder.

186
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

BOARD PRACTICAL EXAMINATION

PART – A
Ex No: 1 Design a webpage with header, footer and navigation sections using appropriate
semantic elements of HTML5.
Ex No: 2 Design a Sign-up page for a website which would accept only numerical values in
the phone number field and password of minimum length 8 using HTML5 and JavaScript.
Ex No: 3 Design a web page to demonstrate the bootstrap container and grid classes.
Ex No: 4 Design a web page with navigation bar using. navbar classes.
Ex No: 5 Design a web page to demonstrate the scroll spy plugin.

PART – B
Ex No: 6 Display a list in a webpage in which list elements can be dynamically added using
AngularJS.
Ex No: 7 Display a list in a webpage in which list elements can be dynamically removed
using AngularJS.
Ex No 8: Create a Django App to display “Hello World.”
Ex No 9: Create and display a template in Django App.
EX No 10: Create a Model in a Django app and insert data.

SCHEME OF VALUATION
S. NO ALLOCATION MARKS
1 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – A (30) 35
2 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – B (30) 35
3 Executing any one program (Part A or Part –B) 15
4 Output 10
5 Viva Voce 05
6 Total 100

187
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052235546 L T P C
ROBOTIC PROCESS AUTOMATION
Practicum 1 0 4 3

Introduction
In today’s digital landscape, businesses are employing automation more and more to
increase productivity, streamline operations and reduce cost. This technology revolution is
being led by Remote Process Automation, or RPA, which offers powerful tools and
techniques to automate repetitive tasks and workflows across various industries. This
syllabus is designed to provide students with hands-on experience and comprehensive
understanding of Remote Process Automation.
Course Objectives
The objective of this course is to enable the student to
● Understand the fundamentals of RPA tools, including their features and user
interface.
● Master the concept of variables in UiPath, covering various variable types.
● Gain proficiency in basic programming concepts such as control flow, including if-
else statements, loops, and advanced control flow structures, through hands-on
experience in UiPath Studio.
● Develop skills in advanced automation techniques including recording, table
extraction, selectors, and automation of Excel and PDF files using UiPath.
● Learn how to build and manipulate data tables both statically and dynamically using
UiPath, including techniques such as data scraping for dynamic table creation.
Course Outcomes
After successful completion of this course, the students should be able to
CO1: Download, install, and activate UiPath Studio, and gain proficiency in using the
tool to develop RPA solutions.
CO2: Demonstrate a deep understanding of variables in UiPath, including their types
and management best practices, allowing them to handle data effectively within
automation workflows.
CO3: Identify and apply Image, Text, and Data Tables Automation.
CO4: Handle User Events and various types of Exceptions effectively.
CO5: Deploy and maintain Robots efficiently.

Pre-requisites : Nil

188
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

CO/PO Mapping

CO / PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 3 3 3 - - 3 1

CO2 3 3 3 - - 3 2

CO3 3 3 3 - - 3 1

CO4 3 3 3 - - 3 2

CO5 3 3 3 - - 3 2

Legend: 3-High Correlation, 2-Medium Correlation, 1-Low Correlation

Instructional Strategy

 Understanding RPA Concepts: Begin by introducing learners to the basic concepts of

RPA, including its definition, benefits, and common use cases across different
industries. Explain the difference between attended and unattended automation and
introduce key RPA tools and platforms.
 Interactive Learning: Utilize interactive learning methods such as quizzes, polls, and
group discussions to reinforce learning and promote engagement.
 Real-world Examples: Incorporate real-world examples and case studies to illustrate
how RPA tools are used in various industries and scenarios. Showcasing practical
applications will enhance understanding and highlight the relevance of RPA skills in
the job market.
 Peer Learning: Encourage participants to exchange ideas, review each other's work,
and provide constructive feedback.

189
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052235546 L T P C
ROBOTIC PROCESS AUTOMATION
Practicum 1 0 4 3

Assessment Methodology:

Continuous Assessment (40 marks) End

Semester
CA1 CA2 CA3 CA4 Examination
(60 marks)

Mode Practical Practical Written Test Practical Practical

Test Test Theory Test Examination

Portion PART A PART B

All Units All Exercises All Exercises
Exercises Exercises

Duration 2 Periods 2 Periods 3 Hours 3 Hours 3 hours

Exam Marks 60 60 100 100 100

Converted to
10 10 15 15 60
Marks
Marks 10 15 15
60
Internal Marks 40
Tentative
7th Week 14th Week 15th Week 16th Week
Schedule
Note:
● CA1 and CA2: All the exercises/experiments should be completed as per the
portions above and kept for the practical test. The students shall be permitted to
select any one by lot for the test. The practical test should be conducted as per the
scheme of evaluation as below. The marks awarded shall be converted to 10 Marks
for each assessment test. Best of one will be considered for the internal assessment
of 10 Marks.
Practical documents should be maintained for every exercise / experiment
immediately after completion of the practice. The practical document should be
submitted for the practical test. The same should be evaluated for 10 Marks for each
exercise/experiment. The total marks awarded should be converted to 10 Marks for
the practical test as per the scheme of evaluation as below.

190
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

The details of the documents to be prepared as per the instruction below.

The exercise should be completed on the day of practice. The same shall be
evaluated for 10 marks on the day or the next day of practice before commencement
of next exercise. The detailed date of the practices and its evaluations should be
maintained in the log book and should be submitted for the verification.
SCHEME OF EVALUATION

PART DESCRIPTION MARKS

A Aim (05) , Program (30) 35

B Execution and Output 15

TOTAL 50

C Practical Documents (As per the portions) 10

60
● CA 3: Written Test for complete theory portions should be conducted for 100 Marks
as per the question pattern below. The marks scored will be converted to 15 Marks
for internal assessment.
Question pattern – Written Test Theory
Description Marks

Part – A Answer any ten questions out of twelve.

Each carries three marks. 10 x 3 30
Part – B Answer any seven questions out of ten.
Each carries ten marks 7 x 10 70
TOTAL 100 Marks

● CA 4: All the exercises/experiments should be completed and kept for the practical
test. The students shall be permitted to select any one by lot for the test. The
practical test should be conducted as per the scheme of evaluation below. After
completion of all the exercises the practical test should be conducted as per End
Semester Examination question pattern scheme of evaluation. The marks awarded
should be converted to 15 Marks for the internal assessment.

191
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

SCHEME OF EVALUATION
Model Practical Examination and End Semester Examination - Practical Exam
S. NO ALLOCATION MARKS
1 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – A (30) 35
2 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – B (30) 35
3 Executing any one program (Part A or Part –B) 15
4 Output 10
5 Viva Voce 05
6 Total 100

192
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052235546 L T P C
ROBOTIC PROCESS AUTOMATION
Practicum 1 0 4 3
Unit I RPA TOOL INTRODUCTION

Theory
Introduction to RPA Tools and User Interface - Overview of popular RPA tools and
their features - Understanding the user interface of RPA tools.
Variables: Types - Generic Value Variables - Text Variables - True or False
Variables - Number Variables - Array Variables - Date and Time Variables - Data
15
Table Variables- Naming Best Practices, and Management.
Practical
1. Download, Install and Activate Ui-Path Studio. Learn all the basics of
RPA (Variables, arguments and Control flow etc.)
2. Write a program to empty the trash folder in Gmail.
Unit II BASIC PROGRAMMING CONCEPTS

Theory
Control flow concepts - If Else Statements - Loops - Advanced Control Flow -
Sequences - Flowcharts - Control Flow Activities - The Assign Activity - The Delay
Activity - The Do While Activity - The If Activity - The Switch Activity - The While
Activity - The For Each Activity - The Break Activity.
Practical 15

3. Write a program in UIPath that utilizes the If activity and Switch

activity to find the smallest and largest numbers in an array.
4. Write a program in UIPath that utilizes the While activity, Do-While
activity, and For-Each activity to increment an integer variable from
5 to 50 in increments of 5.
Unit III ADVANCED AUTOMATION CONCEPTS & TECHNIQUES

Theory
Recording Introduction – App / Web Recording – Table Extraction – Selectors -
Excel Automation: Basics, Information Retrieval in Data Tables - Data
Manipulation in excel – PDF Automation: Extracting Data from PDF - Extracting a 21

single piece of data - Anchors - Using anchors in PDF.

Practical

193
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

5. Write a program to
i) build a data table(static)
ii) build a data table using data scraping (Dynamically).
6. Write a program to read an Excel file and creating a data table by
using data from the Excel file.
7. Write a program to demonstrate the concept of dynamic elements in
UIPath selectors.
Unit IV HANDLING USER EVENTS & EXCEPTION HANDLING

Theory
Triggers: Monitoring system event triggers - Hotkey trigger - Mouse trigger -
System trigger - An example of monitoring email.
Exception Handling - Strategies for handling errors and exceptions - Implementing
09
error-catching mechanisms in RPA workflows.
Practical
8. Write a program to demonstrate email automation. (Note: use triggers and
exception handling)
Unit V DEPLOYING AND MANAGING THE BOT:

Theory
Orchestrator overview for Automation Developers – Working with Orchestrator
Resources.
Managing packages - Uploading packages - Deleting packages.
Practical 15

9. Create an automation project in UiPath studio and publish and control the
same using uipath orchestrator.
10. Write a program to demonstrate manage package, upload package and
deleting package for a reusable component.
75
TOTAL HOURS
Suggested List of Students Activity
 Presentation/Seminars by students to identify and analyze a manual process in a
business environment suitable for automation.
 Assign bot development projects to students as a group activity to automate specific
tasks or processes.
 Blended learning activities to explore advanced RPA techniques and capabilities.

194
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

Textbook for Reference:

 Alok Mani Tripathi, “Learning Robotic Process Automation”, Packt Publishing, 2018
 Frank Casale, Rebecca Dilla, Heidi Jaynes, Lauren Livingston, “Introduction to Robotic
Process Automation: a Primer”, Institute of Robotic Process Automation, First Edition
2015.
 Richard Murdoch, Robotic Process Automation: Guide to Building Software Robots,
Automate Repetitive Tasks & Become An RPA Consultant”, Independently Published,
First Edition 2018.
Website links for reference:
 https://www.uipath.com/rpa/robotic-process-automation
 https://www.academy.uipath.com

Equipment / Facilities required to conduct the Practical Course

1. Desktop Computers.
2. UIPath Studio.

195
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

BOARD PRACTICAL EXAMINATION

PART - A
1. Download, Install and Activate Ui-Path Studio. Learn all the basics of RPA (Variables,
arguments and Control flow etc.)
2. Write a program to empty the trash folder in Gmail.
3. Write a program in UIPath that utilizes the If activity and Switch activity to find the
smallest and largest numbers in an array.
4. Write a program in UIPath that utilizes the While activity, Do-While activity, and For-Each
activity to increment an integer variable from 5 to 50 in increments of 5.
5. Write a program to
i) build a data table(static)
ii) build a data table using data scraping (Dynamically).

PART - B
6. Write a program to read an Excel file and creating a data table by
using data from the Excel file.
7. Write a program to demonstrate the concept of dynamic elements in
UIPath selectors.
8. Write a program to demonstrate email automation. (Note: use triggers and exception
handling)
9. Create an automation project in UiPath studio and publish and control the same using
uipath orchestrator.
10. Write a program to demonstrate manage package, upload package and deleting package
for a reusable component

SCHEME OF VALUATION
S. NO ALLOCATION MARKS
1 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – A (30) 35
2 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – B (30) 35
3 Executing any one program (Part A or Part –B) 15
4 Output 10
5 Viva Voce 05
6 Total 100

196
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052235654 L T P C
INNOVATION AND STARTUP
Practicum 1 0 2 2

Introduction:
The integration of Innovation and Start-ups concept within the syllabus is testament
to the forward thinking nature of educational institutions. By introducing this concept,
students are provided with a solid foundation upon which they can build their skills in
Innovation and Start-ups. This course can bridge the gap between theory and practice. It
allows students to apply the knowledge they have acquired in a real world context, thereby
enhancing their understanding and retention of the above concept. This experimental
learning approach not only fosters a deeper level of engagement but also trains student with
practical skills necessary to navigate the complexities of the business world. This also
empowers students to become an Innovator or Entrepreneur. With necessary tools and
knowledge, educational institutions are preparing the next generation of entrepreneurs to
tackle the challenges and opportunities that lie ahead. This syllabus will explore the different
facets of innovation, including its importance, types and strategies for fostering a culture of
innovation within organizations

Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to enable the students
o To understand the concept of Innovation and Start-ups
o To acquire knowledge of Prototype development, IPR, Patents and Copyrights
o To have the practical experience in preparing Business plan for Start-ups
o To visit the existing nearby industry to prepare project report about the present
challenges of that industry
o To know the different funding supports available from Government and Non-
Government schemes for Start-ups
Course Outcomes:
After successful completion of this course, the students should be able to
CO1: Differentiate between Innovation and Start-ups
CO2: Explain the importance of IPR, Patents and Copyrights.
CO3: Describe the methodology to be adopted for preparing the Business Plan
CO4: Gain practical experience by Industrial training and visiting the nearby industry

197
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

CO5: Explore and identify various funding facilities available from Government and Non-
Government Schemes for Start-ups

Pre-requisites:
There are no specific prerequisites for this course, although a basic understanding of
business and technology concepts would be beneficial.

CO/PO Mapping

CO / PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 - - 1 - 2 3 3

CO2 - - 1 - 2 3 3

CO3 - - 1 - 2 3 3

CO4 - - 1 - 2 3 3

CO5 - - 1 - 2 3 3

Legend: 3-High Correlation, 2-Medium Correlation, 1-Low Correlation

Assessment Methodology

Continuous Assessment (40 marks) End Semester

Examination
CA1 CA2 CA3
(60 marks)

Submission of
Seminar Practical
Class Assessment Industry Visit
Mode Presentations Examination
(Unit I,II & Unit III) Project Report
(Unit IV) (Project)
(Unit V)

Duration 2 hours --- --- 3 hours

Exam Marks 50 20 30 100

Converted to 10 10 20 60

Marks 10 10 20 60

198
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

Continuous Assessment - 40 marks

S. No Description Marks

CA1 Class Assessment (50 marks) - Unit – I,II & III

Written Examination - Theory Questions 10 marks
i) 10 questions out of 15 questions (10 x 3 marks :30 marks)
ii) 4 questions out of 6 questions (4 x 5 marks : 20 marks)

CA 2 Seminar Presentations (20 marks- each topic carries 10 marks) -

Unit IV 10 marks
Students should present any two topics with PPTs

CA 3 Submission of Industry Visit Project Report - (30 marks) - Unit V 20 marks

Total 40 marks

End Semester Examination –Project Exam

Students should be assessed for 100 Marks both by the internal examiner and external
examiner appointed by the Chairman Board of Examinations.
Detailed Allocation of Marks

S. No Description Marks

Part A Written Examination – Unit –I,II & III

Theory Questions
i) 10 questions out of 15 questions (10 x 3 marks = 30 marks) 45
ii) 3 questions either or pattern (3 x 5 marks = 15 marks)

Part B
i) Presentation of Industry Visit Project Report 25

ii) Interaction and Evaluation 30

TOTAL 100

199
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052235654 L T P C
INNOVATION AND STARTUP
Practicum 1 0 2 2
Unit I INTRODUCTION TO INNOVATION

An Introduction to Innovation and Creativity- Innovation in current Environment -

Types of Innovation - Challenges of Innovation - Steps of Innovation Management 6

- Divergent v/s Convergent thinking - Design thinking and Entrepreneurship

Unit II INCUBATION CLUBS, IPR, PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS

Idea Generation - Incubation Clubs - Prototype Development - Marketing of

Innovation - Management of Innovation - Creation of IPR -Types of IPR - Patents
6
and Copyrights - Patents in India - Technological and Non-Technological
Innovation Process.
GOVERNMENT AND NON-GOVERNMENT FUNDING SCHEMES FOR
Unit III
START-UPS

An introduction to Start-up - Start-ups in India - Procedure for registration of Start-

ups - Business Model- Business Plan - Case Studies - Opportunities and
Challenges - Funding supports from Government Schemes -MUDRA, TANSEED, 6

NEEDS, PMEGP, UYEGP – Non-Government Schemes - CSR Fund - Angel

Investors - Venture Capitalist

Unit IV SEMINAR

All the students have to select a minimum of 2 topics from the list given
below. They are expected to collect the resources with the help of faculty
assigned to them to prepare PPTs for presentation
1. Idea Generation

2. Innovation Management
9
3. Product Development

4. Business Model Innovation

5. Organizational Culture and Change Management

6. Leadership and Innovation

7. Barriers to Innovation

200
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

8. Innovation Marketing

9. E-Commerce success stories (any one)

10. Role of Start-ups in Higher Education

11. Professional Networking in Building Brands

How to start a start-up in India

Unit V EXPOSURE TO INDUSTRY

All the students should visit and study the nearby industries, incubation
centres, start-ups etc., and select any one to prepare a project report which
covers the Name of the Industry/Organization, Introduction of the Industry,
Type of the Industry, Scope of the Industry, Plant Layout and Location, 18

Details of Plant and Machineries, Process flow chart, Manufacturing

Methods, Process of Manufacturing, Product Manufacturing, Quality
Control, Marketing, Product selling - Conclusion
45
TOTAL HOURS

201
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

1052235773 SUMMER C
INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
Theory VACATION 2

Introduction
Industrial training is a crucial component of the diploma engineering curriculum,
designed to bridge the gap between theoretical knowledge and practical application.
Typically conducted during vacation periods, this two-week training program provides
students with hands-on experience in their respective engineering fields. The primary
objectives are to enhance practical skills, familiarize students with industry standards, and
prepare them for future employment.
Two-week industrial training during vacation periods is an invaluable part of diploma
engineering education. It not only equips students with practical skills but also provides a
comprehensive understanding of the industry, preparing them for successful engineering
careers.
Objectives
1. Practical Exposure: Students gain direct exposure to real-world engineering
practices, tools, and technologies.
2. Skill Enhancement: The training helps in developing technical and soft skills that are
essential for professional growth.
3. Industry Insight: Students learn about the working environment, operational
procedures, and challenges faced by industries.
4. Professional Networking: The training offers opportunities to interact with industry
professionals, which can be beneficial for career prospects.
5. Application of Knowledge: It allows students to apply classroom knowledge to solve
practical problems, enhancing their understanding and retention of engineering
concepts.
Structure of the Training Program
● Orientation: Introduction to the company, its operations, and safety protocols.
● Project Assignment: Students are assigned specific projects or tasks relevant to their
field of study.
● Supervision and Mentorship: Industry professionals guide and mentor students
throughout the training.
● Skill Development Workshops: Sessions on technical skills, software tools, and
industry best practices.

202
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

● Assessment and Feedback: Performance evaluations and constructive feedback to

help students improve.
Benefits for Students
● Enhanced Employability: Practical experience makes students more attractive to
potential employers.
● Confidence Building: Working in a real-world setting boosts confidence and
professional demeanor.
● Clarified Career Goals: Exposure to various roles and responsibilities helps students
define their career paths.
Course Outcomes
CO 1: Demonstrate proficiency in using industrial machinery, tools, and software.
CO 2: Able to identify, analyze, and solve engineering problems using industry-
standard methods and practices.
CO 3: Gain a comprehensive understanding of industrial manufacturing processes,
quality control, and safety practices.
CO 4: Exhibit improved communication, teamwork, and professional behavior in an
industrial setting.
CO 5: Apply theoretical concepts learned in their coursework to practical engineering
tasks and projects.
Duties Responsibilities of the Faculty Mentor.
One faculty mentor should be assigned for every 30 students by the HOD / Principal.
Faculty mentors shall play a crucial role in overseeing and guiding students during their
industrial training program in Diploma engineering.
Pre-Training Responsibilities:
1. Orientation and Preparation:
○ Conduct orientation sessions to familiarize students with the objectives,
expectations, and guidelines of the industrial training program.
○ Assist students in understanding the importance of industrial training in their
academic and professional development.
2. Placement Coordination:
○ Collaborate with the placement cell or industry liaison office to secure
suitable training placements for students that align with their academic
specialization and career interests.
○ Facilitate communication between the institution and host organizations to
ensure smooth coordination of training arrangements.

203
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

3. Training Plan Development:

○ Help students develop a detailed training plan outlining learning objectives,
tasks, and expected outcomes for the training period.
○ Guide students in setting SMART (Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant,
Time-bound) goals for their training experience.
During Training Responsibilities:
4. Monitoring and Support:
○ Regularly monitor the progress of students during their industrial training.
Maintain communication with both students and industry supervisors to track
performance and address any issues that may arise.
○ Provide ongoing support and guidance to students, offering advice on
technical challenges, professional conduct, and workplace etiquette.
5. Technical Guidance:
○ Offer technical guidance and mentorship related to the specific engineering
discipline or specialization of the students. Help them apply theoretical
knowledge to practical situations encountered in the industry.
6. Problem-Solving Assistance:
○ Assist students in overcoming obstacles or challenges encountered during
their training. Encourage them to develop problem-solving skills and
resilience in real-world engineering scenarios.
7. Feedback and Evaluation:
○ Provide constructive feedback on students' performance based on reports,
assessments, and observations gathered from industry supervisors.
○ Evaluate students' achievements in relation to their training objectives and
competencies developed during the program.
Post-Training Responsibilities:
8. Reflection and Debriefing:
○ Conduct debriefing sessions with students to reflect on their training
experiences, discuss lessons learned, and identify areas for further
improvement.
○ Help students articulate their learning outcomes and how these experiences
contribute to their professional growth.
9. Documentation and Reporting:
○ Ensure comprehensive documentation of students' training activities,
achievements, and feedback received from industry supervisors.

204
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

○ Prepare reports summarizing students' performance and submit these to

relevant departments or committees for review and assessment.
10. Career Counseling:
○ Provide career guidance and counseling to students based on their industrial
training experiences. Assist them in leveraging these experiences for future
job applications or further academic pursuits.
11. Continuous Improvement:
○ Collaborate with industry partners to continuously improve the quality and
relevance of the industrial training program.
○ Incorporate feedback from students and industry supervisors to enhance the
effectiveness of future training placements.
By fulfilling these duties and responsibilities, faculty mentors contribute significantly to the
overall educational experience and professional development of Diploma engineering
students during their industrial training program.
Instructions to the students
Before Starting Industrial Training:
1. Orientation and Preparation:
○ Attend orientation sessions conducted by the institution or faculty mentors to
understand the objectives, expectations, and guidelines of the industrial
training program.
○ Familiarize yourself with the specific policies, procedures, and safety
regulations of the host organization where you will be undergoing training.
2. Setting Goals:
○ Set clear and specific goals for your industrial training period. Define what
skills, knowledge, and experiences you aim to gain during this time.
○ Discuss your goals with your faculty mentor and seek their guidance in
developing a training plan that aligns with your career aspirations.
3. Professional Attire and Conduct:
○ Dress appropriately and professionally according to the standards of the
industry and host organization.
○ Maintain a positive attitude, demonstrate punctuality, and adhere to
workplace etiquette and norms.
During Industrial Training:
4. Learning and Engagement:

205
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

○ Actively engage in all assigned tasks and projects. Seek opportunities to learn
new skills and technologies relevant to your field of study.
○ Take initiative in asking questions, seeking clarification, and participating in
discussions with supervisors and colleagues.
5. Adaptability and Flexibility:
○ Adapt to the work environment and demonstrate flexibility in handling various
responsibilities and challenges that arise during your training.
○ Be open to different roles and tasks assigned to you, as this will broaden your
experience and skill set.
6. Professionalism and Communication:
○ Communicate effectively with supervisors, colleagues, and clients as
required. Practice clear and concise verbal and written communication.
○ Demonstrate professionalism in all interactions, respecting confidentiality,
and adhering to company policies and procedures.
7. Safety and Compliance:
○ Prioritize safety at all times. Familiarize yourself with safety protocols,
procedures, and emergency exits in the workplace.
○ Follow all safety guidelines and regulations to ensure your well-being and that
of others around you.
After Completing Industrial Training:
8. Reflection and Documentation:
○ Reflect on your training experience. Evaluate what you have learned, the
challenges you faced, and how you have grown professionally.
○ Maintain a journal or log documenting your daily activities, achievements, and
lessons learned during the training period.
9. Feedback and Evaluation:
○ Seek feedback from your industry supervisor and faculty mentor on your
performance and areas for improvement.
○ Use constructive feedback to enhance your skills and competencies for future
career opportunities.
10. Career Planning:
○ Use your industrial training experience to inform your career planning and
decision-making process.
○ Discuss your career goals and aspirations with your faculty mentor or career
counselor for guidance on next steps after completing your diploma.

206
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

By following these instructions, Diploma engineering students can make the most of
their industrial training experience, gain valuable insights into their chosen field, and prepare
themselves effectively for future professional endeavors.
Attendance Certification
Every student has to get their attendance certified by the industrial supervisor in the
prescribed form supplied to them. Students have also to put their signature on the
form and submit it to the institution faculty mentor.
Training Reports
The students have to prepare reports: The report in the form of a diary to be
submitted to the concerned faculty mentor of the institution. This will be reviewed
while awarding Internal assessment.
Industrial Training Diary
Students are required to maintain the record of day-to-day work done. Such a
record is called Industrial training Diary. Students have to write this report regularly.
All days for the week should be accounted for clearly giving attendance particulars
(Presence, absence, Leave, Holidays etc.). The concern of the Industrial supervisor is
to periodically check these progress reports.
In addition to the diary, students are required to submit a comprehensive
report on training with details of the organisation where the training was undergone
after attestation by the supervisors. The comprehensive report should incorporate
study of plant / product / process / construction along with intensive in-depth study
on any one of the topics such as processes, methods, tooling, construction and
equipment, highlighting aspects of quality, productivity and system. The
comprehensive report should be completed in the last week of Industrial training. Any
data, drawings etc. should be incorporated with the consent of the Organisation.

207
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

Scheme of Evaluation
Internal Assessment
Students should be assessed for 40 Marks by industry supervisor and polytechnic
faculty mentor for the Internal Assessment.

Sl. No. Description Marks

A Punctuality and regularity. (Attendance) 10

B Level / proficiency of practical skills acquired. 10

Initiative in learning / working at site

C Self expression / communication skills. 10

Interpersonal skills / Human Relation.

D Report and Presentation. 10

Total 50

End Semester Examination - Project Exam

Students should be assessed for 100 Marks both by the internal examiner and
external examiner appointed by the Chairman Board of Examinations after the completion of
industrial training. The marks scored will be converted to 60 marks for the End Semester
Examination.

Sl. No. Description Marks

A Daily Activity Report and Attendance certificate. 20

B Comprehensive report on Internship, Relevant 30

Internship Certificate from the concerned
department.

C Presentation by the student at the end of the 30

Internship.

D Viva Voce 20

Total 100

208
DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

SEMESTER VI

209
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

6000236111 L T P C
ADVANCED ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS
Theory 3 0 0 3

Introduction:
Mathematics is essential for engineering students to understand core engineering
subjects. It provides the framework for engineers to solve problems in engineering domains.
This course is designed to bridge the gap between diploma mathematics and B.E/B.Tech
mathematics in matrix algebra, differential calculus, vector calculus, differential equations,
and Laplace transforms.
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to enable the students to
1. Understand the concepts of eigen-values and eigen-vectors of matrices.
2. Learn the notation of partial differentiation and determine the extremities of
functions of two variables.
3. Acquire knowledge in vector calculus which is significantly used to solve engineering
problems.
4. Formulate and solve differential equations.
5. Understand Laplace transformation and its engineering applications.

Course Outcomes:
After successful completion of this course, the students should be able to
CO1: Find eigenvalues and corresponding eigenvectors of a square matrix.
CO2: Apply the knowledge of partial differentiation to evaluate Jacobian and extremities of
two variable functions.
CO3: Evaluate the gradient of a scalar field and the divergence and curl of vector fields.
CO4: Solve ordinary differential equations using various techniques.
CO5: Use Laplace transforms to solve first-order ordinary differential equations.

Pre-requisites: Matrices, Determinants, Differentiation, Integration and Vector Algebra.

210
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

CO/PO Mapping:

CO / PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 3 3 2 1 1 1 3

CO2 3 3 2 1 1 1 3

CO3 3 3 2 1 1 1 3

CO4 3 3 2 1 1 1 3

CO5 3 3 2 1 1 1 3

Legend: 3 - High Correlation, 2 - Medium Correlation, 1 - Low Correlation

Instructional Strategy:
● A theory-demonstrate-practice-activity strategy may be used to ensure that learning
is outcome-based.
 All demonstrations/Hands-on practices might be under a simulated environment.
 Use inducto-deductive approach to achieve the desired learning objectives.
 Use open-ended questions to nurture the problem-solving and reasoning skills
among students.
 Support and guide the students for self-study.
 State the need for mathematics with engineering studies and provide real-life
examples.

211
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

6000236111 L T P C
ADVANCED ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS
Theory 3 0 0 3

Assessment Methodology:
Continuous Assessment (40 marks) End Semester
Examination
CA1 CA2 CA3 CA4
(60 marks)
Quiz
Written test
Written test MCQ Model Written
Mode (Another Two
(Two units) (Online / Examination Examination
units)
Offline)
Duration 2 Periods 2 Periods 1 Hour 3 Hours 3 Hours

Exam Marks 50 50 60 100 100

Converted
15 15 5 20 60
to
Marks 15 5 20 60
Tentative
6th Week 12th Week 13-14th Week 16th Week
Schedule

CA1 and CA2: Assessment written test should be conducted for 50 Marks for two units. The
marks scored will be converted to 15 Marks. Best of one will be considered for the internal
assessment of 15 Marks.
CA1and CA2 Assessment test should be conducted for two units as below.
PART A: (5 X 10 Marks = 50 Marks).
Eight questions will be asked, students should write five questions. Each unit four questions
can be asked. Each question may have subdivisions. Maximum two subdivisions shall be
permitted.
CA3: 60 MCQ can be asked by covering the entire portion. It may be conducted by Online /
Offline. The marks scored should be converted to 5 marks for the internal assessment.
CA4: Model examination should be conducted as per the end semester question pattern.
The marks should be converted to 15 marks for the internal assessment.
Question Pattern: Model Examination and End Semester Examination-Theory Exam
Answer ten questions by selecting two questions from each unit. Each question carries 10
marks each. (5 X 20 Marks = 100 Marks)
Four questions will be asked from every unit, students should write any two questions. The

212
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

question may have two subdivisions only.

213
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

6000236111 L T P C
ADVANCED ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS
Theory 3 0 0 3

Unit I EIGENVALUES AND EIGENVECTORS

Characteristic equation – Eigen-values of and real matrices – Eigen-

vectors of real matrices – Properties of eigen-values (excluding proof) – 7

Cayley-Hamilton theorem (excluding proof) – Simple problems.

Unit II FUNCTIONS OF SEVERAL VARIABLES

Partial derivatives of two variable and three variable functions (up to second
order) – Homogeneous functions and Euler’s theorem (excluding proof) –
7
Jacobian matrix and determinant – Maxima and minima of functions of two
variables – Simple problems.

Unit III VECTOR CALCULUS

Scalar filed and Vector field – Vector differential operator – Gradient of a scalar
field – Directional derivative – Divergence and curl of a vector field (excluding
7
properties) – Solenoidal and irrotational vector fields – Simple problems.

Unit IV DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS

Differential equation – Formation – Order and degree – Solution of a

differential equation – Equations of first order and first degree – Variable
separable method – Leibnitz’s Linear equations – Second order equations of
7
the form where and are constants and the

auxiliary equation has only real roots) – Complementary

function – Particular integral – General solution – Simple problems.

Unit V LAPLACE TRANSFORMS

Definition of Laplace transform – Laplace transforms of standard functions -

Linearity and change of scale property (excluding proofs) – First shifting
7
property – Laplace transforms of derivatives – Properties (excluding proofs) –
Inverse Laplace transforms – Properties (excluding proofs) – Solving first order
ordinary differential equation using Laplace transforms – Simple problems.

TEST AND REVISION 10

TOTAL 45

214
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

Suggested List of Students Activities:

● Demonstrate the applications of eigen-values in stability analysis, decouple of three-
phase systems and vibration analysis.
● Demonstrate maxima and minima of two variable functions using GeoGebra
graphing calculator.
● Demonstrate solenoidal vector field and irrotational vector field using engineering
applications.
● Demonstrate the applications of differential equations in solving engineering
problems.
● Presentation /Seminars by students.
● Quizzes.

Text Books for Reference:

1. John Bird, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Routledge, 9th Edition, 2021.
2. Grewal, B.S., Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers, 42nd Edition, 2012.
3. Arumugam, S., Thangapandi Isaac, A., & Somasundaram, A., Differential Equations
and Applications, Yes Dee Publishing Pvt. Ltd., 2020.
4. Duraipandian, P., & Kayalal Pachaiyappa, Vector Analysis, S Chand and Company
Limited, 2014.
5. Narayanan, S., & Manicavachagom Pillai T.K., Calculus Volume I and II, .Viswanathan
Publishers Pvt. Ltd., 2007.

Website Links for Reference:

 www.khanacademy.org/math/
 https://www.mathportal.org/
 https://openstax.org/subjects/math
 www.mathhelp.com/
 https://www.geogebra.org/
 https://www.desmos.com/
 https://phet.colorado.edu/

215
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

6000236112 L T P C
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Theory 3 0 0 3

Introduction
Development of a diploma curriculum is a dynamic process responsive to the
society and reflecting the needs and aspiration of its learners. Fast changing society
deserves changes in educational curriculum particularly to establish relevance to
emerging socio-economic environments; to ensure equity of opportunity and
participation and finally promoting concern for excellence. In this context the course on
entrepreneurship and start ups aims at instilling and stimulating human urge for excellence
by realizing individual potential for generating and putting to use the inputs, relevant to
social prosperity and thereby ensure good means of living for every individual, provides jobs
and develop Indian economy.

Course Objectives
After completing this subject, the student will be able to
● Acquire entrepreneurial spirit and resourcefulness
● Familiarize Acquire knowledge about the business idea and product selection
● Analyze the banking and financial institutions
● Understand the pricing policy and cost analysis
● Get knowledge about the business plan preparation

Course Outcomes
CO1: Understand the process of entrepreneurship
CO2: Analyse the importance of generation of ideas and product selection
CO3: Familiarization of various financial and non financial schemes
CO4: Acquire various cost components to arrive pricing of the product
CO5: Learn the preparation of project feasibility report

Pre-requisites
Knowledge of basics of Engineering and Industrial engineering

216
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

CO/PO Mapping

CO / PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 - - - - 3 1 3

CO2 - - - - 3 3 3

CO3 - - - 1 - 3 2

CO4 - 1 3 3 2 3 2

CO5 - 2 3 3 3 3 3

Legend: 3-High Correlation, 2-Medium Correlation, 1-Low Correlation

Instructional Strategy
● Engage and Motivate: Instructors should actively engage students to boost their
learning confidence.
● Real-World Relevance: Incorporate relatable, real-life examples and applications to
help students understand and appreciate course concepts.
● Interactive Learning: Utilize demonstrations and plan interactive student activities
for an engaging learning experience.
● Application-Based Learning: Employ a theory-demonstrate-practice- activity
strategy throughout the course to ensure outcome-driven learning and
employability.
● Simulation and Real-World Practice: Conduct demonstrations and hands-on
activities in a simulated environment, transitioning to real- world scenarios when
possible.

217
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

6000236112 L T P C
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Theory 3 0 0 3

Assessment Methodology
Continuous Assessment (40 marks) End Semester
Examination
CA1 CA2 CA3 CA4
(60 marks)
Quiz
Written test
Written test MCQ Model Written
Mode (Another Two
(Two units) (Online / Examination Examination
units)
Offline)
Duration 2 Periods 2 Periods 1 Hour 3 Hours 3 Hours

Exam Marks 50 50 60 100 100

Converted
15 15 5 20 60
to
Marks 15 5 20 60
Tentative
6th Week 12th Week 13-14th Week 16th Week
Schedule

CA1 and CA2: Assessment written test should be conducted for 50 Marks for two units. The
marks scored will be converted to 15 Marks. Best of one will be considered for the internal
assessment of 15 Marks.
CA1and CA2 Assessment test should be conducted for two units as below.
PART A: (5 X 10 Marks = 50 Marks).
Eight questions will be asked, students should write five questions. Each unit four questions
can be asked. Each question may have subdivisions. Maximum two subdivisions shall be
permitted.
CA3: 60 MCQ can be asked by covering the entire portion. It may be conducted by Online /
Offline. The marks scored should be converted to 5 marks for the internal assessment.
CA4: Model examination should be conducted as per the end semester question pattern.
The marks should be converted to 15 marks for the internal assessment.
Question Pattern: Model Examination and End Semester Examination-Theory Exam
Answer ten questions by selecting two questions from each unit. Each question carries 10
marks each. (5 X 20 Marks = 100 Marks)
Four questions will be asked from every unit, students should write any two questions. The
question may have two subdivisions only.

218
DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

219
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

6000236112 L T P C
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Theory 3 0 0 3
UNIT I Entrepreneurship – Introduction and Process
Concept of entrepreneurship - Importance, Myths about Entrepreneurship, Pros and
Cons of Entrepreneurship, Process of Entrepreneurship, , Competencies and
characteristics of an entrepreneur -, Ethical Entrepreneurship, Entrepreneurial
7
Values and Attitudes, Creativity, Innovation and entrepreneurship- Entrepreneurs -
as problem solvers, Mindset of an employee and an entrepreneur, - Risk
Taking-Concepts

UNIT II Business Idea

Types of Business: Manufacturing, Trading and Services, Stakeholders: sellers,
vendors and consumers and Competitors, E- commerce Business Models, business
idea generation -Types of Resources - Human, Capital and Entrepreneurial tools and
resources, etc.,- setting business goals- Patent, copyright and Intellectual property
7
rights, Customer Relations and Vendor Management, -Business Ideas vs. Business
Opportunities, Opportunity – SWOT ANALYSIS of a business idea - Business Failure –
causes and remedies.- Types of business risks,

UNIT III Banking

Size and capital based classification of business enterprises- Role of financial
institutions, Role of Government policy, Entrepreneurial support systems, Incentive
7
schemes for state government, and Incentive schemes for Central governments.

UNIT IV Pricing and Cost Analysis

Types of Costs - Variable - Fixed- Operational Costs - Break Even Analysis - for single
7
product or service, -financial Business Case Study, Understand the meaning and
concept of the term Cash Inflow and Cash Outflow- Pricing- Calculate Per Unit Cost
of a single product, , Understand the importance and preparation of Income
Statement, Prepare a Cash Flow Projection- Factors affecting pricing.- GST.

UNIT V Business Plan Preparation

Feasibility Report – Technical analysis, financial analysis- Market Research -

Concept, Importance and Process- tools for market research- Market Sensing and
Testing, Marketing and Sales strategy, Digital marketing, Branding - Business name, 7

logo, tag line, Promotion strategy, Business Plan Preparation, -Concept and

220
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

Importance, , Execution of Business Plan

Revision and Test 10

TOTAL HOURS 45

Suggested list of Students Activity.

1. Students can explore app development or web design. They’ll learn about technology,
user experience, and marketing.
2. Hosting events, workshops, or conferences allows students to practice project
management, networking, and marketing skills.
3. Encourage students to address social or environmental issues through innovative
business solutions. This fosters empathy and creativity.
4. Part of entrepreneurship clubs or organizations provides networking opportunities,
mentorship, and exposure to real-world challenges.
5. Competitions like business plan contests or pitch events allow students to showcase
their ideas and receive feedback.
6. Students can create and sell handmade crafts, artwork, or other products. This
teaches them about production, pricing, and customer relations.
7. Students can provide consulting services in areas they’re knowledgeable about, such
as social media marketing or financial planning.
8. Encourage students to create and manage their own small business or offer
freelance services. This hands-on experience helps them understand various aspects
of entrepreneurship.

Text Books for References:

1. G.K. Varshney, Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship, Sahitya Bhawan Publications,
Agra., 2019.
2. H.Nandan, Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship, Prentice Hall India Learning Private
Limited, Third Edition, 2013.
3. R.K. Singal, Entrepreneurship Development &amp; Management, S K Kataria and
Sons, 2013.
Website Links for References:
● https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/15-390-new-enterprises-spring-2013/resources/lecture-
1/
● https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_ge08/preview

221
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

6000236113 L T P C
PROJECT MANAGEMENT
Theory 3 0 0 3

Introduction
Project management is the systematic application of knowledge, skills, tools, and
techniques to project activities to meet specific project requirements. It involves planning,
organizing, and managing resources to achieve project goals within defined scope, time, and
budget constraints. Project management encompasses several key processes and phases,
including initiation, planning, execution, monitoring and controlling, and closing. It is
essential across various industries to ensure projects are completed successfully, efficiently,
and effectively, aligning with organizational objectives and stakeholder expectations. Project
managers play a crucial role in leading teams, managing risks, ensuring quality, and
communicating with stakeholders to drive project success.
Course Objectives
After completing this subject, the student will be able,
● To understand the concept, characteristics and elements of projects.
● To understand the stages in Project Life Cycle.
● To appreciate the need for Project Portfolio Management System.
● To know the considerations in choosing appropriate project management structure.
● To understand the components of techno-economic feasibility studies.
● To know about the detailed project report
● To learn about project constraints.
● To understand the techniques of evaluation.
● To get insight into the Social Cost Benefit Analysis Method.
● To know how to construct project networks using PERT and CPM.
● To learn how to crash project networks
● To understand the meaning of project appraisal.
● To understand the meaning of project audits.
● To know the qualities of an effective project manager.
● To understand the stages in Team Development model.
Course Outcomes
CO 1: Understand the Project Management Principles.
CO 2: Learn to create and manage project schedules.
CO 3: Create structure and manage the project commitments.
CO 4: Gain enterprise support.

222
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

CO 5: Prepare Detailed Project Report (DPR).

Pre-requisites :
Basic Knowledge.
CO/PO Mapping

CO / PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 1 1 - - - 2 2

CO2 2 2 1 - 1 3 2

CO3 3 2 3 3 1 3 3

CO4 3 2 2 1 3 2

CO5 3 2 3 3 1 3 3

Legend: 3-High Correlation, 2-Medium Correlation, 1-Low Correlation

Instructional Strategy
● It is advised that teachers take steps to pique pupils' attention and boost their
curiosity to learn.
● Implement task-based learning activities where students work on specific tasks or
projects.
● Incorporate technology tools and resources, such as online platforms, interactive
multimedia, and virtual communication tools, to enhance engagement and provide
additional practice opportunities.
● All demonstrations/Hand-on practices may be followed in the real environment as far
as possible.

223
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

6000236113 L T P C
PROJECT MANAGEMENT
Theory 3 0 0 3

Assessment Methodology
Continuous Assessment (40 marks) End Semester
Examination
CA1 CA2 CA3 CA4
(60 marks)
Quiz
Written test
Written test MCQ Model Written
Mode (Another Two
(Two units) (Online / Examination Examination
units)
Offline)
Duration 2 Periods 2 Periods 1 Hour 3 Hours 3 Hours

Exam Marks 50 50 60 100 100

Converted
15 15 5 20 60
to
Marks 15 5 20 60
Tentative
6th Week 12th Week 13-14th Week 16th Week
Schedule
CA1 and CA2: Assessment written test should be conducted for 50 Marks for two units. The
marks scored will be converted to 15 Marks. Best of one will be considered for the internal
assessment of 15 Marks.
CA1and CA2 Assessment test should be conducted for two units as below.
PART A: (5 X 10 Marks = 50 Marks).
Eight questions will be asked, students should write five questions. Each unit four questions
can be asked. Each question may have subdivisions. Maximum two subdivisions shall be
permitted.
CA3: 60 MCQ can be asked by covering the entire portion. It may be conducted by Online /
Offline. The marks scored should be converted to 5 marks for the internal assessment.
CA4: Model examination should be conducted as per the end semester question pattern.
The marks should be converted to 15 marks for the internal assessment.
Question Pattern: Model Examination and End Semester Examination-Theory Exam
Answer ten questions by selecting two questions from each unit. Each question carries 10
marks each. (5 X 20 Marks = 100 Marks)
Four questions will be asked from every unit, students should write any two questions. The

224
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

question may have two subdivisions only.

6000236113 L T P C
PROJECT MANAGEMENT
Theory 3 0 0 3
UNIT I Project Management – An Overview, Project Portfolio Management
System and Structure, Steps in Defining Project and Project Delays
Project – Classification – Importance of Project Management – An Integrated
7
Approach – Project Portfolio Management System – The Need – Choosing the
appropriate Project Management Structure: Organizational considerations and
project considerations – steps in defining the project – project Rollup – Process
breakdown structure – Responsibility Matrices – External causes of delay and
internal constraints.

UNIT II Various Stages and Components of Project Feasibility Studies, Phases

of a Project, Stages in Project Life Cycle and Project Constraints
Project feasibility studies - Opportunity studies, General opportunity studies, specific 7
opportunity studies, pre-feasibility studies, functional studies or support studies,
feasibility study – components of project feasibility studies – Managing Project
resources flow – project planning to project completion: Pre-investment phase,
Investment Phase and operational phase – Project Life Cycle – Project constraints.

UNIT III Project Evaluation under Certainty and Uncertainty, Project Evaluation,
Commercial and Social Cost Benefit Analysis
Project Evaluation under certainty - Net Present Value (Problems - Case Study),
Benefit Cost Ratio, Internal Rate of Return, Urgency, Payback Period, ARR – Project
7
Evaluation under uncertainty – Methodology for project evaluation – Commercial vs.
National Profitability – Social Cost Benefit Analysis, Commercial or National
Profitability, social or national profitability.

UNIT IV Developing Project Network using PERT and CPM, Project Appraisal
and Control Process.
Developing a Project Plan - Developing the Project Network – Constructing a Project
7
Network (Problems) – PERT – CPM – Crashing of Project Network (Problems - Case
Study) – Resource Leveling and Resource Allocation – how to avoid cost and time
overruns – Steps in Project Appraisal Process – Project Control Process – Control
Issues – Project Audits – the Project Audit Process – project closure – team, team
member and project manager evaluations.

UNIT V Project Managing Versus Leading of Project, Qualities of Project

Manager and Managing Project Teams, Team Building Models and

225
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

Performance Teams and Team Pitfalls.

Managing versus leading a project - managing project stakeholders – social network 7

building (Including management by wandering around) – qualities of an effective
project manager – managing project teams – Five Stage Team Development Model
– Situational factors affecting team development – project team pitfalls.

Revision and Test 10

TOTAL HOURS 45

Suggested list of Students Activity,

Project Simulation and Role-Playing:
● Activity: Participate in simulated project scenarios where students take on different
roles within a project team (e.g., project manager, team member, stakeholder).
● Purpose: This helps students understand the dynamics of project management,
including leadership, communication, and team collaboration.
Case Study Analysis:
● Activity: Analyze real-world case studies of successful and failed projects.
● Purpose: This activity enables students to apply theoretical knowledge to practical
situations, identify best practices, and learn from the challenges and solutions
implemented in real projects.
Project Plan Development:
● Activity: Develop a comprehensive project plan for a hypothetical or real project,
including scope, schedule, budget, risk management, and quality management plans.
● Purpose: This allows students to practice creating detailed and structured project
plans, honing their skills in planning and organizing project activities.
Group Project:
● Activity: Work in teams to manage a project from initiation to closure, simulating a
real project environment.
● Purpose: Group projects help students learn how to work collaboratively, manage
group dynamics, and apply project management tools and techniques in a team
setting.
Project Management Software Training:
● Activity: Gain hands-on experience with project management software such as
Microsoft Project, Asana, or Trello.

226
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

● Purpose: This activity equips students with practical skills in using technology to
plan, track, and manage project tasks and resources efficiently.

Text Books for Reference:

1. Clifford F. Gray And Erik W. Larson, Project Management – The Managerial Process,
Tata Mcgraw Hill.
2. Dragan Z. Milosevic, Project Management Toolbox: Tools And Techniques For The
Practicing Project Manager,
3. Gopalakrishnan, P/ Ramamoorthy, V E, Textbook Of Project Management, Macmillan
India. Ltd.
4. Harold Kerzner, Project Management: A Systems Approach To Planning, Scheduling,
And Controlling, Eighth Edition, John Wiley & Sons
5. Jason Charvat, Project Management Methodologies: Selecting, Implementing, And
Supporting Methodologies And Processes For Projects, John Wiley & Sons
6. Kevin Forsberg, Ph.D, Hal Mooz, Visualizing Project Management: A Model For
Business And Technical Success, Second Edition, Pmp And Howard Cotterman, John
Wiley & Sons.

Website Links for Reference:

https://youtu.be/pc9nvBsXsuM
NPTEL Courses
https://youtu.be/PqQqTAu_FiM

227
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

6000236114 L T P C
FINANCE FUNDAMENTALS
Theory 3 0 0 3

Introduction
This course gives a deep insight into the finance fundamentals such as money
management and the process of acquiring needed funds. It also encompasses the oversight,
creation, and study of money, banking, credit, investments, assets, liabilities that make up
financial systems and improves overall financial literacy.
Course Objectives
The objective of this course is to
1. Identify different ways to save money for future
2. Understand various techniques to raise capital
3. Get acquainted with the essential terminologies used in finance language
4. Get exposed to different types of budgeting
5. Instill the concept of costing and its impact on proftability

Course Outcomes
After successful completion of this course, the students should be able to
CO1: Manage financial resources effectively to achieve personal goals
CO2: Ensure that the business has enough money to meet its obligations and that it
can recover in the future
CO3: Exhibit financial literacy through the usage of different terminologies
appropriate to the context
CO4: Differentiate different types of budgeting and allocate the resources
CO5: Apply the idea of marginal costing in decision making
Pre-requisites
Knowledge of basic mathematics

228
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

CO/PO Mapping

CO / PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 1 1 - - - 2 2

CO2 2 2 1 - 1 3 2

CO3 3 2 3 3 1 3 3

CO4 3 2 2 1 3 2

CO5 3 2 3 3 1 3 3

Legend: 3-High Correlation, 2-Medium Correlation, 1-Low Correlation

Instructional Strategy
● It is advised that teachers take steps to pique pupils' attention and boost their
curiosity to learn.
● Implement task-based learning activities where students work on specific tasks or
projects.
● Incorporate technology tools and resources, such as online platforms, interactive
multimedia, and virtual communication tools, to enhance engagement and provide
additional practice opportunities.
● All demonstrations/Hand-on practices may be followed in the real environment as far
as possible.

229
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

6000236114 L T P C
FINANCE FUNDAMENTALS
Theory 3 0 0 3

Assessment Methodology
Continuous Assessment (40 marks) End Semester
Examination
CA1 CA2 CA3 CA4
(60 marks)
Quiz
Written test
Written test MCQ Model Written
Mode (Another Two
(Two units) (Online / Examination Examination
units)
Offline)
Duration 2 Periods 2 Periods 1 Hour 3 Hours 3 Hours

Exam Marks 50 50 60 100 100

Converted
15 15 5 20 60
to
Marks 15 5 20 60
Tentative
6th Week 12th Week 13-14th Week 16th Week
Schedule
CA1 and CA2: Assessment written test should be conducted for 50 Marks for two units. The
marks scored will be converted to 15 Marks. Best of one will be considered for the internal
assessment of 15 Marks.
CA1and CA2 Assessment test should be conducted for two units as below.
PART A: (5 X 10 Marks = 50 Marks).
Eight questions will be asked, students should write five questions. Each unit four questions
can be asked. Each question may have subdivisions. Maximum two subdivisions shall be
permitted.
CA3: 60 MCQ can be asked by covering the entire portion. It may be conducted by Online /
Offline. The marks scored should be converted to 5 marks for the internal assessment.
CA4: Model examination should be conducted as per the end semester question pattern.
The marks should be converted to 15 marks for the internal assessment.
Question Pattern: Model Examination and End Semester Examination-Theory Exam
Answer ten questions by selecting two questions from each unit. Each question carries 10
marks each. (5 X 20 Marks = 100 Marks)
Four questions will be asked from every unit, students should write any two questions. The

230
 DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025
2023 REGULATION

question may have two subdivisions only.

231
 6000236114 L T P C
FINANCE FUNDAMENTALS
Theory 3 0 0 3
UNIT I Personal Finance
Personal Finance – Meaning, Objectives and advantages – Individual Perspective –
7
Family Perspective – Time Value of Money – Personal Savings: Meaning, Different
modes of Saving – Bank Deposit, Online Investments, Insurance, Stocks, Gold, Real
Estate – Returns Vs Risk – Financial Discipline – Setting Alerts for commitments
(With Real time Examples)

UNIT II Business Funding

Sources: Personal Savings – Borrowings - Venture Capital – Venture Capital Process 7
– Commercial Banks – Government Grants and Scheme.

UNIT III Finance language

Capital – Drawing – Income – Expenditure – Revenue Vs Capital Items – Assets –
Fixed Assets – Current Assets – Fictitious Assets – Liabilities – Long-term Liabilities
7
– Current Liabilities – Internal Liabilities – External Liabilities – Share holders fund:
Equity Share capital, Preference Share Capital, Reserve & Surplus – Borrowings:
Debentures, Bank Loan, Other Loan – Depreciation – Reserve Vs Provision.

UNIT IV Budgeting
Budgetary Control – Meaning – Preparation of various budgets – Purchase budget –
7
Sales Budget – Production budget – Cash Budget – Flexible budgets.
(With Problems)

UNIT V Marginal Costing

Marginal Costing – Meaning – Marginal Costing Vs Absorption Costing – Concepts 7

of Variable Cost, Fixed Cost and Contribution – PV Ratio – Break Even Point –
Margin of Safety – Key Factor – Application of Marginal Costing in decision making
– Make or Buy – Shutdown or Continue – Exploring New Markets (With Problems)

Revision and Test 10

TOTAL HOURS 45

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 232
Suggested list of Students Activity
Financial Statement Analysis:
● Activity: Analyze and interpret financial statements, including balance sheets,
income statements, and cash flow statements of different companies.
● Purpose: This activity helps students understand the financial health and
performance of organizations, developing skills in financial analysis and critical
thinking.
Investment Portfolio Management:
● Activity: Create and manage a simulated investment portfolio, making decisions on
asset allocation, stock selection, and diversification.
● Purpose: This allows students to apply theoretical concepts in a practical setting,
learning how to evaluate investment opportunities and manage financial risk.
Case Study Analysis:
● Activity: Examine real-world case studies involving financial decisions made by
companies, such as capital budgeting, mergers and acquisitions, and financial
restructuring.
● Purpose: Case studies provide insights into the application of finance principles in
business scenarios, enhancing problem-solving and decision-making skills.
Financial Modeling:
● Activity: Build financial models using spreadsheets to forecast future financial
performance, conduct sensitivity analysis, and evaluate business projects.
● Purpose: Financial modeling is a critical skill in finance, enabling students to project
financial outcomes and support strategic decision-making with quantitative
analysis.
Classroom Discussions and Debates:
● Activity: Participate in discussions and debates on current financial issues, market
trends, and economic policies.
● Purpose: Engaging in discussions helps students stay informed about the latest
developments in finance, develop their communication skills, and form well-rounded
opinions on financial matters.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 233
Text Books for Reference:
1. Banking Theory, Law & Practice - Dr.L.Natarajan, Margham Publications.
2. Corporate Accounting by T.S.Reddy and Dr.A.Murthy, Margham Publications.
3. Management Accounting by T.S.Reddy and Dr.Y.Hariprasd Reddy, Margham
Publications.
4. Cost Accounting by T.S.Reddy and Dr.Y.Hariprasd Reddy, Margham Publications.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 234
 1052236115 L T P C
5G TECHNOLOGY
Theory 3 0 0 3

Introduction:

This course provides an in-depth understanding of 5G technology, covering

foundational concepts, essential radio access technologies, core network architecture,
protocols and standards, and emerging technologies in wireless communication.
Course Objectives:

The objective of this course is to enable the students to

 Understand the fundamental principles and evolution of wireless communication

systems, including the transition from previous generations to 5G.
 Identify and explain the key features, requirements, and use cases of 5G networks in
various industries and applications.
 Analyze the architecture and components of 5G networks, including radio access
technologies, core network elements, and network slicing.
 Develop proficiency in radio access technologies such as OFDM, MIMO.
 Explore emerging technologies and applications in 5G, such as IoT, edge computing,
and AI integration, and assess their impact on future communication systems.
 Gain hands-on experience in implementing and troubleshooting 5G networks
through practical exercises and simulations.
 Understand the regulatory and standardization processes governing 5G deployment,
ensuring compliance and interoperability with global standards.
 Analyze security protocols and mechanisms implemented in 5G networks to ensure
data confidentiality, integrity, and availability.
 Develop critical thinking and problem-solving skills to address challenges and
optimize performance in 5G network design, deployment, and management.
Course Outcomes:

On successful completion of this course, the student will be able to

CO1: Understanding 5G principles, features, and applications.

CO2: Proficiency in 5G radio access technologies.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 235
 CO3: Mastery of 5G core network architecture and protocols.
CO4: Knowledge of 5G protocol stack and interworking mechanisms.
CO5: Exploring emerging technologies and applications in 5G networks.
.
Pre-requisites:
 Basic understanding of telecommunications and networking principles.
 Proficiency in mathematics, including algebra and trigonometry.
 Knowledge of computer architecture and programming concepts.
 Familiarity with wireless communication technologies and laboratory equipment.
CO/PO Mapping

CO / PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 2 1 1 - - - -

CO2 2 2 1 2 - - 1

CO3 1 1 2 2 - - 1

CO4 2 1 1 2 - - 1

CO5 2 1 1 1 2 - 1
Legend: 3-High Correlation, 2-Medium Correlation, 1-Low Correlation

Instructional Strategy:

Real-world Applications: Integrate real-world examples and applications of digital logic

design, such as binary arithmetic in computer architecture, digital communication systems,
and control systems. Showing practical applications helps students understand the
relevance of the subject.

Interactive Lectures: Conduct interactive lectures with demonstrations, multimedia

presentations, and interactive whiteboards to illustrate abstract concepts effectively.
Encourage student participation through discussions, questions, and problem-solving
exercises.

Use of Visual Aids: Utilize visual aids such as diagrams, charts, and animations to clarify

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 236
complex concepts like Boolean algebra, logic gates, and sequential logic circuits. Visual
representations help reinforce learning and improve comprehension.

Flipped Classroom Approach: Implement a flipped classroom model where students review
lecture materials and resources independently before class and use class time for hands-on
activities, problem-solving, and discussions. This approach encourages active learning and
fosters deeper understanding.

Formative Assessment: Use formative assessment techniques such as quizzes, concept

mapping, and in-class exercises to gauge student understanding and provide timely
feedback. Adjust teaching strategies based on assessment results to address areas of
difficulty.

Self-directed Learning Resources: Provide self-directed learning resources such as

textbooks, online tutorials, and supplementary materials to accommodate diverse learning
styles and allow students to explore topics at their own pace.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 237
 1052236115 L T P C
5G TECHNOLOGY
Theory 3 0 0 3

Assessment Methodology:
Continuous Assessment (40 marks) End Semester
Examination
CA1 CA2 CA3 CA4
(60 marks)
Quiz
Written test
Written test MCQ Model Written
Mode (Another Two
(Two units) (Online / Examination Examination
units)
Offline)
Duration 2 Periods 2 Periods 1 Hour 3 Hours 3 Hours

Exam Marks 50 50 60 100 100

Converted
15 15 5 20 60
to
Marks 15 5 20 60
Tentative
6th Week 12th Week 13-14th Week 16th Week
Schedule
CA1 and CA2: Assessment written test should be conducted for 50 Marks for two units. The
marks scored will be converted to 15 Marks. Best of one will be considered for the internal
assessment of 15 Marks.
CA1and CA2 Assessment test should be conducted for two units as below.
PART A: (5 X 10 Marks = 50 Marks).
Eight questions will be asked, students should write five questions. Each unit four questions
can be asked. Each question may have subdivisions. Maximum two subdivisions shall be
permitted.
CA3: 60 MCQ can be asked by covering the entire portion. It may be conducted by Online /
Offline. The marks scored should be converted to 5 marks for the internal assessment.
CA4: Model examination should be conducted as per the end semester question pattern.
The marks should be converted to 15 marks for the internal assessment.
Question Pattern: Model Examination and End Semester Examination-Theory Exam
Answer ten questions by selecting two questions from each unit. Each question carries 10
marks each. (5 X 20 Marks = 100 Marks)
Four questions will be asked from every unit, students should write any two questions. The

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 238
 question may have two subdivisions only.

1052236115 L T P C
5G TECHNOLOGY
Theory 3 - - 3

Unit I Introduction to 5G Technology :

 Overview of wireless communication systems - Evolution from 1G to 5G -

Key features and requirements of 5G networks - Comparison between 4G and 5G
technologies - network latency and its importance in 5G - 5G spectrum bands and
frequency ranges-Basics of network coverage and capacity in 5G - 5G enabled 9

devices and their functionalities - role of AI and ML in enhancing 5G capabilities -

network slicing and its benefits in 5G deployment - 5G architecture and network
elements

Unit II Radio Access Technologies in 5G :


 Introduction to radio access technologies (RATs) and their role in wireless
communication - multiple access techniques (FDMA, TDMA, CDMA) and their
evolution in 5G - orthogonal frequency-division multiplexing (OFDM) and its
9
significance in 5G - multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) and its application -
beam forming techniques - small cell deployment - heterogeneous network (HetNet)
architecture .

Unit III Core Network in 5G:

 Evolution of core network architecture from 4G to 5G (e.g., LTE to NGC) -

Network slicing and virtualization in 5G core - Service-based architecture (SBA) and
control plane/user plane separation (CUPS) - Network functions virtualization (NFV) 9

and software-defined networking (SDN) - Edge computing and mobile edge

computing (MEC) in 5G networks

Unit IV 5G Protocols and Standards :

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 239
 Overview of 5G protocol stack (PHY, MAC, RLC, PDCP, RRC, etc.) - 3GPP
standardization process and release versions - NR (New Radio) air interface
9
protocol architecture - Signalling procedures and message flows in 5G networks -
Interworking and coexistence with legacy networks (e.g., LTE, Wi-Fi).

Unit V Emerging Technologies and Applications in 5G :

 Internet of Things (IoT) and machine-to-machine (M2M) communications in

5G - Vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communication and smart transportation systems -
Augmented reality (AR), virtual reality (VR), and immersive multimedia applications. 9
Network security and privacy considerations in 5G networks - Future trends and
challenges in 5G technology development.

TOTAL PERIODS 45

Suggested List of Students Activity:

The following student activities or similar activities can be assigned for assessing IA marks

 Students are tasked with conducting research on the evolution of wireless

communication systems, spanning from the first-generation (1G) to the fifth-
generation (5G) networks. They gather information on the technological
advancements, key milestones, and the impact of each generation on society and
industries
 Using simulation software such as OPNET or NS-3, students simulate a 5G network
deployment scenario. They configure parameters such as base stations, user
equipment, and traffic patterns to model realistic network conditions.
 Students analyze a real-world case study of a 5G network deployment project. They
examine the challenges faced by the network operators, the design decisions made
during the deployment process, and the outcomes achieved.
 Students conduct an in-depth analysis of the signalling protocols used in 5G
networks. They examine protocols such as the Radio Resource Control (RRC)
protocol, Session Management (SM) protocol, and User Plane Protocol (UPP),
studying their functionalities, message formats, and interactions.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 240
  Each student selects an emerging technology relevant to 5G, such as Internet of
Things (IoT), edge computing, or network slicing. They research the technology's
principles, applications, and potential impact on 5G networks
 In the laboratory, students perform hands-on experiments related to radio access
technologies or core network components. For example, students may configure
and test a small-scale OFDM-MIMO system to understand its performance
characteristics.
 Students collaborate in groups to design a 5G network architecture tailored to a
specific use case or scenario. Each group conducts comprehensive research on
network requirements, technology options, and deployment considerations. They
develop a detailed network design proposal, considering factors such as coverage,
capacity, scalability, and cost-effectiveness. Finally, groups present their design
proposals to the class, showcasing their understanding of 5G network planning and
their ability to address environmental and sustainability concerns.
Text Books for Reference:

 Afif Osseiran, Jose F Monserrat, Patrick Marsch, 5G Mobile and Wireless

Communications Technology, 1st Edition, Cambridge University Press, 2016
 Erik Dahlman, 5G NR: The Next Generation Wireless Access Technology , 1st Edition,
Elsevier, 2016.
 Jonathan Rodriguez , Fundamentals of 5G Mobile Networks, 1st Edition, Wiley, 2015
 HarriHolma, AnttiToskala, Takehiro Nakamura, “5G Technology 3GPP NEW RADIO”,
John Wiley & Sons, 1/e, 2020.

Website Links for Reference:

NPTEL :https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/105/108105134/
Udemy: https://www.udemy.com/course/5g-mobile-networksmodern-wireless-
communication-technology/

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 241
1052236116 L T P C
DEVOPS
Theory 3 0 0 3

Introduction
The DevOps is the combination of two words, one is Development and other is
Operations. It is a culture to promote the development and operation process collectively.
The DevOps course will help to learn DevOps basics and provide depth knowledge of
various DevOps tools such as Git, Maven, Ansible, Jenkins.
Course Objectives
The objective of this course is to enable the student to
 To understand basics of Devops.
 To illustrate the benefits and drive the adoption of cloud-based Devops tools to
solve real world problems.
 To understand the concepts of Continuous Integration/ Continuous
Testing/ Continuous Deployment).
 To understand the version control tools like Git.
 To understand about configuration management using Ansible
Course Outcomes
After successful completion of this course, the students should be able to
CO1: Understand basics of Devops.
CO2: Perform continuous integration and continuous testing and
Continuous deployment using Jenkins by building and automating test case using
Maven.
CO3: Ability to perform automated continuous deployment.
CO4: Understand different actions performed through version control tools like Git.
CO5: Ability to do configuration management using Ansible.

Pre-requisites
Nil

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 242
CO/PO Mapping

CO / PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 3 2 3 3 - - -

CO2 3 3 3 3 - - -

CO3 3 3 3 3 - - -

CO4 3 3 2 3 - - -

CO5 3 3 3 3 - - -
Legend: 3-High Correlation, 2-Medium Correlation, 1-Low Correlation

Instructional Strategy
 Engage and Motivate: Instructors should actively engage students to boost their
learning confidence.
 Real-World Relevance: Incorporate relatable, real-life examples and engineering
applications to help students understand and appreciate course concepts.
 Interactive Learning: Utilize demonstrations and plan interactive student activities
for an engaging learning experience.
 Application-Based Learning: Employ a theory-demonstrate-practice-activity strategy
throughout the course to ensure outcome-driven learning and employability.
 Simulation and Real-World Practice: Conduct demonstrations and hands-on
activities in a simulated environment, transitioning to real-world scenarios when
possible.
 Encourage Critical Analysis: Foster an environment where students can honestly
assess experiment outcomes and analyze potential sources of error in case of
discrepancies.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 243
 1052236116 L T P C
DEVOPS
Theory 3 0 0 3

Assessment Methodology:
Continuous Assessment (40 marks) End Semester
Examination
CA1 CA2 CA3 CA4
(60 marks)
Quiz
Written test
Written test MCQ Model Written
Mode (Another Two
(Two units) (Online / Examination Examination
units)
Offline)
Duration 2 Periods 2 Periods 1 Hour 3 Hours 3 Hours

Exam Marks 50 50 60 100 100

Converted
15 15 5 20 60
to
Marks 15 5 20 60
Tentative
6th Week 12th Week 13-14th Week 16th Week
Schedule
CA1 and CA2: Assessment written test should be conducted for 50 Marks for two units. The
marks scored will be converted to 15 Marks. Best of one will be considered for the internal
assessment of 15 Marks.
CA1and CA2 Assessment test should be conducted for two units as below.
PART A: (5 X 10 Marks = 50 Marks).
Eight questions will be asked, students should write five questions. Each unit four questions
can be asked. Each question may have subdivisions. Maximum two subdivisions shall be
permitted.
CA3: 60 MCQ can be asked by covering the entire portion. It may be conducted by Online /
Offline. The marks scored should be converted to 5 marks for the internal assessment.
CA4: Model examination should be conducted as per the end semester question pattern.
The marks should be converted to 15 marks for the internal assessment.
Question Pattern: Model Examination and End Semester Examination-Theory Exam
Answer ten questions by selecting two questions from each unit. Each question carries 10
marks each. (5 X 20 Marks = 100 Marks)
Four questions will be asked from every unit, students should write any two questions. The

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 244
question may have two subdivisions only.

1052206116 L T P C
DEVOPS
Theory 3 0 0 3

Unit I INTRODUCTION TO DEVOPS

Introduction to Devops – History of Devops – Devops Definition – Devops Main
Objectives – Devops and Software Development Life Cycle – Waterfall Model – 8
Agile Model.
Unit II COMPILE AND BUILD USING MAVEN
Introduction - Installation of Maven – Maven Build Requirements - Maven POM
Builds (pom.xml), Maven Build lifecycle - Maven repositories(local, global) , 10
Maven create and build Artifacts, Maven Dependencies – Maven Plugins.
Unit III CONTINUOUS INTEGRATION USING JENKINS
Introduction to Jenkins – Continuous Integration with Jenkins – Jenkins
Management – Scheduling build jobs - Configuring Jenkins to work with java, Git 10
and Maven, Creating a Jenkins Build and Jenkins workspace Management.
Unit IV VERSION CONTROL USING GIT
GIT Features – 3 – Tree Architecture – GIT Clone/Commit/Push – GIT Hub
Projects – GIT Rebase & Merge – GIT Stash, Reset, Checkout – GIT Clone, 10
Fetch,Pull.
Unit V CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT USING ANSIBLE
Introduction to Ansible, Installation, Ansible master/slave configuration, YAML
7
basics, Ansible modules, Ansible Inventory files, Ansible playbooks, Ansible Roles.
TOTAL PERIODS 45

Suggested List of Students Activity

 Presentation/Seminars by students on any recent technological developments
based on the course.
 Periodic class/online quizzes conducted based on the course.
 Blended learning activities to explore the recent trends and developments in the
field.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 245
Text Books for Reference:

1. Jennifer Davis, Ryn Daniels, “Effective DevOps”, 1st edition, O’Reilly, 2017.

2. David Johnson, “Ansible for DevOps: Everything You Need to Know to Use
Ansible for DevOps”, Second Edition, CreateSpace Independent Publishing
Platform, 2016.

3. Mariot Tsitoara, “Ansible 6. Beginning Git and GitHub: A Comprehensive

Guide to Version Control, Project Management, and Teamwork for the New
Developer”, Second Edition, Apress, 2019.

Website Links for Reference:

1. https://www.jenkins.io/doc/tutorials/
2. https://maven.apache.org/index.html

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 246
 1052236241 L T P C
DATA SCIENCE
Practicum 1 0 4 3

Rationale:
Data science is like being a digital detective, utilizing tools and algorithms to
unveil hidden patterns in raw data. This course on Data Science equips learners with the
ability to understand the process of Data Science, manipulate structured and unstructured
data through various tools, algorithms, and software. This course also gives the insights
about statistical data analysis and python libraries for data wrangling and data visualization.
Data science is often considered as the twenty-first century's most lucrative career pathway
this course gains much attention. This course also introduce basic machine learning
algorithms.
Course Objectives:
 To learn to describe the data for the data science process.
 To learn to describe the relationship between data.
 To utilize the Python libraries for data wrangling.
 To present and interpret data using visualization libraries in Python
 To know the basic machine learning models
Course Outcomes:
On successful completion of this course, the student will be able to
CO1: Define the data sciences and data science process
CO2: Perform statistical calculation on data using python.
CO3: Perform wrangling on data with python libraries
CO4: Create effective visualization of given data
CO5: Build data science applications with Support vector machines, Naive Bayes,
Decision Trees and with Clustering algorithms.
Pre-requisites:-
Nil

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 247
CO/PO Mapping

CO /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7
PO

CO1 3 2 2 - - - 1

CO2 3 3 3 2 - - 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 - - 2

CO4 3 3 3 3 - - 2

CO5 3 3 3 3 1 1 2

Legend: 3-High Correlation, 2-Medium Correlation, 1-Low Correlation

Instructional Strategy:
 Engage and Motivate: Instructors should actively engage students to boost their
learning confidence.
 Real-World Relevance: Incorporate relatable, real-life examples and engineering
applications to help students understand and appreciate course concepts.
 Interactive Learning: Utilize demonstrations and plan interactive student activities
for an engaging learning experience.
 Application-Based Learning: Employ a theory-demonstrate-practice-activity strategy
throughout the course to ensure outcome-driven learning and employability.
 Simulation and Real-World Practice: Conduct demonstrations and hands-on
activities in with built0in Models in data science
 Encourage Critical Analysis: Foster an environment where students can honestly
assess experiment outcomes and analyze potential sources of error in case of
discrepancies.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 248
 1052236241 L T P C
DATA SCIENCE
Practicum 1 0 4 3
Assessment Methodology
Continuous Assessment (40 marks) End
Semester
CA1 CA2 CA3 CA4 Examination
(60 marks)

Mode Practical Practical Written Test Practical Practical

Test Test Theory Test Examination

Portion PART A PART B

All Units All Exercises All Exercises
Exercises Exercises

Duration 2 Periods 2 Periods 3 Hours 3 Hours 3 hours

Exam Marks 60 60 100 100 100

Converted to
10 10 15 15 60
Marks
Marks 10 15 15
60
Internal Marks 40
Tentative
7th Week 14th Week 15th Week 16th Week
Schedule
Note:
● CA1 and CA2: All the exercises/experiments should be completed as per the
portions above and kept for the practical test. The students shall be permitted to
select any one by lot for the test. The practical test should be conducted as per
the scheme of evaluation as below. The marks awarded shall be converted to 10
Marks for each assessment test. Best of one will be considered for the internal
assessment of 10 Marks.
Practical documents should be maintained for every exercise / experiment
immediately after completion of the practice. The practical document should be
submitted for the practical test. The same should be evaluated for 10 Marks for
each exercise/experiment. The total marks awarded should be converted to 10
Marks for the practical test as per the scheme of evaluation as below.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 249
 The details of the documents to be prepared as per the instruction below.
The exercise should be completed on the day of practice. The same shall be
evaluated for 10 marks on the day or the next day of practice before commencement
of next exercise. The detailed date of the practices and its evaluations should be
maintained in the log book and should be submitted for the verification.
SCHEME OF EVALUATION

PART DESCRIPTION MARKS

A Aim (05) , Program (30) 35

B Execution and Output 15

TOTAL 50

C Practical Documents (As per the portions) 10

60
● CA 3: Written Test for complete theory portions should be conducted for 100 Marks
as per the question pattern below. The marks scored will be converted to 15 Marks
for internal assessment.
Question pattern – Written Test Theory
Description Marks

Part – A Answer any ten questions out of twelve.

Each carries three marks. 10 x 3 30
Part – B Answer any seven questions out of ten.
Each carries ten marks 7 x 10 70
TOTAL 100 Marks

● CA 4: All the exercises/experiments should be completed and kept for the practical
test. The students shall be permitted to select any one by lot for the test. The
practical test should be conducted as per the scheme of evaluation below. After
completion of all the exercises the practical test should be conducted as per End
Semester Examination question pattern scheme of evaluation. The marks awarded
should be converted to 15 Marks for the internal assessment.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 250
 SCHEME OF EVALUATION
Model Practical Examination and End Semester Examination - Practical Exam
SNO ALLOCATION MARKS
1 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – A (30) 35
2 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – B (30) 35
3 Executing any one program 15
(Part A or Part –B)
4 Output 10
5 Viva Voce 05
6 Total 100

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 251
 1052236241 L T P C
DATA SCIENCE
Practicum 1 0 4 3
Unit I INTRODUCTIONTO DATA SCIENCE
Theory:
Data Science: Need, benefits and uses – facets of data -Data Science Process - 3
Basics of Numpy Arrays.
Practical:
Ex No 1: Create a Python List / tuple which stores the details of a student (rollno,
name, dept, branch, percentage of mark) in Python and print the values. 12
Ex No 2: Create the python list, convert the list and tuple as NumPy array and print
its elements. Slice the NumPy array in to 3 slices and print all;
Unit II DESCRIBING DATA
Theory: Statistical Analysis: Mean Median, Mode, Standard Deviation, Range,
Percentile. Missing value analysis - Numpy arrays : aggregations –computations 3
on arrays, Introduction to Pandas
Practical:
Ex No 3: Load your class Marklist data from a csv (comma-separated value) file
into numpy array. Perform the following operations to inspect your array: Len(), 12
ndim, size, dtype, shape, info().
Ex No 4:: Load a data into a pandas dataframe and perform following functions on
it : min(), max(), cumsum(), mean(), median(), corrcoef(), std().
Unit III PYTHON LIBRARIES FOR DATA WRANGLING
Theory: Data manipulation with Pandas: data indexing and selection –missing
data; Data Transformation: Removing duplicates- Replacing values -aggregation 3
and grouping.
Practical:
Ex No 5: Load a data into a pandas data frame, list out number of missing values in
each column and fill the missing values with suitable default value.
12
Ex No 6: Load two csv file into two data frame(d1,d2), combine both the Data
frame and find and remove duplicate rows and rename indexes.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 252
Unit IV DATA VISUALIZATION
Theory:
Importing Matplotlib – Line plots – Scatter plots – visualizing errors – density and 3
contour plots – Histograms - Visualization with Seaborn.
Practical:
Iris Dataset is one of best know datasets in pattern recognition literature. This
dataset contains 3 classes of 50 instances each, where each class refers to a type
of iris plant. One class is linearly separable from the other 2 the latter are NOT
linearly separable from each other.
Attribute Information:
 Sepal Length in cm , Sepal Width in cm
 Petal Length in cm, Petal Width in cm
Class: 12
 Iris Setosa
 Iris Versicolour
 Iris Virginica
Ex No 7:Load the Iris dataset, where observations belong to either one of three iris
flower classes and visualize the average value for each feature of the Setosa
iris class using a barchart with suitable linewidth and color.
Ex No 8: Load the Iris dataset; plot all the column’s relationships using a pairplot
for multivariate analysis. Save the plot as JPEG file.
Unit V Machine Learning Algorithms
Theory:
Basic Machine Learning Algorithms: Classification: Support vector machines- 3
Naive Bayes- Decision Trees- Clustering- Confusion Matrix.
Practical:
Ex.no 9 : Implement the Machine learning model for clustering with Iris dataset and
analyse Decision Tree. 12
Ex.no 10 : Implement the Machine learning model for clustering with Iris dataset
and analyse K-means Clustering.
TOTAL PERIODS 75

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 253
Suggested List of Students Activity:
 Presentation/Seminars by students on any recent technological developments in
data science.
 online quizzes
 Blended learning activities to explore the recent trends and developments in the
field.
 Model Development
Textbook for Reference:
 Davy Cielen, Arno D.B. Meysman, Mohamed Ali, Introducing Data Science: Big
Data,Machine Learning, and More, Using Python Tools,, Manning Publications, 2016.
 Allen Downey, Think Stats: Exploratory Data Analysis in Python, Second Edition,
O'Reilly, 2014.
 Aurélien Géron, Hands-On Machine Learning with Scikit-Learn, Keras, and
TensorFlow, , Second Edition, O'Reilly Media, 2019.
Website links for reference:
 NPTEL Course on Foundation of Data Science
https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/imb24_mg31/preview
 NPTEL Course on Python for Data Science
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc24_cs54/preview
 https://www.kaggle.com/code/doukanelik/missing-values
 https://www.kaggle.com/code/mahnazarjmand/clustring-model-on-iris-
dataset/input

 https://www.kaggle.com/datasets/saurabh00007/iriscsv/code
 IBM Data Science Professional Certificate
https://www.coursera.org/professional-certificates/ibm-data-science
Equipment / Facilities required to conduct the Practical Course
Hardware Required.
1. Desktop Computers/ Laptop
Software Required.
1. Python /google colab

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 254
 BOARD PRACTICAL EXAMINATION
PART - A
Ex No 1: Create a Python List / tuple which stores the details of a student (rollno, name,
dept, branch, percentage of mark) in Python and print the values.
Ex No 2: Create the python list, convert the list and tuple as NumPy array and print its
elements. Slice the NumPy array in to 3 slices and print all.
Ex No 3: Load your class Marklist data from a csv (comma-separated value) file into numpy
array. Perform the following operations to inspect your array: Len(), ndim, size, dtype, shape,
info().
Ex No 4:: Load a data into a pandas dataframe and perform following functions on it : min(),
max(), cumsum(), mean(), median(), corrcoef(), std().
Ex No 5: Load a data into a pandas data frame, list out number of missing values in each
column and fill the missing values with suitable default value.
PART - B
Ex No 6: Load two csv file into two data frame(d1,d2), combine both the Data frame and
find and remove duplicate rows and rename indexes.
Ex No 7:Load the Iris dataset, where observations belong to either one of three iris flower
classes and visualize the average value for each feature of the Setosa iris class using a
barchart with suitable linewidth and color.
Ex No 8: Load the Iris dataset; plot all the column’s relationships using a pairplot for
multivariate analysis. Save the plot as JPEG file.
Ex.no 9 : Implement the Machine learning model for clustering with Iris dataset and analyse
Decision Tree.
Ex.no 10 : Implement the Machine learning model for clustering with Iris dataset and
analyse K-means Clustering.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 255
 SCHEME OF VALUATION
SNO ALLOCATION MARKS
1 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – A (30) 35
2 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – B (30) 35
3 Executing any one program (Part A or Part –B) 15
4 Output 10
5 Viva Voce 05
6 Total 100

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 256
 1052236242 L T P C
CLOUD PLATFORM
Practicum 1 0 4 3

Rationale
This course gives a comprehensive exposure to various commercial cloud Platforms
Google, Amazon and Microsoft and Open source cloud platforms Eucalyptus and
OpenStack. The course introduces the latest IoT technologies in Cloud. The focus of this
course is to introduce students Machine Learning, a sub-field of Artificial Intelligence, and to
Cloud applications of Machine Learning. This helps the students to combine these
technologies to produce innovative business solutions.
Course Objectives
The objective of this course is
1. To provide an in-depth and comprehensive knowledge of various commercial and
open source cloud platforms.
2. To comprehend and apply the services offered by various cloud platforms
practically.
3. To understand and apply the concept of IoT in cloud.
4. To apply Machine learning in cloud.
5. To justify, adopt and combine various cloud technologies, applications, and
services to effectively manage their transition into the IT function.
Course Outcomes
After successful completion of this course, the students should be able to
CO1: Analyze the trade-offs between deploying applications in the cloud and over
the local infrastructure.
CO2: Use and Manage Virtual Machines on AWS, Google Cloud and Azure platforms.
CO3: Understand and apply the spectrum of Cloud computing capabilities to deploy
virtual machines on Eucalyptus and Open Stack .
CO4: Learn about using hosting services, storage services, networking services, and
machine learning services.
CO5: To Apply IoT in cloud and learn to combine them to cater to the practical
needs of next-generation mobile devices and social media users

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 257
CO/PO Mapping

CO / PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 1 2 2 - - - 1

CO2 1 3 3 - - - 1

CO3 1 3 3 - - - 1

CO4 1 3 3 - - - 1

CO5 1 3 3 - - - 3

Legend: 3-High Correlation, 2-Medium Correlation, 1-Low Correlation

Instructional Strategy

● The teacher can use experiential learning as an instructional strategy both in and
outside the classroom.
● It may be necessary for the teacher to pre-teach the skills and processes necessary
to achieve the intended learning outcomes.
● The teacher needs to encourage students to share their thoughts so that the entire
class can benefit from individual insights.
● Teachers can encourage divergent thinking by asking students to transform a
teacher guided image into several others of their own creation.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 258
 1052236242 L T P C
CLOUD PLATFORM
Practicum 1 0 4 3

Assessment Methodology
Continuous Assessment (40 marks) End
Semester
CA1 CA2 CA3 CA4 Examination
(60 marks)

Mode Practical Practical Written Test Practical Practical

Test Test Theory Test Examination

Portion PART A PART B

All Units All Exercises All Exercises
Exercises Exercises

Duration 2 Periods 2 Periods 3 Hours 3 Hours 3 hours

Exam Marks 60 60 100 100 100

Converted to
10 10 15 15 60
Marks
Marks 10 15 15
60
Internal Marks 40
Tentative
7th Week 14th Week 15th Week 16th Week
Schedule
Note:
● CA1 and CA2: All the exercises/experiments should be completed as per the
portions above and kept for the practical test. The students shall be permitted to
select any one by lot for the test. The practical test should be conducted as per
the scheme of evaluation as below. The marks awarded shall be converted to 10
Marks for each assessment test. Best of one will be considered for the internal
assessment of 10 Marks.
Practical documents should be maintained for every exercise / experiment
immediately after completion of the practice. The practical document should be
submitted for the practical test. The same should be evaluated for 10 Marks for
each exercise/experiment. The total marks awarded should be converted to 10
Marks for the practical test as per the scheme of evaluation as below.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 259
 The details of the documents to be prepared as per the instruction below.
The exercise should be completed on the day of practice. The same shall be
evaluated for 10 marks on the day or the next day of practice before commencement
of next exercise. The detailed date of the practices and its evaluations should be
maintained in the log book and should be submitted for the verification.
SCHEME OF EVALUATION

PART DESCRIPTION MARKS

A Aim (05) , Program (30) 35

B Execution and Output 15

TOTAL 50

C Practical Documents (As per the portions) 10

60
● CA 3: Written Test for complete theory portions should be conducted for 100 Marks
as per the question pattern below. The marks scored will be converted to 15 Marks
for internal assessment.
Question pattern – Written Test Theory
Description Marks

Part – A Answer any ten questions out of twelve.

Each carries three marks. 10 x 3 30
Part – B Answer any seven questions out of ten.
Each carries ten marks 7 x 10 70
TOTAL 100 Marks

● CA 4: All the exercises/experiments should be completed and kept for the practical
test. The students shall be permitted to select any one by lot for the test. The
practical test should be conducted as per the scheme of evaluation below. After
completion of all the exercises the practical test should be conducted as per End
Semester Examination question pattern scheme of evaluation. The marks awarded
should be converted to 15 Marks for the internal assessment.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 260
 SCHEME OF EVALUATION
Model Practical Examination and End Semester Examination - Practical Exam
SNO ALLOCATION MARKS
1 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – A (30) 35
2 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – B (30) 35
3 Executing any one program(Part A or Part –B) 15
4 Output 10
5 Viva Voce 05
6 Total 100

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 261
 1052236242 L T P C
CLOUD PLATFORM
Practicum 1 0 4 3

Unit - 1 Amazon Web Services (AWS)

AWS - Introduction - Services-Architecture-AWS Regions - Availability zones-
Working with AWS- EC2 Instances -Volumes on EC2 - Elastic Block Store (EBS) - 3
Managing data in AWS S3- AWS VPC- working with Virtual Network -Cloud Watch.
Ex.No. Name of the Experiment
Set up an AWS free tier account , navigate the AWS Management 6
1
Console and deploying a Virtual Server (EC2 Instance) on AWS.

2 Host a Static Website in AWS using Amazon S3

6
Unit - 2 Google Cloud Platform (GCP)
GCP-Introduction -Core Services and Products-GCP Global Infrastructure-Regions
and Zones - GCP Security and Compliance-Working with Google compute engine- 3
Managing data in Google Cloud Storage.
Ex.No. Name of the Experiment
Setup a GCP Account and project ,explore the GCP
3 console and resource hierarchy and deploy a Virtual 6
Machine (Compute Engine) on GCP.

4 Configure and Manage VPCs and Firewall Rules in GCP. 6

Unit - 3 Microsoft Azure

Microsoft Azure Overview-Services and Solutions- Global Infrastructure and Data

Centers-Identity and Access Management -Pricing and Cost Management-
3
Working with Azure Virtual Machines and disks- Managing data in azure storage -
Blob Storage -File Storage-Working with Virtual Networks.

Ex. No. Name of the Experiment

Create an Azure account and subscription and explore the Azure 6

5 portal and resource groups. Deploy Virtual Machines (VMs) on
Azure.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 262
 6
6 Implement Azure Storage Solutions: Blob Storage and File Storage.

Unit - 4 IoT Cloud

IoT and Cloud - Architecture of IoT-Cloud - Local and Global Positioning Systems
(GPS) - IoT Interactions with GPS, Clouds, and Smart Machines-Cloud services for
IoT- 3
IoT Cloud Platforms - AWS-IoT - Microsoft Azure IoT- Google IoT- Features-
Working.

Ex. No. Name of the Experiment

7 Add a device to Google IoTcore and collect data in IoT core. 12

Unit - 5 Open source Cloud and Machine learning Framework

Open Source Cloud - OpenStack -Introduction-Features- Architecture-

Components.
Cloud-Based Machine Learning Frameworks - Introduction to machine learning 3
concepts- Azure Machine Learning Workspace - AWS Machine Learning
Platform.

Ex. No. Name of the Experiment

8 Create an instance using OpenStack. 4

Create a Virtual Private network using openstack. Associate the

9 4
instance with the VPN created.

Use any Cloud based Machine learning framework to predict the

10 4
employee salary based on experience.

TOTAL PERIODS 75

Suggested List of Students Activity

● Presentation/Seminars by students on any recent technological developments
based on the course
● Micro project that shall be an extension of any practical lab exercise to real-world
application

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 263
Textbook for Reference:

1. Barrie Sosinsky, Cloud Computing Bible, First Edition, Wiley-India, 2011.

2. Mark Wilkins, Learning Amazon Web Services (AWS): A Hands-On Guide to the
Fundamentals of AWS Cloud , First Edition, Pearson Education., 2019.
3. Praveen Kukreti ,Google Cloud Platform All-In-One Guide: Get Familiar with a
Portfolio of Cloud-based Services in GCP, First Edition, BPB Publications,2023.
4. Michael Collier Robin Shahan, Fundamentals of Azure Second Edition , Microsoft
Press, 2019.
5. Deepak Kumar Saxena, JitendraKumar Verma , Vicente Gonzalez-Prida Diaz ,
ViraShendryk , Cloud IoT: Concepts, Paradigms, and Applications, First Edition,
Chapman & Hall, 2022.
6. Naresh K. Sehgal , Pramod Gupta ,Introduction to Machine Learning in the Cloud
with Python: Concepts and Practices ,First Edition, Cham, Switzerland : Springer
2021.
Website links for reference:
1. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/
2. https://dtcenter.org/sites/default/files/communitycode/nwp_containers/Document
ation/AMS_2020/01_intro_to_cloud_and_aws.pdf
3. https://aws.amazon.com/training/classroom/architecting-on-aws/
4. https://www.techrepublic.com/resource-library/ebooks/google-cloud-
platform-an-insider-s-guide-free-pdf/https://cloud.google.com/docs
Equipment / Facilities required to conduct the Practical Course
Hardware Required.
1. Desktop Computers / LAPTOP with Internet Facility
2. Printers

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 264
 BOARD PRACTICAL EXAMINATION
PART – A
Ex No 1: Set up an AWS free tier account, navigate the AWS Management Console and
deploying a Virtual Server (EC2 Instance) on AWS.
Ex No 2: Host a Static Website in AWS using Amazon S3loop.
Ex No 3: Setup a GCP Account and project ,explore the GCP console and resource
hierarchy and deploy a Virtual Machine (Compute Engine) on GCP.
Ex No 4: Configure and Manage VPCs and Firewall Rules in GCP.
Ex No 5: Create an Azure account and subscription and explore the Azure portal and
resource groups. Deploy Virtual Machines (VMs) on Azure
PART – B

Ex No 6: Implement Azure Storage Solutions: Blob Storage and File Storage.

Ex No 7: Add a device to Google IoTcore and collect data in oT core.
Ex No 8: Create an instance using OpenStack.
Ex No 9: Create a Virtual Private network using openstack. Associate the instance with the
VPN created.
Ex No 10: Use any Cloud based Machine learning framework to predict the employee salary
based on experience.
SCHEME OF VALUATION
SNO ALLOCATION MARKS
1 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – A (30) 35
2 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – B (30) 35
3 Executing any one program (Part A or Part –B) 15
4 Output 10
5 Viva Voce 05
6 Total 100

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 265
 1052236243 L T P C
DATA VISUALIZATION
Practicum 1 0 4 3

Introduction:

Data visualization is one of the most powerful tools to explore, understand and
communicate patterns in quantitative information. Therefore, this course is intended to
introduce participants to key principles of analytic design and useful visualization
techniques for the exploration and presentation of univariate and multivariate data. This
course is highly applied in nature and emphasizes the practical aspects of data
visualization in the data sciences. Students will learn how to evaluate data visualizations
based on principles of data analytic, how to construct compelling visualizations using the
free statistics software(s), and how to explore and present their data with visual methods.

Course Objectives:

 To evaluate data visualizations techniques based on principles of data analytic

 To explore and present their data with visual methods
 To understand which graphical formats are useful for which types of data
 To construct compelling visualizations using the free software
 To know about recent tools and advancements in data visualization

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, students will be able to

CO1: Explain the principles of effective data visualization.
CO2: Gain proficiency in using data visualization tools.
CO3: Use techniques for designing and creating various types of visualizations.
CO4: Develop critical thinking skills for evaluating and improving visualizations.
CO5: Apply data visualization concepts to real-world datasets.

Pre-requisites: Basics of statistics

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 266
CO/PO Mapping

CO / PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 3 3 2 2 1 1 1

CO2 3 3 3 3 1 1 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1

CO4 3 3 3 2 1 1 1

CO5 3 3 3 3 1 1 2

Legend: 3-High Correlation, 2-Medium Correlation, 1-Low Correlation

Instructional Strategy
 Engage and Motivate: Instructors should actively engage students to boost their
learning confidence.
 Real-World Relevance: Incorporate relatable, real-life examples and engineering
applications to help students understand and appreciate course concepts.
 Interactive Learning: Utilize demonstrations and plan interactive student activities
for an engaging learning experience.
 Application-Based Learning: Employ a theory-demonstrate-practice-activity strategy
throughout the course to ensure outcome-driven learning and employability.
 Encourage Critical Analysis: Foster an environment where students can honestly
assess experiment outcomes and analyze potential sources of error in case of
discrepancies.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 267
 1052236243 L T P C
DATA VISUALIZATION
Practicum 1 0 4 3

Assessment Methodology
Continuous Assessment (40 marks) End
Semester
CA1 CA2 CA3 CA4 Examination
(60 marks)

Mode Practical Practical Written Test Practical Practical

Test Test Theory Test Examination

Portion PART A PART B

All Units All Exercises All Exercises
Exercises Exercises

Duration 2 Periods 2 Periods 3 Hours 3 Hours 3 hours

Exam Marks 60 60 100 100 100

Converted to
10 10 15 15 60
Marks
Marks 10 15 15
60
Internal Marks 40
Tentative
7th Week 14th Week 15th Week 16th Week
Schedule
Note:
● CA1 and CA2: All the exercises/experiments should be completed as per theportions
above and kept for the practical test. The students shall be permitted to select any one by
lot for the test. The practical test should be conducted as per the scheme of evaluation as
below. The marks awarded shall be converted to 10 Marks for each assessment test. Best
of one will be considered for the internal assessment of 10 Marks.
Practical documents should be maintained for every exercise / experiment immediately
after completion of the practice. The practical document should be submitted for the
practical test. The same should be evaluated for 10 Marks for each exercise/experiment.
The total marks awarded should be converted to 10 Marks for the practical test as per the
scheme of evaluation as below.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 268
 The details of the documents to be prepared as per the instruction below.
The exercise should be completed on the day of practice. The same shall be
evaluated for 10 marks on the day or the next day of practice before commencement
of next exercise. The detailed date of the practices and its evaluations should be
maintained in the log book and should be submitted for the verification.
SCHEME OF EVALUATION

PART DESCRIPTION MARKS

A Aim (05) , Program (30) 35

B Execution and Output 15

TOTAL 50

C Practical Documents (As per the portions) 10

60
● CA 3: Written Test for complete theory portions should be conducted for 100 Marks
as per the question pattern below. The marks scored will be converted to 15 Marks
for internal assessment.
Question pattern – Written Test Theory
Description Marks

Part – A Answer any ten questions out of twelve.

Each carries three marks. 10 x 3 30
Part – B Answer any seven questions out of ten.
Each carries ten marks 7 x 10 70
TOTAL 100 Marks

● CA 4: All the exercises/experiments should be completed and kept for the practical
test. The students shall be permitted to select any one by lot for the test. The
practical test should be conducted as per the scheme of evaluation below. After
completion of all the exercises the practical test should be conducted as per End
Semester Examination question pattern scheme of evaluation. The marks awarded
should be converted to 15 Marks for the internal assessment.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 269
 SCHEME OF EVALUATION
Model Practical Examination and End Semester Examination - Practical Exam
S. NO ALLOCATION MARKS
1 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – A (30) 35
2 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – B (30) 35
3 Executing any one program (Part A or Part –B) 15
4 Output 10
5 Viva Voce 05
6 Total 100

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 270
 1052236243 L T P C
DATA VISUALIZATION
Practicum 1 0 4 3

Unit I Introduction to Data Visualization

Fundamentals of Data Visualization: Importance of Data Visualization - Different
Types of Data Visualization- Data Visualization Process/Workflow - Advantages
3
and Disadvantages of Data Visualization – Applications of Data Visualization -
Tools and Software for Data Visualization.
Ex. No. 1 Installing Python and Exploring Visualization Environment, Importing
and Exporting Dataset
12
Ex. No. 2 Explore your dataset using Dataframe, info, shape, head, tail, dtypes,
describe, grouping of data in python
Unit II Data Exploratory Analysis and Data Manipulation
Exploratory Data Analysis (EDA): Significance of EDA – Basic Steps: Data
Collection- Data Understanding- Data Cleaning-Analyze Relationship -Visualizing 6
Results- Performing EDA Using Python
Ex. No. 3 Extract important variables and remove useless variables from the
dataset 12
Ex. No. 4 Identify and fill missing values within the dataset
Unit III Basic Principles of Visualization and Techniques
Basic Statistics behind Data Visualization: Measuring the Central Tendency of
Data-Measuring Dispersion of Data- Skewness of Data-Graphic Displays of Basic
3
Statistical Descriptions of Data. Visualizing Relationships: Scatter Plots, Line
Charts. Visualizing Distributions: Histograms- Density Plots.
Ex. No. 5 Creating Scatter Plot, Bar Chart, Pie Chart, Pair Plot with Matplotlib
12
Ex. No. 6 Creating Density Plot and Histogram with ggplot
UNIT IV Advanced Visualization Techniques
Visualizing Categorical Data: Bar Chart-Box Plot -Frequency - Violin plot -
3
Regression plot –Interactive Data Visualization: Plotly
Ex. No. 7. Plotting data using Heatmaps, Treemaps and Regression plot
12
Ex. No. 8. Creating Violin Plot and Boxplot with Seaborn
UNIT V Recent Trends and Ethics in Visualization

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 271
Text Data Visualization - Visualizing Spatial Data–Time Series Data visualization.
3
Common Mistakes in Visualization-Evaluating Visualizations.
Ex. No. 9. Visualization of Time Series Data.
12
Ex. No. 10 Visualization of Spatial Data.
TOTAL HOURS 75
Suggested List of Students Activity
 Presentation/Seminars by students on any recent technological developments
based on the course.
 Programming assignments to demonstrate visualization techniques on various
domain like finance, healthcare etc.
 Periodic class/online quizzes conducted based on the course.
 Blended learning activities to explore the recent trends and developments in the
field.

Textbook for Reference:

1. Suresh Kumar Mukhiya, Usman Ahmed, “Hands-On Exploratory Data Analysis
with Python”, First Edition, Packt Publishing, 2020.
2. Kieran Healy, “Data Visualization: A Practical Introduction”, First Edition,
Princeton University Press, 2019.

3. Jiawei Han, Micheline Kamber, Jian Pei, “Data Mining: Concepts and
Techniques”, 3rd Edition, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2011.
Website links for reference:
 https://egyankosh.ac.in/
 https://www.kaggle.com/code/benhamner/python-data-visualizations
 https://www.datacamp.com/tutorial/data-visualisation-tableau
 https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/data-visualization-with-python/
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106212
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106107220
Equipment / Facilities required to conduct the Practical Portion
1. Hardware(s) Requirement
 Desktop / Laptop
 Printer

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 272
2. Software(s) Requirement
 Windows
 Python /Tableau / R/ Power BI
3. Data Sources
 https://archive.ics.uci.edu/ml/index.php
 https://www.kaggle.com
 https://toolbox.google.com
 https://data.gov.in/
Board Practical Examination
PART-A
1. Installing Python and Exploring Visualization Environment, Importing and Exporting
Dataset
2. Explore your dataset using Dataframe, info, shape, head, tail, dtypes, describe,
grouping of data in python
3. Extract important variables and remove useless variables from the dataset
4. Identify and fill missing values within the dataset
5. Creating Scatter Plot, Bar Chart, Pie Chart, Pair Plot with Matplotlib

PART-B
6. Creating Density Plot and Histogram with ggplot
7. Plotting data using Heatmaps, Treemaps and Regression plot
8. Creating Violin Plot and Boxplot with Seaborn
9. Visualization of Time Series Data
10. Visualization of Spatial Data.

SCHEME OF VALUATION
S. NO ALLOCATION MARKS
1 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – A (30) 35
2 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – B (30) 35
3 Executing any one program (Part A or Part –B) 15
4 Output 10
5 Viva Voce 05
6 Total 100

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 273
 1052236244 L T P C
ADVANCED DBMS
Practicum 1 0 4 3

Rationale
Advanced Database management systems contain comprehensive contents on
various concepts related to Query optimization and structured , unstructured and semi
structured databases. An in-depth knowledge of distributed and parallel databases is
imparted during the course of study. The design and querying of spatial and temporal
databases along with hands on experience is emphasized. This course includes study of
XML database design and querying. Students will get a detailed introduction to the non
relational databases like NoSQL and emerging databases like mobile, web and cloud
databases. After learning this subject, students will be able to design and use Advanced
Database Management Systems as a backend for developing realtime applications.
Course Objectives
The objective of this course is
1. To design conceptual and physical database tuning .
2. To comprehend and apply the concepts of Object, Distributed, Parallel, Spatial
Temporal and XML databases.
3. To learn and apply the concepts of Multimedia and NoSql databases.
4. To understand and use the concepts of emerging database technologies like Web
Mobile and Cloud Databases.
Course Outcomes
After successful completion of this course, the students should be able to
CO1: Analyze the basics of query optimization techniques and apply it to minimize the cost.
CO2: Design a Distributed database system and execute distributed queries.
CO3: Design Spatial and Temporal Database systems and implement it in corresponding
applications.
CO4: Design XML database systems and validate with XML schema
CO5: Apply NoSQL database systems and manipulate the data associated with it. Design a
database system in Cloud and integrate it with application.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 274
CO/PO Mapping

CO / PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 3 2 1 - - - 3

CO2 3 3 3 - - - 1

CO3 3 3 3 - - - 1

CO4 3 3 3 - - - 1

CO5 3 3 3 - - - 1

Legend: 3-High Correlation, 2-Medium Correlation, 1-Low Correlation

Instructional Strategy
● The teacher can use experiential learning as an instructional strategy both in and
outside the classroom.
● It may be necessary for the teacher to pre-teach the skills and processes necessary
to achieve the intended learning outcomes.
● The teacher needs to encourage students to share their thoughts so that the entire
class can benefit from individual insights.
● Teachers can encourage divergent thinking by asking students to transform a
teacher guided image into several others of their own creation.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 275
 1052236244 L T P C
ADVANCED DBMS
Practicum 1 0 4 3

Assessment Methodology
Continuous Assessment (40 marks) End
Semester
CA1 CA2 CA3 CA4 Examination
(60 marks)

Mode Practical Practical Written Test Practical Practical

Test Test Theory Test Examination

Portion PART A PART B

All Units All Exercises All Exercises
Exercises Exercises

Duration 2 Periods 2 Periods 3 Hours 3 Hours 3 hours

Exam Marks 60 60 100 100 100

Converted to
10 10 15 15 60
Marks
Marks 10 15 15
60
Internal Marks 40
Tentative
7th Week 14th Week 15th Week 16th Week
Schedule
Note:
● CA1 and CA2: All the exercises/experiments should be completed as per the
portions above and kept for the practical test. The students shall be permitted to
select any one by lot for the test. The practical test should be conducted as per
the scheme of evaluation as below. The marks awarded shall be converted to 10
Marks for each assessment test. Best of one will be considered for the internal
assessment of 10 Marks.
Practical documents should be maintained for every exercise / experiment
immediately after completion of the practice. The practical document should be
submitted for the practical test. The same should be evaluated for 10 Marks for
each exercise/experiment. The total marks awarded should be converted to 10

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 276
 Marks for the practical test as per the scheme of evaluation as below.
The details of the documents to be prepared as per the instruction below.
The exercise should be completed on the day of practice. The same shall be
evaluated for 10 marks on the day or the next day of practice before commencement
of next exercise. The detailed date of the practices and its evaluations should be
maintained in the log book and should be submitted for the verification.
SCHEME OF EVALUATION

PART DESCRIPTION MARKS

A Aim (05) , Program (30) 35

B Execution and Output 15

TOTAL 50

C Practical Documents (As per the portions) 10

60
● CA 3: Written Test for complete theory portions should be conducted for 100 Marks
as per the question pattern below. The marks scored will be converted to 15 Marks
for internal assessment.
Question pattern – Written Test Theory
Description Marks

Part – A Answer any ten questions out of twelve.

Each carries three marks. 10 x 3 30
Part – B Answer any seven questions out of ten.
Each carries ten marks 7 x 10 70
TOTAL 100 Marks

● CA 4: All the exercises/experiments should be completed and kept for the practical
test. The students shall be permitted to select any one by lot for the test. The
practical test should be conducted as per the scheme of evaluation below. After
completion of all the exercises the practical test should be conducted as per End
Semester Examination question pattern scheme of evaluation. The marks awarded
should be converted to 15 Marks for the internal assessment.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 277
 SCHEME OF EVALUATION
Model Practical Examination and End Semester Examination - Practical Exam
S. NO ALLOCATION MARKS
1 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – A (30) 35
2 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – B (30) 35
3 Executing any one program (Part A or Part –B) 15
4 Output 10
5 Viva Voce 05
6 Total 100

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 278
 1052236244 L T P C
ADVANCED DBMS
Practicum 1 0 4 3

Unit - 1 Query Optimization and Object based database Concepts

Theory:
Query optimization –Basic steps in query optimization -Query processing.--Query
evaluation plans. Transaction Management concepts - Properties of
Transactions.. 3
Object Oriented Database Management System(OODBMS) - The ODMG Data
Model - Applications of an OODBMS- Object Relational DBMS- Object-Relational
Database Model .
Ex.No. Name of the Experiment
Consider the SQL query
select * from employee,department where employee.dept_id =
1 department.dept_id
What evaluation plan would a query optimizer likely choose to get
4
the least estimated cost?
Design an ORDBMS for the following schema of a Library
Database: BOOK (Book_id, Title, Publisher_Name, Pub_Year)
BOOK_AUTHORS (Book_id, Author_Name, Address)
PUBLISHER(Name, Address, Phone) BOOK_COPIES(Book_id,
Branch_id, No- of_Copies) BOOK_LENDING (Book_id, Branch_id,
Card_No, Date_Out, Due_Date) .
Write SQL queries to
2 a) Retrieve details of all books in the library – id, title, name of
publisher, authors, number of copies in each branch, etc.
b) Get the particulars of borrowers who have borrowed more than
3 books, but from Jan 2017 to Jun 2017.
8
c) Delete a book in BOOK table.
d) Update the contents of other tables to reflect this data
manipulation operation.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 279
Unit - 2 Distributed and Parallel Databases
Distributed Database Management System (DDBMS)- Definition- DDBMS
Architecture, Distributed database design, Allocation, Fragmentation, Replication,
query processing, transaction processing, 3
Parallel Databases-Architecture, Data partitioning strategy, Interquery and
Intraquery Parallelism –Parallel query Evaluation.
Ex.No. Name of the Experiment
Consider a schema that contains the following table with the key
underlined: Employee (Eno, Ename, Desg, Dno). Assume that we
horizontally fragment the table as follows:
Employee1(Eno, Ename, Desg, Dno), where 1 <= Dno<=10,
Employee2(Eno, Ename, Desg, Dno), where 11 <= Dno<=20,
Employee3 (Eno, Ename, Desg, Dno), where 21 <= Dno<=30 .In
addition, assume we have 4 sites that contain the following
fragments:
3 12
Site1 has Employee1, Site2 has Employee2, Site3 has Employee2
and Employee3, Site4 has Employee1. Add relations to the database
as per your requirements. Perform the following operations:
a) Create the above database.
b) Insert values into the database.
c) Create the specified fragments.
d) Implement at least five suitable queries on Employee
fragments.

Unit - 3 Spatial Temporal and XML Databases

Spatial Databases- Definition, Types of spatial data, Querying- spatial selection,

spatial join, and other set operations.
Temporal Databases- Introduction, Temporal data models.
3
Semi structured Databases--XML Databases- – XML Hierarchical Data Model -
XML Schema - DTD - XPath - XQuery .

Ex. No. Name of the Experiment

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 280
 Create a spatial database of Tamilnadu and form the following
queries
a) Show a list of all the names of places adjoining your location.. 4
4
b) List the unique town names in your region.
c) Find the restaurants close to your location..
d) Find the distance between any two places in Tamilnadu.

Create the employees table and form the following SQL queries:
a) Find the number of employees hired each year.
4
b) Find the number of employees hired each month.
5
c) Find the number of employees hired each week.
d) Find the 3 most recently hired employees and what
department they work in.

Write a DTD for XML documents with student data: name, address
and a student_id, one or more subjects (computer science,
Mechanical, Electrical, Civil etc ). Write an XML document containing
student data conforming to the DTD, and check it for validity. 4
6
a) Write a XQuery which returns The names of all students in
ascending order.
b) The students who study the same subjects.
c) The subjects which are studied by more than 10 students.

Unit - 4 Unstructured and Non-relational Databases

Multimedia databases-Multimedia sources, issues and applications. NoSQL

databases - CAP Theorem – Sharding- Document based – MongoDB Operation–
Insert, Update, Delete, Query, Indexing, Application, Replication, Sharding– 3
Cassandra: Data Model, Key Space, Table Operations, CRUD Operations, CQL
Types.

Ex. No. Name of the Experiment

a) Consider a student database consisting of (Register_no, Fname,

7
Lname, Address (Street,City, Pincode), Mobile Nos, Total Marks).

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 281
 as data. Design the database using MongoDB and perform the
following operations: 6
i. Create the above student database.
ii. Insert values into the above database.
iii. Find the Students who have got Total Marks greater than 450.
iv. Update the Pincode of the students who belong to a particular
City.
v. Delete a particular student given the Register No.
Perform the above operations using Cassandra followed by the
following operations: 6
8
vi Insert additional mobile numbers for a particular student.
vii. Delete the street name in the address given a particular city.

Unit - 5 Emerging Databases

Web databases -Web search engines, web search architecture Inverted indexes
for web search engines, web crawling, web search statistics .
Mobile Databases- Concept -Mobile Database Architecture - Modes of Operations
3
of Mobile Database - Transaction Model in MDS
Cloud Databases- Database options in Cloud, Changing role of the DBA in the
cloud- Moving your databases to the cloud.

Ex. No. Name of the Experiment

Provision a cloud database using AWS RDS service. Understand the

9
setup process, configurations, and common management tasks. 6
Integrate your application with the cloud database. Learn how to
10 establish a connection, perform database operations, and handle
responses in your application. 6

TOTAL PERIODS 75

Suggested List of Students Activity

● Presentation/Seminars by students on any recent technological developments
based on the course
● Micro project that shall be an extension of any practical lab exercise to real-world
application

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 282
Textbook for Reference:
1. RamezElmasri, Shamkant B. Navathe, “Fundamentals of Database Systems”, Seventh
Edition, Pearson Education, 2017.
2. Raghu Ramakrishnan, Database Management Systems, ,4th edition, Mcgraw-
Hill,2015 .
3. Abraham Silberschatz, Henry F. Korth, S. Sudharshan, “Database System Concepts”,
Seventh Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2019.
Website links for reference:
1. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105175
2. https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/3-540-57507-34.
Equipment / Facilities required to conduct the Practical Course
Hardware Required.
1. Desktop Computers/ Laptop
2. Printer
Software Required.
1. Java / Python
2. MySQL, MongoDB, Cassandra

BOARD PRACTICAL EXAMINATION

PART – A
Ex No 1: Consider the SQL query
select * from employee,department where employee.dept_id = department.dept_id What
evaluation plan would a query optimizer likely choose to get the least estimated cost?
Ex No 2: Write SQL queries to
a) Retrieve details of all books in the library – id, title, name of publisher, authors, number
of copies in each branch, etc.
b) Get the particulars of borrowers who have borrowed more than 3 books, but from
Jan 2017 to Jun 2017.
c) Delete a book in BOOK table.
d) Update the contents of other tables to reflect this data manipulation operation.
Ex No 3:
Consider a schema that contains the following table with the key underlined: Employee
(Eno, Ename, Desg, Dno). Assume that we horizontally fragment the table as follows:

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 283
Employee1(Eno, Ename, Desg, Dno), where 1 <= Dno<=10, Employee2(Eno, Ename, Desg,
Dno), where 11 <= Dno<=20, Employee3 (Eno, Ename, Desg, Dno), where 21 <= Dno<=30 .In
addition, assume we have 4 sites that contain the following fragments:
Site1 has Employee1, Site2 has Employee2, Site3 has Employee2 and Employee3, Site4 has
Employee1. Add relations to the database as per your requirements. Perform the following
operations:
a) Create the above database.
b) Insert values into the database.
c) Create the specified fragments. Implement at least five suitable queries on
Employee fragments.
Ex No 4:
Create a spatial database of Tamilnadu and form the following queries
a) Show a list of all the names of places adjoining your location..
b) List the unique town names in your region.
c) Find the restaurants close to your location..
d) Find the distance between any two places in Tamilnadu.
Ex No 5:
Create the employees table and form the following SQL queries:
e) Find the number of employees hired each year.
f) Find the number of employees hired each month.
g) Find the number of employees hired each week.
Find the 3 most recently hired employees and what department they work in.
PART – B

Ex No 6:
Write a DTD for XML documents with student data: name, address and a student_id, one or
more subjects (computer science, Mechanical, Electrical, Civil etc ). Write an XML
document containing student data conforming to the DTD, and check it for validity.
a) Write a XQuery which returns The names of all students in ascending order.
b) The students who study the same subjects.
c) The subjects which are studied by more than 10 students.
Ex No 7:
a) Consider a student database consisting of (Register_no, Fname, Lname, Address

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 284
 (Street,City, Pincode), Mobile Nos, Total Marks). as data. Design the database using
MongoDB and perform the following operations:
i. Create the above student database.
ii. Insert values into the above database.
iii. Find the Students who have got Total Marks greater than 450.
iv. Update the Pincode of the students who belong to a particular City.
v. Delete a particular student given the Register No.
Ex No 8:
Perform the above operations using Cassandra followed by the following operations:
vi Insert additional mobile numbers for a particular student.
vii. Delete the street name in the address given a particular city.
Ex No 9:
Provision a cloud database using AWS RDS service. Configure and setup the common
management tasks.
Ex No 10:
Integrate an application with the cloud database. Establish a connection, perform database
operations, and handle responses in your application.
SCHEME OF VALUATION
S. NO ALLOCATION MARKS
1 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – A (30) 35
2 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – B (30) 35
3 Executing any one program (Part A or Part –B) 15
4 Output 10
5 Viva Voce 05
6 Total 100

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 285
 1052236245 L T P C
MOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT
Practicum 1 0 4 3

Rationale
This course is concerned with the development of applications on mobile and
wireless computing platforms. Android will be used as a basis for teaching
programming techniques. Students will work at all stages of the software
development life-cycle from inception through to implementation and testing.
Course Objectives
The objective of this course is to
 To facilitate students to understand android SDK.
 To help students to gain a basic understanding of Android application
development.
 To inculcate working knowledge of Android Studio development tool.
 To test Android applications.
 To deploy Android applications.
Course Outcomes
After successful completion of this course, the students should be able to
CO1: Identify various concepts of mobile programming that make it unique from
programming for other platform.
CO2: Critique mobile applications on their design pros and cons.
CO3: Utilize rapid prototyping techniques to design and develop sophisticated mobile
interfaces.
CO4: Test Android applications.
CO5: Deploy applications to the Android marketplace for distribution.

Pre-requisites : Nil.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 286
CO/PO Mapping

CO / PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 3 3 2 1 1 1 -

CO2 3 3 2 1 1 1 -

CO3 3 3 2 1 1 1 -

CO4 3 3 2 1 1 1 -

CO5 3 3 2 1 1 1 -

Legend: 3-High Correlation, 2-Medium Correlation, 1-Low Correlation

Instructional Strategy
● It is advised that teachers take steps to pique pupils' attention and boost their
learning confidence.
● To help students learn and appreciate numerous concepts and principles in each
area, teachers should provide examples from daily life, realistic situations, and real-
world engineering and technological applications.
● The demonstration can make the subject exciting and foster in the students a
scientific mindset. Student activities should be planned on all the topics.
● Throughout the course, a theory-demonstrate-practice-activity strategy may be used
to ensure that learning is outcome- and employability-based.
● Do not let students work on an activity or an experiment with the expected outcome,
rather allow students to be honest about whatever the results of the experiment are.
If the results are different from the expectations, students should do an analysis
where they could be the source of error, if any.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 287
 1052236245 L T P C
MOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT
Practicum 1 0 4 3

Assessment Methodology
Continuous Assessment (40 marks) End
Semester
CA1 CA2 CA3 CA4 Examination
(60 marks)

Mode Practical Practical Written Test Practical Practical

Test Test Theory Test Examination

Portion PART A PART B

All Units All Exercises All Exercises
Exercises Exercises

Duration 2 Periods 2 Periods 3 Hours 3 Hours 3 hours

Exam Marks 60 60 100 100 100

Converted to
10 10 15 15 60
Marks
Marks 10 15 15
60
Internal Marks 40
Tentative
7th Week 14th Week 15th Week 16th Week
Schedule
Note:
● CA1 and CA2: All the exercises/experiments should be completed as per the
portions above and kept for the practical test. The students shall be permitted to
select any one by lot for the test. The practical test should be conducted as per
the scheme of evaluation as below. The marks awarded shall be converted to 10
Marks for each assessment test. Best of one will be considered for the internal
assessment of 10 Marks.
Practical documents should be maintained for every exercise / experiment
immediately after completion of the practice. The practical document should be
submitted for the practical test. The same should be evaluated for 10 Marks for
each exercise/experiment. The total marks awarded should be converted to 10
Marks for the practical test as per the scheme of evaluation as below.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 288
 The details of the documents to be prepared as per the instruction below.
The exercise should be completed on the day of practice. The same shall be
evaluated for 10 marks on the day or the next day of practice before commencement
of next exercise. The detailed date of the practices and its evaluations should be
maintained in the log book and should be submitted for the verification.
SCHEME OF EVALUATION

PART DESCRIPTION MARKS

A Aim (05) , Program (30) 35

B Execution and Output 15

TOTAL 50

C Practical Documents (As per the portions) 10

60
● CA 3: Written Test for complete theory portions should be conducted for 100 Marks
as per the question pattern below. The marks scored will be converted to 15 Marks
for internal assessment.
Question pattern – Written Test Theory
Description Marks

Part – A Answer any ten questions out of twelve.

Each carries three marks. 10 x 3 30
Part – B Answer any seven questions out of ten.
Each carries ten marks 7 x 10 70
TOTAL 100 Marks

● CA 4: All the exercises/experiments should be completed and kept for the practical
test. The students shall be permitted to select any one by lot for the test. The
practical test should be conducted as per the scheme of evaluation below. After
completion of all the exercises the practical test should be conducted as per End
Semester Examination question pattern scheme of evaluation. The marks awarded
should be converted to 15 Marks for the internal assessment.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 289
 SCHEME OF EVALUATION
Model Practical Examination and End Semester Examination - Practical Exam
S. NO ALLOCATION MARKS
1 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – A (30) 35
2 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – B (30) 35
3 Executing any one program (Part A or Part –B) 15
4 Output 10
5 Viva Voce 05
6 Total 100

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 290
 1052236245 L T P C
MOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT
Practicum 1 0 4 3

Unit I INTRODUCTION TO MOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT

THEORY:
Introduction to Android: The Android Platform, Android SDK, Eclipse
3
Installation, Android Installation, Building First Android application,
Ex.No Name of the Experiment

1 Implement “Hello World” Android example.

12
2 Develop an application that uses GUI components, Font and Colours.

Unit II INTRODUCTION TO ANDRIOD

THEORY: Android Application Design Essentials: Anatomy of an Android
applications, Android terminologies, Application Context, Activities, 3
Services, Intents, Android Manifest File and its common settings.
Ex.No Name of the Experiment

3 Develop an application that uses Layout Managers and event listeners.

12
4 Write an application that draws basic graphical primitives on the screen.

Unit III ANDROID USER INTERFACE DESIGN

THEORY: Android User Interface Design Essentials: User Interface Screen
elements, Designing User Interfaces with Layouts. 3

Ex.No Name of the Experiment

5 Develop an application that makes use of Notification Manager.

12
6 Implement an application that writes data to the SD card.

Unit IV TESTING AND MANAGING ANDROID APPLICATIONS

THEORY: Testing Android applications, Publishing Android application,
3
Using Android preferences.
Ex.No Name of the Experiment

7 Develop a native application that uses GPS location information. 12

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 291
 8 Develop an application for sending & receiving SMS.

Unit V ANDROID APIs AND DEPLOYING ANDROID APPLICATION

THEORY: Using Common Android APIs: Using Android Data and Storage
APIs, Managing data using Sqlite, Using Android Networking APIs, Using 3
Android Web and Telephony APIs, Deploying Android Application to the
World.
Ex.No Name of the Experiment

9 Develop an application that makes use of SQLite databases.

12
10 Write an application that creates alarm clock.

TOTAL PERIODS 75

Suggested List of Students Activity

● Presentation/Seminars by students on any recent technological developments
based on the course
● Periodic class quizzes conducted on a weekly/fortnightly based on the course
● Micro project that shall be an extension of any practical lab exercise to real-world
application
Textbook for Reference:
1. Dawn Griffiths, David Griffiths, “Head First Android Development: A
Brain-FriendlyGuide”, 1st edition, O’Reilly, 2017.
2. John Horton, Android Programming for Beginners, 2nd edition, Packt
Publishing, 2018.
3. Barry Burd, Android Application Development All-in-One For Dummies,
2nd edition, For Dummies, 2020.

Website links for reference:

1. https://developer.android.com/get-started/overview
2. https://developer.android.com/courses/

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 292
 Board Practical Examination
PART-A

1. Implement “Hello World” Android example.

2. Develop an application that uses GUI components, Font and Colours.
3. Develop an application that uses Layout Managers and event listeners.
4. Write an application that draws basic graphical primitives on the screen.
5. Develop an application that makes use of Notification Manager.

PART-B
6. Implement an application that writes data to the SD card.
7. Develop a native application that uses GPS location information.
8. Develop an application for sending & receiving SMS.
9. Develop an application that makes use of SQLite databases.
10. Write an application that creates alarm clock.

SCHEME OF VALUATION
SNO ALLOCATION MARKS
1 Writing program from Part – A 35
2 Writing program from Part – B 35
3 Executing any one program (Part A or Part –B) 15
4 Output 10
5 Viva Voce 05
6 Total 100

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 293
1052236246 L T P C
UI AND UX DESIGN
Practicum 1 0 4 3

Introduction

User Interface (UI) and User Experience (UX) Design play key roles in the experience users
have when interacting with digital products and applications. In this course, student will
learn the theory and methodologies behind UI and UX design. Student will learn design their
own wireframes and interactive prototypes. Learning UI and UX basics can help to student
collaborate better on team projects and create new career opportunities.

Course Objectives
The objectives of this course are enabling the students
 To learn problem solving skills.
 To gain knowledge of UI and UX Design.
 To understand the concept of functions and their role in UX Design.
 To comprehend the basics of interaction structures and its importance in application
development.
 To recognize the importance of visual design.
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, students will be able
CO1: Demonstrate knowledge on UI and UX design concepts.
CO2: Develop and performing a competitive analysis in UX design.
CO3: Design user personas using persona UXPressia's online builder tool.
CO4: Develop interaction design and functional layout.
CO5: Creating web and mobile app applications using visual design tools.

Pre-requisites: Nil

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 294
CO/PO Mapping

CO / PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 3 3 3 1 1 1 2

CO2 3 3 3 3 1 1 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2

CO4 3 3 3 2 2 3 2

CO5 3 3 3 3 2 2 2

Legend: 3-High Correlation, 2-Medium Correlation, 1-Low Correlation

Instructional Strategy
 Engage and Motivate: Instructors should actively engage students to boost their
learning confidence.
 Real-World Relevance: Incorporate relatable, real-life examples and engineering
applications to help students understand and appreciate course concepts.
 Interactive Learning: Utilize demonstrations and plan interactive student activities
for an engaging learning experience.
 Application-Based Learning: Employ a theory-demonstrate-practice-activity strategy
throughout the course to ensure outcome-driven learning and employability.
 Encourage Critical Analysis: Foster an environment where students can honestly
assess experiment outcomes and analyze potential sources of error in case of
discrepancies.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 295
 1052236246 L T P C
UI AND UX DESIGN
Practicum 1 0 4 3

Assessment Methodology
Continuous Assessment (40 marks) End
Semester
CA1 CA2 CA3 CA4 Examination
(60 marks)

Mode Practical Practical Written Test Practical Practical

Test Test Theory Test Examination

Portion PART A PART B

All Units All Exercises All Exercises
Exercises Exercises

Duration 2 Periods 2 Periods 3 Hours 3 Hours 3 hours

Exam Marks 60 60 100 100 100

Converted to
10 10 15 15 60
Marks
Marks 10 15 15
60
Internal Marks 40
Tentative
7th Week 14th Week 15th Week 16th Week
Schedule
Note:
● CA1 and CA2: All the exercises/experiments should be completed as per the
portions above and kept for the practical test. The students shall be permitted to
select any one by lot for the test. The practical test should be conducted as per
the scheme of evaluation as below. The marks awarded shall be converted to 10
Marks for each assessment test. Best of one will be considered for the internal
assessment of 10 Marks.
Practical documents should be maintained for every exercise / experiment
immediately after completion of the practice. The practical document should be
submitted for the practical test. The same should be evaluated for 10 Marks for

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 296
 each exercise/experiment. The total marks awarded should be converted to 10
Marks for the practical test as per the scheme of evaluation as below.
The details of the documents to be prepared as per the instruction below.
The exercise should be completed on the day of practice. The same shall be
evaluated for 10 marks on the day or the next day of practice before commencement
of next exercise. The detailed date of the practices and its evaluations should be
maintained in the log book and should be submitted for the verification.
SCHEME OF EVALUATION

PART DESCRIPTION MARKS

A Aim (05) , Program (30) 35

B Execution and Output 15

TOTAL 50

C Practical Documents (As per the portions) 10

60
● CA 3: Written Test for complete theory portions should be conducted for 100 Marks
as per the question pattern below. The marks scored will be converted to 15 Marks
for internal assessment.
Question pattern – Written Test Theory
Description Marks

Part – A Answer any ten questions out of twelve.

Each carries three marks. 10 x 3 30
Part – B Answer any seven questions out of ten.
Each carries ten marks 7 x 10 70
TOTAL 100 Marks

● CA 4: All the exercises/experiments should be completed and kept for the practical
test. The students shall be permitted to select any one by lot for the test. The
practical test should be conducted as per the scheme of evaluation below. After
completion of all the exercises the practical test should be conducted as per End
Semester Examination question pattern scheme of evaluation. The marks awarded
should be converted to 15 Marks for the internal assessment.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 297
 SCHEME OF EVALUATION
Model Practical Examination and End Semester Examination - Practical Exam
S. NO ALLOCATION MARKS
1 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – A (30) 35
2 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – B (30) 35
3 Executing any one program (Part A or Part –B) 15
4 Output 10
5 Viva Voce 05
6 Total 100

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 298
 1052236246 L T P C
UI AND UX DESIGN
Practicum 1 0 4 3

Unit I INTRODUCTION TO UI AND UX DESIGN

Introduction to UI and UX Design and the Key Methodologies such as Product
3
Design Life Cycle.
ExNo1: Identifying interface connectivity and establishing interface
connectivity between two different program modules.
12
ExNo2: Understand front end and backend interfacing and
Implementation of both interfacing.
Unit II UX DESIGN
3
User Centred Design - Design Thinking - Activity Based Design - Agile Process.
Ex No 3: Create and performing a competitive analysis in UX design helps
companies identify competitors’ strengths and weaknesses relative to
12
their own business, product, and design.
Ex No 4: Designing a Responsive layout for a societal application
Unit III USER RESEARCH

Stakeholder & User Interviews - Creating Personas - Empathy Mapping - 3

Information Architecture - Building User Journey
Ex No 5: Hands on Design Thinking Process for a new product.
Ex No 6: Conduct end-to-end user research - User research, creating personas, 12
Ideation process (User stories, Scenarios), Flow diagrams, Flow Mapping.
UNIT IV INTERACTION DESIGN

Ideation Methods - Interaction & Prototyping - Paper & Digital Prototyping - Design 3
a Web / Mobile App.

Ex No 7: Identifying interaction design and functional layout. practical

implementation of interaction design and functional layout. 12
Ex No 8: Exploring various UI Interaction Patterns.

UNIT V VISUAL DESIGN

3
Web & Mobile App Design - Grid Systems - Colors Theory and Palette -

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 299
Understanding Typography.
Ex No 9: Create Social media advertisement using online tools and applications.
Ex No 10: Design super market special offer sales poster using online tools and 12
applications.
TOTAL PERIODS 75
Suggested List of Students Activity
 Presentation/Seminars by students on any recent technological developments
based on the course.
 Programming assignments
 Periodic class/online quizzes conducted based on the course.
 Blended learning activities to explore the recent trends and developments in the
field.

Textbook for Reference:

● Tom Green, Joseph Labrecque, A Guide to UX Design and Development: Developer’s
Journey Through the UX Process (Design Thinking), First Edition, APress, 2023
● Jon Yablonski, Laws of UX: Using Psychology to Design Better Products & Services,
First Edition, O′Reilly, 2020.
● Donald Chesnut, Kevin P. Nichols, UX for Dummies, Frist Edition, Wiley, 2014.

Website links for reference:

● NPTEL User Interface Design:
https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/124/107/124107008/
● MIT OpenCourseWare: https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/6-831-user-interface-design-
and-implementation-spring-2011/pages/lecture-notes/
1. Hardware(s) Requirement:
● Desktop Computer /Laptop
● Printer
2. Software(s) Requirement:
● Windows / Linux Operating System

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 300
 BOARD PRACTICAL EXAMINATION
PART – A
1. Identifying interface connectivity and establishing interface connectivity between two
different program modules.
2. Understand front end and backend interfacing and implementation of both
interfacing.
3. Create and performing a competitive analysis in UX design helps companies identify
competitors’ strengths and weaknesses relative to their own business, product, and
design.
4. Designing a Responsive layout for a societal application.
5. Hands on Design Thinking Process for a new product.

PART – B
6. Conduct end-to-end user research - User research, creating personas, Ideation process
(User stories, Scenarios), Flow diagrams, Flow Mapping.
7. Identifying interaction design and functional layout. Practical implementation of
interaction design and functional layout.
8. Exploring various UI Interaction Patterns.
9. Create Social media advertisement using online tools and applications.
10. Design super market special offer sales poster using online tools and applications.

SCHEME OF VALUATION
SNO ALLOCATION MARKS
1 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – A (30) 35
2 Aim (05) ,Program from Part – B (30) 35
3 Executing any one program (Part A or Part –B) 15
4 Output 10
5 Viva Voce 05
6 Total 100

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 301
1052236351 Periods C
INTERNSHIP
PROJECT 540 12
Introduction
Internships in educational institutions are designed to provide students with
practical experience in their field of study and to bridge the gap between academic
knowledge and professional practice.
Objectives
After completing Internship, Interns will be able to,
● Apply the theoretical knowledge and skill during performance of the tasks assigned
in internship.
● Demonstrate soft skills such as time management, positive attitude and
communication skills during performance of the tasks assigned in internship.
● Document the Use case on the assigned Task.
● Enable interns to apply theoretical knowledge gained in the classroom to real-world
practical applications.
● Provide hands-on experience in the industrial practices.
● Develop essential skills such as communication, organization, teamwork, and
problem-solving.
● Enhance specific skills related to the intern’s area of focus.
● Offer a realistic understanding of the daily operations and responsibilities.
● Provide opportunities to work under the guidance of experienced supervisors and
administrators.
● Allow interns to explore different career paths.
● Help interns make informed decisions about their future career goals based on first
hand experience.
● Facilitate the establishment of professional relationships with supervisor,
administrators, and other professionals in the field.
● Provide access to a network of contacts that can be beneficial for future job
opportunities and professional growth.
● Foster personal growth by challenging interns to step out of their comfort zones
and take on new responsibilities.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 302
 ● Build confidence and self-efficacy through successful completion of internship
tasks and projects.
● Give insight into the policies, regulations, and administrative practices.
● Allow interns to observe and understand the implementation of standards and
policies in practice.
● Provide opportunities for constructive feedback from supervisors and mentors,
aiding in the intern’s professional development.
● Enable self-assessment and reflection on strengths, areas for improvement, and
career aspirations.
● Encourage sensitivity to the needs and backgrounds of different groups, promoting
inclusive and equitable industrial practices.
Course Outcomes
CO 1: Demonstrate improved skills.
CO 2: Exhibit increased professional behavior.
CO 3: Apply theoretical knowledge and principles in real-world practices.
CO 4: Develop and utilize assessment tools to evaluate the learning and practices.
CO 5: Engage in reflective practice to continually improve their learning and
professional growth.
Facilitating the Interns by an Internship Provider.

 Orient intern in the new workplace. Give interns an overview of the organization,
Explain the intern’s duties and introduce him or her to co-workers.

 Develop an internship job description with clear deliverables and timeline.

 Allow the interns in meetings and provide information, resources, and opportunities
for professional development.

 The interns have never done this kind of work before, they want to know that their
work is measuring up to organizational expectations, hence provide professional
guidance and mentoring to the intern.

 Daily progress report of Intern is to be evaluated by industry supervisor. Examine

what the intern has produced and make suggestions. Weekly supervision meetings
can help to monitor the intern’s work.
Duties Responsibilities of the Faculty Mentor

 To facilitate the placement of students for the internship

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 303
  To liaison between the college and the internship provider

 To assist the Industrial Training Supervisor during assessment

Instructions to the Interns
● Students shall report to the internship provider on the 1st day as per the
internship schedule.
● Intern is expected to learn about the organization, its structure, product range,
market performance, working philosophy etc.
● The interns shall work on live projects assigned by the internship provider.
● The Intern shall record all the activities in the daily log book and get the signature of
the concerned training supervisor.
● Intern shall have 100% attendance during internship programme. In case of
unavoidable circumstances students may avail leave with prior permission from the
concerned training supervisor of the respective internship provider. However, the
maximum leave permitted during internship shall be as per company norms where
they are working and intern shall report the leave sanctioned details to their college
faculty mentor.
● The interns shall abide all the Rules and Regulations of internship provider
● Intern shall follow all the safety Regulations of internship provider.
● On completion of the internship, the intern shall report to the college and
submit the internship certificate mentioning duration of internship, evaluation of
interns by internship provider, Student’s Diary and Comprehensive Training Report.
Attendance Certification
Every month students have to get their attendance certified by the industrial
supervisor in the prescribed form supplied to them. Students have also to put their
signature on the form and submit it to the institution supervisor. Regularity in attendance
and submission of report will be duly considered while awarding the Internal Assessment
mark.
Training Reports
The students have to prepare two types of reports: Weekly report in the form of diary
to be submitted to the concerned staff in-charge of the institution. This will be reviewed
while awarding Internal
Industrial Training Diary
Students are required to maintain the record of day-to-day work done. Such a record

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 304
is called Industrial training Diary. Students have to write this report regularly. All days for the
week should be accounted for clearly giving attendance particulars (Presence, absence,
Leave, Holidays etc.). The concern of the Industrial supervisor is to periodically check these
progress reports.
Comprehensive Training Report
In addition to the diary, students are required to submit a comprehensive report on
training with details of the organisation where the training was undergone after attestation
by the supervisors. The comprehensive report should incorporate study of
plant/product/process/construction along with intensive in-depth study on any one of the
topics such as processes, methods, tooling, construction and equipment, highlighting
aspects of quality, productivity and system. The comprehensive report should be completed
in the last week of Industrial training.
Any data, drawings etc. should be incorporated with the consent of the Organisation.
Scheme of Evaluation
Internal Assessment
Students should be assessed for 50 Marks by industry supervisor and polytechnic
faculty mentor during 3rd Month and 5th Month. The total marks (50 + 50) scored
shall be converted to 40 marks for the Internal Assessment.

Sl. No. Description Marks

A Punctuality and regularity. (Attendance) 10

B Level / proficiency of practical skills acquired. 10

Initiative in learning / working at site

C Ability to solve practical problems. Sense of 10

responsibility

D Self expression / communication skills. 10

Interpersonal skills / Human Relation.

E Report and Presentation. 10

Total 50

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 305
 End Semester Examination - Project Exam
Students should be assessed for 100 Marks both by the internal examiner
and external examiner appointed by the Chairman Board of Examinations after the
completion of internship period (June - May). The marks scored will be converted to
60 marks for the End Semester Examination.

Sl. No. Description Marks

A Daily Activity Report. 20

B Comprehensive report on Internship, Relevant 30

Internship Certificate from the concerned
department.

C Presentation by the student at the end of the 30

Internship.

D Viva Voce 20

Total 100

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 306
 1052236353 Periods C
FELLOWSHIP
PROJECT 540 12

Introduction
The Fellowship in the Diploma in Engineering program is designed to provide
aspiring engineers with a comprehensive educational experience that combines theoretical
knowledge with practical skills. This fellowship aims to cultivate a new generation of
proficient and innovative engineers who are equipped to meet the challenges of a rapidly
evolving technological landscape.
Participants in this fellowship will benefit from a robust curriculum that covers core
engineering principles, advanced technical training, and hands-on projects. The program
emphasizes interdisciplinary learning, encouraging fellows to explore various branches of
engineering, from mechanical and civil to electrical, electronics & communication and
computer engineering. This approach ensures that graduates possess a versatile skill set,
ready to adapt to diverse career opportunities in the engineering sector.
In addition to academics, the fellowship offers numerous opportunities for
professional development. Fellows will engage with industry experts through seminars,
workshops, and internships, gaining valuable insights into real-world applications of their
studies. Collaborative projects and research initiatives foster a culture of innovation, critical
thinking, and problem-solving, essential attributes for any successful engineer.
By offering this fellowship, participants become part of a vibrant community of
learners and professionals dedicated to advancing the field of engineering. The program is
committed to supporting the growth and development of each fellow, providing them with
the tools and resources needed to excel both academically and professionally.
The Fellowship in the Diploma in Engineering is more than just an educational
endeavor; it is a transformative journey that equips aspiring engineers with the knowledge,
skills, and experiences necessary to make significant contributions to society and the
engineering profession.
Objectives
After completing students will be able to,
● Provide fellows with a solid foundation in core engineering principles and advanced
technical knowledge across various engineering disciplines.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 307
 ● Equip fellows with hands-on experience through laboratory work, projects, and
internships, ensuring they can apply theoretical knowledge to real-world scenarios.
● Promote interdisciplinary understanding by encouraging exploration and integration
of different engineering fields, fostering versatility and adaptability in fellows.
● Encourage innovation and creativity through research projects and collaborative
initiatives, enabling fellows to develop new solutions to engineering challenges.
● Facilitate professional growth through workshops, seminars, and interactions with
industry experts, preparing fellows for successful careers in engineering.
● Develop critical thinking and problem-solving skills, essential for tackling complex
engineering problems and making informed decisions.
● Strengthen connections between academia and industry by providing opportunities
for internships, industry visits, and guest lectures from professionals.
● Foster leadership qualities and teamwork skills through group projects and
collaborative activities, preparing fellows for leadership roles in their future careers.
● Instill a sense of ethical responsibility and awareness of the social impact of
engineering practices, encouraging fellows to contribute positively to society.
● Promote a culture of lifelong learning, encouraging fellows to continually update
their knowledge and skills in response to technological advancements and industry
trends.
● Prepare fellows to work in a global engineering environment by exposing them to
international best practices, standards, and cross-cultural experiences.
Course Outcomes
CO 1: Demonstrate a strong understanding of core engineering principles and
possess the technical skills necessary to design, analyze, and implement
engineering solutions across various disciplines.
CO 2: Apply theoretical knowledge to practical scenarios, effectively solving
engineering problems through hands-on projects, laboratory work, and internships.
CO 3: Exhibit the ability to conduct research, develop innovative solutions, and
contribute to advancements in engineering through critical thinking and creative
approaches to complex challenges.
CO 4:Understand and adhere to professional and ethical standards in engineering
practice, demonstrating responsibility, integrity, and a commitment to sustainable
and socially responsible engineering.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 308
 CO 5: Enhance strong communication skills, both written and verbal, and be capable
of working effectively in teams, demonstrating leadership and collaborative abilities
in diverse and multidisciplinary environments.
Important points to consider to select the fellowship project.
Selecting the right fellowship project is crucial for maximizing the educational and
professional benefits of a Diploma in Engineering program.
● Relevance to Future Plans: Choose a project that aligns with your long-term career
aspirations and interests. This alignment will ensure that the skills and knowledge
you gain will be directly applicable to your desired career path.
● Industry Relevance: Consider the current and future relevance of the project within
the industry. Opt for projects that address contemporary challenges or emerging
trends in engineering.
● Access to Facilities: Ensure that the necessary facilities, equipment, and materials
are available to successfully complete the project. Lack of resources can hinder the
progress and quality of your work.
● Mentorship and Guidance: Select a project that offers strong mentorship and
support from experienced faculty members or industry professionals. Effective
guidance is crucial for navigating complex problems and achieving project
objectives.
● Project Scope: Assess the scope of the project to ensure it is neither too broad nor
too narrow. A well-defined project scope helps in setting clear objectives and
achievable milestones.
● Feasibility: Evaluate the feasibility of completing the project within the given
timeframe and with the available resources. Consider potential challenges and
ensure you have a realistic plan to address them.
● Technical Skills: Choose a project that allows you to develop and enhance important
technical skills relevant to your field of study. Practical experience in using specific
tools, technologies, or methodologies can be highly beneficial.
● Soft Skills: Consider projects that also offer opportunities to develop soft skills such
as teamwork, communication, problem-solving, and project management.
● Innovative Thinking: Select a project that encourages creativity and innovative
problem-solving. Projects that push the boundaries of traditional engineering
approaches can be particularly rewarding.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 309
 ● Societal Impact: Consider the potential impact of your project on society or the
engineering community. Projects that address significant challenges or contribute to
social good can be highly fulfilling and make a meaningful difference.
Guidelines to select Fellowship
● Ensure the program is accredited by a recognized accrediting body and has a strong
reputation for quality education in engineering.
● Ensure it covers core engineering principles that align with your interests and career
goals.
● Investigate the qualifications and experience of the faculty mentor. Look for
programs with faculty who have strong academic backgrounds, industry experience,
and active involvement in research.
● Check if the program provides adequate hands-on training opportunities, such as
laboratory work, workshops, and access to modern engineering facilities and
equipment.
● Assess the program’s connections with industry. Strong partnerships with
companies can lead to valuable internship opportunities, industry projects, and
exposure to real-world engineering challenges.
● Explore the availability of research opportunities. Participation in research projects
can enhance your learning experience and open doors to innovative career paths.
● Look for programs that offer professional development resources, such as
workshops, seminars, and networking events with industry professionals and
alumni.
● Ensure the program provides robust support services, including academic advising,
career counseling, mentorship programs, and assistance with job placement after
graduation.
● Consider the cost of the program and available financial aid options, such as
scholarships, grants, and fellowships. Evaluate the return on investment in terms of
career prospects and potential earnings.
● Research the success of the program’s alumni. High employment rates and
successful careers of past graduates can indicate the program’s effectiveness in
preparing students for the engineering field.
Duties Responsibilities of the Faculty Mentor
Each student should have a faculty mentor for the Institute.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 310
 ● Get the approval from the Chairman Board of Examinations with the
recommendations of the HOD/Principal for the topics.
● Provide comprehensive academic advising to help fellows select appropriate
specializations, and research projects that align with their interests and career goals.
● Guide fellows through their research projects, offering expertise and feedback to
ensure rigorous methodology, innovative approaches, and meaningful contributions
to the field.
● Assist fellows in developing technical and professional skills through hands-on
projects, laboratory work, and practical applications of theoretical knowledge.
● Offer career advice and support, helping fellows explore potential career paths,
prepare for job searches, and connect with industry professionals and opportunities.
● Provide personal mentorship, fostering a supportive relationship that encourages
growth, resilience, and a positive academic experience.
● Facilitate connections between fellows and industry professionals, alumni, and other
relevant networks to enhance their professional opportunities and industry
exposure.
● Ensure fellows have access to necessary resources, including research materials,
lab equipment, software, and academic literature.
● Regularly monitor and evaluate the progress of fellows, providing constructive
feedback and guidance to help them stay on track and achieve their goals.
● Instill and uphold high ethical and professional standards, encouraging fellows to
practice integrity and responsibility in their work.
● Assist with administrative tasks related to the fellowship program, such as preparing
progress reports, writing recommendation letters, and facilitating grant applications.
● Organize and participate in workshops, seminars, and other educational events that
enhance the learning experience and professional development of fellows.
● Address any issues or conflicts that arise, providing mediation and support to
ensure a positive and productive academic environment.
Instructions to the Fellowship Scholar
● Regularly meet with your faculty mentor for guidance on academic progress,
research projects, and career planning. Be proactive in seeking advice and support
from your mentor.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 311
 ● Develop strong organizational skills. Use planners, calendars, and task management
tools to keep track of assignments, project deadlines, and study schedules. Prioritize
tasks to manage your time efficiently.
● Take advantage of opportunities to participate in research projects and hands-on
activities. These experiences are crucial for applying your theoretical knowledge and
gaining practical skills.
● Focus on improving essential professional skills such as communication, teamwork,
problem-solving, and leadership. Participate in workshops and seminars that
enhance these competencies.
● Actively seek networking opportunities through industry events, seminars, and
meetings. Establish connections with peers, alumni, and professionals in your field
to build a strong professional network.
● Seek internships, co-op programs, or part-time jobs related to your field of study.
Real-world experience is invaluable for understanding industry practices and
enhancing your employability.
● Uphold high ethical standards in all your academic and professional activities.
Practice integrity, honesty, and responsibility. Adhere to the ethical guidelines and
standards set by your institution and the engineering profession.
● Adopt a mindset of lifelong learning. Stay updated with the latest developments and
trends in engineering by reading industry journals, attending conferences, and taking
additional courses.
Documents to be submitted by the student to offer fellowship.
● Completed Application Form: This is typically the standard form provided by the
institution or fellowship program that includes personal information, educational
background, and other relevant details.
● Detailed CV/Resume: A comprehensive document outlining your educational
background, knowledge experience, interest in research experience, publications,
presentations, awards, and other relevant achievements if any.
● Personal Statement: A document explaining your motivation for applying to the
fellowship, your career goals, how the fellowship aligns with those goals, and what
you intend to achieve through the program.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 312
 ● Recommendation Letters: Letters from faculty mentor, employer, or professionals
who can attest to your academic abilities, professional skills, and suitability for the
fellowship.
● Proposal/Description: A detailed proposal or description of the fellowship project or
study you plan to undertake during the fellowship. This should include objectives,
methodology, expected outcomes, and significance of the project.
● Enrollment Verification: Documentation verifying your current acceptance status in
the academic institution or industry where the fellowship will be conducted.
● Funding Information: Details about any other sources of funding or financial aid you
are receiving, if applicable. Some fellowships may also require a budget proposal for
the intended use of the fellowship funds.
● Samples of Work: Copies of the relevant work that demonstrates your capabilities
and accomplishments in your field.
● Endorsement Letter: A letter from your current academic institution endorsing your
application for the fellowship, if required.
● Ethical Approval Documents: If your research involves human subjects or animals,
you may need to submit proof of ethical approval from the relevant ethics
committee.
● Additional Documents: Any other documents requested by the fellowship program
required by the institution.
Attendance Certification
Every month students have to get their attendance certified by the supervisor in the
prescribed form supplied to them. Students have also to put their signature on the form and
submit it to the faculty mentor. Regularity in attendance and submission of report will be
duly considered while awarding the Internal Assessment mark.
Rubrics for Fellowship.

Sl. No. Topics Description

1 Alignment with Assess how well the project aligns with the stated objectives and
Objectives requirements.
Determine if the student has addressed the key aspects outlined in
the project guidelines.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 313
2 Depth of Evaluate the depth and thoroughness of the literature review.
Research: Assess the student's ability to identify and address gaps in existing
research.

3 Clarity of Check if the student has clearly defined and articulated the
Objectives: objectives of the project.
Ensure that the objectives are specific, measurable, achievable,
relevant, and time-bound (SMART).

4 Methodology Evaluate the appropriateness and justification of the research

and Data methodology. Assess the methods used for data collection and
Collection: their relevance to the research questions.

5 Analysis and Examine the quality of data analysis techniques used.

Interpretation: Assess the student's ability to interpret results and draw meaningful
conclusions.

6 Project Evaluate the project management aspects, including adherence to

Management: timelines and milestones.Assess the student's ability to plan and
execute the project effectively.

7 Documentation Check the quality of documentation, including code, experimental

and Reporting: details, and any other relevant materials.
Evaluate the clarity, structure, and coherence of the final report.

8 Originality and Assess the level of originality and creativity demonstrated in the
Creativity: project.Determine if the student has brought a unique perspective or
solution to the research problem.

9 Critical Evaluate the student's critical thinking skills in analyzing information

Thinking: and forming conclusions.Assess the ability to evaluate alternative
solutions and make informed decisions.

10 Problem-Solving Evaluate the student's ability to identify and solve problems

Skills: encountered during the project.
Assess adaptability and resilience in the face of challenges.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 314
 INTERNAL MARKS - 40 Marks
As per the rubrics each topic should be considered for the Review 1 and Review 2.
Equal weightage should be given for all the topics. It should be assessed by a faculty
mentor and the industrial professional or research guide.
Review 1 shall be conducted after 8th week and Review 2 shall be conducted after
14th week in the semester. Average marks scored in the reviews shall be considered for the
internal assessment of 40 Marks.
Scheme of Evaluation

PART DESCRIPTION MARKS

A Assessment as per the rubrics. 30

B Attendance 10

Total 40

END SEMESTER EXAMINATION - Project Exam

Students should be assessed for 100 Marks both by the internal examiner and
external examiner appointed by the Chairman Board of Examinations after the completion
of fellowship. The marks scored will be converted to 60 marks for the End Semester
Examination.

Sl. No. Description Marks

A Daily Activity Report. 20

B Comprehensive report of the Fellowship Work. 30

C Presentation by the student. 30

D Viva Voce 20

Total 100

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 315
1052236374 Periods C
IN HOUSE PROJECT
PROJECT 540 12

Introduction
Every student must do one major project in the Final year of their program. Students
can do their major project in Industry or R&D Lab or in-house or a combination of any two
for the partial fulfillment for the award of Diploma in Engineering.
For the project works, the Department will constitute a three-member faculty committee to
monitor the progress of the project and conduct reviews regularly.
If the projects are done in-house, the students must obtain the bonafide certificate for
project work from the Project supervisor and Head of the Department, at the end of the
semester. Students who have not obtained the bonafide certificate are not permitted to
appear for the Project Viva Voce examination.
For the projects carried out in Industry, the students must submit a separate certificate from
Industry apart from the regular bonafide certificate mentioned above. For Industry related
projects there must be one internal faculty advisor / Supervisor from Industry (External), this
is in addition to the regular faculty supervision.
The final examination for project work will be evaluated based on the final report submitted
by the project group of not exceeding four students, and the viva voce by an external
examiner.
Objectives
Academic project work plays a crucial role in the education of Diploma in Engineering
students, as it helps them apply theoretical knowledge to practical situations and prepares
them for real-world engineering challenges.
● Integration of Knowledge: Consolidate and integrate theoretical knowledge acquired
in coursework to solve practical engineering problems.
● Skill Development: Enhance technical skills related to the specific field of
engineering through hands-on experience and application.
● Problem-Solving Abilities: Develop critical thinking and problem-solving abilities by
addressing complex engineering issues within a defined scope.
● Project Management: Gain experience in project planning, execution, and
management, including setting objectives, timelines, and resource allocation.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 316
 ● Teamwork and Collaboration: Foster teamwork and collaboration by working in
multidisciplinary teams to achieve project goals and objectives.
● Research Skills: Acquire research skills by conducting literature reviews, gathering
relevant data, and applying research methodologies to investigate engineering
problems.
● Innovation and Creativity: Encourage innovation and creativity in proposing and
developing engineering solutions that may be novel or improve upon existing
methods.
● Communication Skills: Improve communication skills, both oral and written, by
presenting project findings, writing technical reports, and effectively conveying ideas
to stakeholders.
● Ethical Considerations: Consider ethical implications related to engineering
practices, including safety, environmental impact, and societal concerns.
● Professional Development: Prepare for future professional roles by demonstrating
professionalism, initiative, and responsibility throughout the project lifecycle.

Course Outcomes
CO 1: Demonstrate the ability to apply theoretical concepts and principles learned in
coursework to solve practical engineering problems encountered during the project.
CO 2: Develop and enhance technical skills specific to the field of engineering
relevant to the project, such as design, analysis, simulation, construction, testing,
and implementation.
CO 3: Apply critical thinking and problem-solving skills to identify, analyze, and
propose solutions to engineering challenges encountered throughout the project
lifecycle.
CO 4: Acquire project management skills by effectively planning, organizing, and
executing project tasks within defined timelines and resource constraints.
CO 5: Improve communication skills through the preparation and delivery of project
reports, presentations, and documentation that effectively convey technical
information to stakeholders.
Important points to consider to select the In-house project.
● Selecting a project work in Diploma Engineering is a significant decision that can
greatly influence your learning experience and future career prospects.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 317
● Choose a project that aligns with your career aspirations and interests within the
field of engineering. Consider how the project can contribute to your professional
development and future opportunities.
● Ensure the project aligns with your coursework and specialization within the Diploma
program. It should complement and build upon the knowledge and skills you have
acquired in your studies.
● Evaluate the scope of the project to ensure it is manageable within the given
timeframe, resources, and constraints. Avoid projects that are overly ambitious or
impractical to complete effectively.
● Assess the availability of resources needed to conduct the project, such as
equipment, materials, laboratory facilities, and access to relevant software or tools.
Lack of resources can hinder project progress.
● Select a project that genuinely interests and motivates you. A project that captures
your curiosity and passion will keep you engaged and committed throughout the
project duration.
● Consider the availability and expertise of faculty advisors or industry mentors who
can provide guidance and support throughout the project. Effective mentorship is
crucial for success.
● Clearly define the learning objectives and expected outcomes of the project. Ensure
that the project will help you achieve specific learning goals related to technical
skills, problem-solving, and professional development.
● Look for opportunities to propose innovative solutions or explore new
methodologies within your project. Projects that encourage creativity can set you
apart and enhance your learning experience.
● Consider ethical implications related to the project, such as safety protocols,
environmental impact, and compliance with ethical guidelines in research and
engineering practices.
● Evaluate whether the project offers opportunities for collaboration with peers,
experts from other disciplines, or industry partners. Interdisciplinary projects can
broaden your perspective and enhance your teamwork skills.
● Consider the potential impact of your project on society or the engineering
community. Projects that address significant challenges or contribute to social good
can be highly fulfilling and make a meaningful difference.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 318
 By carefully considering these points, Diploma Engineering students can make informed
decisions when selecting project work that not only enhances their academic learning but
also prepares them for successful careers in engineering.
Duties Responsibilities of the internal faculty advisor.
Each group should have an internal faculty advisor assigned by the HOD/Principal.
● The in-house project should be approved by the project monitoring committee
constituted by the Chairman Board of Examinations.
● The in-house project should be selected in the fifth semester itself. Each in-house
project shall have a maximum of four students in the project group.
● Provide comprehensive academic advising to help in the selection of appropriate in-
house project that align with their interests and career goals.
● Offer expertise and feedback to ensure rigorous methodology, innovative
approaches, and meaningful contributions to the field.
● Assist in developing technical and professional skills through hands-on projects,
laboratory work, and practical applications of theoretical knowledge.
● Provide personal mentorship, fostering a supportive relationship that encourages
growth, resilience, and a positive academic experience.
● Facilitate connections between students and industry professionals, alumni, and
other relevant networks to enhance their professional opportunities and industry
exposure.
● Ensure students have access to necessary resources, including research materials,
lab equipment, software, and academic literature.
● Regularly monitor and evaluate the progress of the in-house project, providing
constructive feedback and guidance to help them stay on track and achieve their
goals.
● Instill and uphold high ethical and professional standards, encouraging students to
practice integrity and responsibility in their work.
● Assist in preparing progress reports, writing recommendation letters, and facilitating
grant applications.
● Organize and participate in workshops, seminars, and other educational events that
enhance the learning experience and professional development .
● Address any issues or conflicts that arise, providing mediation and support to
ensure a positive and productive academic environment.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 319
Instructions to the students.
● Regularly meet with your internal faculty advisor for guidance on academic progress,
research projects, and career planning. Be proactive in seeking advice and support
from your faculty advisor.
● Use planners, calendars, and task management tools to keep track of assignments,
project deadlines, and study schedules. Prioritize tasks to manage your time
efficiently.
● Take advantage of opportunities to participate in in-house projects and hands-on
activities. These experiences are crucial for applying your theoretical knowledge and
gaining practical skills.
● Focus on improving essential professional skills such as communication, teamwork,
problem-solving, and leadership. Participate in workshops and seminars that
enhance these competencies.
● Actively seek networking opportunities through industry events, seminars, and
meetings. Establish connections with peers, alumni, and professionals in your field
to build a strong professional network.
● Seek internships, co-op programs, or part-time jobs related to your field of study.
Real-world experience is invaluable for understanding industry practices and
enhancing your employability.
● Uphold high ethical standards in all your academic and professional activities.
Practice integrity, honesty, and responsibility. Adhere to the ethical guidelines and
standards set by your institution and the engineering profession.
● Adopt a mindset of lifelong learning. Stay updated with the latest developments and
trends in engineering by reading industry journals, attending conferences, and taking
additional courses.
Documents to be submitted by the student for an in-house project.
Submit a printed report of your in-house project work along with the fabrication model /
analysis report for the End Semester Examination.
Rubrics for In-House Project Work

Sl. No. Topics Description

1 Objectives Clearly defined and specific objectives outlined.

Objectives align with the project's scope and purpose.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 320
 2 Literature Review Thorough review of relevant literature.
Identification of gaps and justification for the project's
contribution.

3 Research Design and Clear explanation of the research design.

Methodology Appropriateness and justification of chosen research
methods.

4 Project Management Adherence to project timeline and milestones.

Effective organization and planning evident in the project
execution.

5 Documentation Comprehensive documentation of project details.

Clarity and completeness in recording methods, results, and
challenges.

6 Presentation Skills Clear and articulate communication of project findings.

Effective use of visuals, if applicable.

7 Analysis and In-depth analysis of data.

Interpretation Clear interpretation of results in the context of research
questions.

8 Problem-Solving Demonstrated ability to identify and address challenges

encountered during the project.
Innovative solutions considered where applicable.

9 Professionalism and Adherence to ethical standards in research.

Compliance Compliance with project guidelines and requirements.

10 Quality of Work Overall quality and contribution of the project to the field.
Demonstrated effort to produce high-quality work.

SCHEME OF EVALUATION
The mark allocation for Internal and End Semester Viva Voce are as below.

Internal Mark Split (40 Marks)*

Review 1 Review 2 Review 3

(10 Marks) (15 Marks) (15 marks)

Committee: 5 Marks. Committee: 7.5 Marks Committee: 7.5 Marks

Supervisor: 5 Marks Supervisor: 7.5 Marks Supervisor: 7.5 Marks

Note: * The rubrics should be followed for the evaluation of the internal marks during
reviews.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 321
 END SEMESTER EXAMINATION - Project Exam
The performance of each student in the project group would be evaluated in a viva voce
examination conducted by a committee consisting of an external examiner and the
Department project supervisor and an internal examiner.

End Semester (100)#

Record Presentation Viva Voce Model / Analysis

(20 Marks) (20 Marks) (20 Marks) Report
(40 Marks)

External: 10 External: 10 External: 10 External: 20

Internal: 5 Internal: 5 Internal: 5 Internal: 10
Supervisor: 5 Supervisor: 5 Supervisor: 5 Supervisor: 10
#
The marks scored will be converted to 60 Marks.
Students who are unable to complete the project work at the end of the semester
can apply for an extension to the Head of the Department, with the recommendation from
the project guide for a period of a maximum of two months. For those students who extend
the project work for two months, Viva Voce will be carried out and results will be declared
separately. If the project report is not submitted even beyond the extended time, then
students are not eligible to appear for Project Viva Voce Examination.

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, CHENNAI – 600 025

2023 REGULATION 322